The URL can be used to link to this page

Report TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 21 10 00 2.1 Specified items in Division 21 05 00 • Hangers and Support o Tolco Fig 200 o Tolco Fig 75 o Sammy Attachments for Wood • Escutcheon Plates, Flashing and Sleeves o Escutcheons included with Sprinkler Head Cut-Sheets o Viking Head Guards • Identification Markers and Signs o Identification Signs • Anchors and Seismic restraint o Tolco Fig 980 o Tolco Fig 4L o Tolco Fig 1001 2.2 Pipe and Fittings—Above Ground • State Pipe & Supply, Inc. • Anvil International Welded Outlets • Anvil International Threaded Fittings • Victaulic FireLock Grooved Fittings 2.3 Pipe and Fittings - Underground • AMES Series IBR 2.7 Sprinklers Heads - General • VK3001 • VK462 • VK481 • VK176 • VK602 • VK3021 • VK305 • VK178 • Tyco - TY3281 • Victaulic - Flexible Dry Sprinkler Drop - VK3506 • Victaulic— Flexible Sprinkler Drops 2.9 Valving • Nibco Threaded Valves • Victaulic Grooved Control Valve • Victaulic Grooved Check Valve 2.16 Integral Inspector's Alarm Test and System Drain • AGF Test-an-Drain • Argco Pressure Gauge 2.18 Water Flow Alarm —Vane Type • Potter- VSR TABLE OF CONTENTS 2.19 Exterior Alarm • Potter- Electric Bell 2.20 Dry-Pipe Valve System • Tyco— DPV-1 • Victauilc Series 769N Pre-Action Valve o Double Interlock— Electric Pneumatic • General —Air Maintenance Device • General —Air Compressor Products may be substituted at Cosco's discretion and will be of equivalent quality COSCO Fire Protection fire Protection and life Safely Specialists Section 2 . 1 Specified it ems in Division 21 05 00 COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free: 800-983-6383 Pipe Hangers TOLCO'•' Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger TOLCO' Fig.200F- "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining for Copper Tubing TOLCO"" Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated TOLCO'' Fig. 200S - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Removable Nut(For sizes 1"thru 2") Size Range: t Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm)thru 8" (200mm) pipe A G@US Overall Height egg APPROVED Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized B Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled Center of pipe to top of knurled hanger rod nut. swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. 0 Top of pipe to bottom of hanger rod nut. Features: ms, • 1/2" ItSmml thru 2" (50mm) sizes have flared edges for ease of Fig. V installation on all pipe types and protects CPVC plastic pipe from i" \\ 2°a13z a 7" abrasion. Captured knurled nut design (flared top)on 1" thru 2" sizes \ h zoo-!4 li keep nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed �/� ® around pipe. • 1/2" (15mm), 3/4" (20mm),and 21/2" (65mm)thru 8" (200mm))Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Knurled nut is easily removed. A • For 1/2" (15mm)and 3/4" (20mm)sizes with non-captured knurl nuts order Fig. 200S ; Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2" (15mm)thru 8" (200mm)) Fig in the USA(UL)and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Fig. / �o zthto20o-8 Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (FM) (3/4" (20mm)thru 8" (200mm)). 200410 I\ Conforms to Federal Specifications VVW-H-171 E &A-A-1192A,Type 10 200-2 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69&SP-58, Type 10. 6 Maximum Temperature: 650°F(343°C) 4111110 Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel r materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts ,t__ _, in place of a knurl nut. c, d Order By: Part number and pipe size . ** Note: For metric hanger rod sizes add the I 2.metric rod size to the figure number. + Example: 200M8-11/2 or 200M 10-11/2 -- Fig.200C Fig.200F Fig.200 Fig.200&Fig.200S t M8 rod size is not UL Listed or FM Approved 200C-11/2 shown 200E-11/2 shown shown with captured nut shown with 1"thru 2"sizes only non-captured nut Pipe Size Rod Size A B D Max.Rec.Load Approx.Wt./100 Part No.** in. (mm) in. mm" in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 200-1/2 1/2" (15) 3/8"-16 M8t or M10 31/e" (79.4) 25/8" (66.7) 111/32'(34.1) 400 (1.78) 11 (5.0) 200-3/4 3/4" (20) 3/8"-16 M8t or M10 31/8" (79.4) 21/2" 163.5) 11/1s" (27.0) 400 (1.78) 11 15.0) 200-1 1" (25) 3/8"-16 M8t or M10 33/8" (85.7) 25/8" (66.7) 11/8" (28.6) 400 (1.78) 12 (5.5) 200-11/4 11/4" (32) 3/e"-16 M8t or M10 33/4" (94.0) 27/8" (73.01 15/32" (29.3) 400 (1.78) 13 (5.9) 200-11/2 11/2' (40) 3/6'"-16 Mt8 or M10 37/8' (98.4) 27/8" (73.0) 13/16" (30.2) 400 (1.78) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2" (50) 3/8"-16 M8t or M10 41/2" 1114.3) 3" (76.3) 13/16" 130.2) 400 (1.78) 15 (6.9) 200-21/2 21/2" (65) 3/8"-16 M10 55/8" (142.9) 41/8" (104.7) 17/16" (36.5) 600 (2.67) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" (75) 3/8"-16 M10 57/8" (149.1) 4" (101.6) 11/4" (31.7) 600 (2.67) 29 (13.3) 200-31/2 31/2" (901 3/6"-16 M10 73/8" (187.31 51/4" (133.3) 23/16' (55.61 600 (2.67) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4" (100) 3/8"-16 M10 73/8" (187.31 5" 1127.0) 13/s" (34.9) 1000 (4.45) 35 116.0) 200-5 5" (125) 1/2%13 M12 91/8" 1231.8) 61/4" (158.7) 311/32'(84.9) 1250 (5.56) 66 (30.2) 200-6 6" (150) 1/2"-13 M12 101/8" (257.2) 63/4" (171.4) 27/32" (56.3) 1250 (5.56) 73 (33.4) 200-8 8" 1200) 1/2%13 M12 131/8" (333.41 83/4" (222.21 37/32" (81.7) 1250 (5.56) 136 (62.3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions 23 Eaton Upper Attachments Fig. 75- Swivel Attachment ®TOLCO Size Range:—3/1e-16 Rod Attachment C ` US LISTED Material: Steel Function: Recommended applications for this product: • May be used as a Branch Line Restraint for structural attachment to anchor bolt, beam clamp, etc. • used May be in a pitched or of NFPA 13 sloped0) roof application,to meet requirements (201 9. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL) and Canada (cUL)to support up to 4"(1o0mm) pipe. Finish: Electro-Galvanized �( Weight: Approx.Wt./100- 13.3 Lbs. (6.0kg) `4 0 Order By: Figure number Patent: #7,887,248 . i 4 Fig.78 All Steel r.-Y` Ceiling Plate 3 Fig.75 Swivel Attachment re e> S Fig.ZOO All Threaded Rod "Trimline" Adjustable 0 Band Hanger � + fig.25 Surge Restrainer • May be used as a structural attachment component of a branch line restraint „60) Fig.65XT Reversible %z Beam Clamp W-Beam ; " ' Fig.75 Swivel Attachment All Threaded Rod May he used with a pitched roof application,to meet requirements of NFPA 1312010)Sec.9.1.2.5. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line 86 Fire Protection Solutions by E:T•N SAMMYS® FOR WOOD SAMMYS° FOR WOOD - Vertical Application 1. Application Not less than 2•nominal widthProduct Features Wood Flooring 11 No pre-drilling required. A. •Quick to install using the Sammy Not less than Nut Driver with an 18V cordless 3"nominaldrill/driver. thickness(2-112") (depth or side Wood Joist of vertical member) •Saves lime from traditional • methods. Double Sheetrock For vertical use- Celing •Reduces installation costs. install in center of lower lace. t Minimum 2"embedment into base •Manufactured in the U.S.A. material for NFPA 13 compliance. Composite/Truss Consult truss manufacturer Ior • recommended instalation point. 111,111 'Re-dolling may be required for GST 25-300.Tool available on page 11. 4Mch a video demonaVefian& wwwilwbufldexcorn Approvals Rod Part Model Screw Ultimate UL Test FM Test Box Case Size Number Descriptions Pullout llbs) Load(Ibs) Load(Ibs) Qly Qty VERTICAL MOUNT — 1/4" 8002957 GST 100 114 x 1" 210 (7116"OSB) 25 125 670 (314"Ply) 1/4' 8003957 GST 200 1/4 z 2' 1760(Fir) 25 125 3/8" 8007957 GST 10 1/4 z 1" 210 (7/16"058) 300 25 125 _ _ 670 (3/4"Ply) 3/8" 8008957 GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 1475 25 125 ''- 318" 8068925 GST 20-SS 114 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 25 125 #14 Black 3/8' 8009925 GST 25-380 318 x 2-112" 2113(Fir) 1500 25 125 Nut Driver _. 3/8' 8010957 GST 30 114 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 Pan#8113910 _ 318' 8069925 GST 30-SS 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8013925 GST 2 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 i —_ 1/2" 8015925 GST 3 1/4 x 3" 2275(Fir) 25 125 #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part#8114910 y es wvasncnmaousw SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM:The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time.When the face of The driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into,continue drilling until nut driver spins free.Installation is then complete.Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. For the most up to date information.visit www.itwbuildex.com 4 „ AHL07, i,( •., SIDEWINDER' FOR WOOD - Horizontal Application 3 Application Product Features 1 . Not less than 2°nominal width • •No pre-drilling required. t (1.1/2')up to 3-112”pipe;not less than 3"(2.112")nominal width 4'8 5°pipe •Quick to install using the Sammy 4-— Floor Bois: Nut Driver with an 18V cordless ill Minimum 2-1/2'from bottom for drill/driver- branch lines.Minimum 3"from bot- tom for main lines.Exception:This •Saves time from traditional requirement shal not apply to 2'or ; methods. thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. •Reduces installation costs. - •Manufactured in the U.S.A. Composite I Truss Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. •Predrilling may be required for Moue) SWG 25380.Tool available on rage 11. til tii abtchavMeo Eemo r.cOnat wrew.Hwbuldex-com Rod Part Model Screw Ultimate UL Test Box Case Approvals Size Number Descriptions Pullout(Ibs) Load(Ibs) Qty Qty HORIZONTAL MOUNT 114' 8019957 SWG 200 114 z 2" 1725 (Fir) 25 125 3/8" 8020957 SWG 10 114 x 1' 622 (Fir) 300 25 125 +,.. 318" 8021957 SWG 20 1l4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 1050 25 125 `. 3/8" 8073925 SWG 20-SS x 2" 1725 (Fir) 850 25 125 3/8" 6022925 SWG 25-380 318 x 2-112" 2249 (Fir) 1500 25 125 #14 SW Red _ 3/8" 8023925 SWG 30 1/4 x 3' 1884 (Fir) 25 125 Nut Driver Part#8114910 •May require pre-driling:consult joist manufacturer. SAMMYS SWIVEL HEAD' FOR WOOD - Swivel Application F Application Product Features •Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. 041110r. 1111/11 •Accommodates up to 3%x 12 pitch roof. Nam •Allows 17°deflection from vertical. won__ Saves time from traditional methods. m Reduces installation costs. a. -..„ d awa r. •Manufactured in the U.S.A. Approvals Rod Part Model Screw Ultimate UL Test Load FM Test Min Box Case Size Number Descriptions Pullout(Ibs) fibs) Load(Ibs) Thickness Qty Qty #14 Black SWIVEL MOUNT -- Nut Driver `''' > 3/8' 8139957 SH-GST 20 1/4 x 2' 1257(Fir) 1050 1475 25 125 Part#8113910 1903 Dim.Lumber 1500 } 3/8"' 8269957 SH-GSTICST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4° 1406 @ 45°off vertical 850 @ 45° Dim.Lumber 903 Dim.Lumber 1/2° 8303957 SH-GSTICST 2.0 5116 x 1-3/4" 1406 @ 45°off vertical 25 125 25 125 Dim.Lumber - •May require pre-driir9;consult joist manufacturer. #14 SH Orange li Nut Driver a- Part#8273910 • 5 To find a distributor near you,call 800-BUILDEX April 13, 2007 Sprinkler 130a NII<ING TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER GUARDS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION The Viking Sprinkler Guard is a hard-wire cage designed to encase the sprinkler and protect it ' �� from mechanical damage. It is recommended for areas where the sprinkler is installed at a low ',AWN elevation and/or near areas of high human or mechanical activity. The Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard is for use with Viking standard and large orifice, standard and 1 quick response upright and pendent frame style sprinklers. The Dry Pendent Sprinkler Guard is for use with Viking standard and large orifice, standard and quick response dry upright, dry vertical sidewall, and dry pendent sprinklers. +MMOno 1g( 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS -- -r A. Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard: Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard cULus Listed: Category VFJV Order Sprinkler Guard Separately FM Approved: Class 2091 or Factory Installed cULus Listed and FM Approved for use with standard and large orifice, standard and quick (See Ordering Instructions) response upright and pendent frame style sprinklers, including the following: VK100,VK102, VK108, VK110, VK122, VK124, VK200, VK202, VK204, VK206, VK300, VK302, VK350, i �ri VK352, VK550, VK551, and VK552. ♦/��, cULus Listed for quick response fusible element sprinklers VK301 and VK303. /�+ . r+ aII B. Dry Sprinkler Guard: No Listings or Approvals ( �r-.. 3. TECHNICAL DATA (I► i � Specifications: 4 '{o,Sly., A. Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard t I+�r Dimensions: 3-5/8" (90 mm)diameter, Viking Technical Data may be found on w 3-1/8" (79 mm) high. The Viking Corporation's Web site at :- B. Dry Sprinkler Guard: http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. The Web site may include a more recent Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard Dimensions: 2" (51 mm) diameter, on Upright and Pendent 2-1/8" (54 mm) high. edition of this Technical Data Page. Frame-Style Sprinklers" Material Standards: A. Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard: Guard: Bright Basic Steel UNS-G10100 + tlK Guard Finish: Clear Chromate over Zinc Plating _ Screws: Two Self-Tapping 6-32 x '/" (Combination Head): Steel '��ttrrt- Screw Finish: Zinc Plated 1114,'°�1 Stainless Steel Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard: Guard: T302/T304 Electro-Polished Stainless Steel ~ / Screws: Two 6-32 x %" (Combination Head): Stainless Steel UNS-S41000 t B. Dry Sprinkler Guard: • ,ti` /f Guard and Ring: Bright Basic Steel UNS-G10100 «-.- Finish: Clear Chromate over Zinc Plating `The standard response sprin- klers with 5 mm glass bulb shown Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) above are representative only.The A. Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard: Model D-1 Guard may be used The Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard may be ordered separately or factory installed on Viking with standard and large orifice, upright and pendent standard or large orifice, standard or quick response frame style upright or pendent standard re- sprinklers. sponse sprinklers with 5 mm glass NOTE: The Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard is NOT designed to be used on sidewall sprin- bulbs; ntadar re fusible link sprinklers; a and quick response klers, ELO sprinklers, or sprinklers installed in recessed escutcheons. sprinklers with 3 mm glassbulbs bulbs To order the Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard separately (Figure 1 -Top): and OR fusible element sprinklers 1. Order Viking Par t No. 10325 or VK301 and VK303. 2. Order Viking Part No. 12198 (Stainless Steel) Figure 1 Form No. F_012798 Replaces page 130a-b dated April 28, 2006. (Reformatted.) Sprinkler 130b April 13, 2007 NIIQNGTECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER GUARDS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-945-4495 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com To order the Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard factory installed: 1. Refer to the Viking Price Book to select the appropriate base part number(plus appropri- ate suffixes for temperature and finish) for the sprinkler used. 2. To order the Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard factory installed on the sprinkler, add the suffix"G". B.To order the Viking Dry Sprinkler Guard (Figure 2 -Top): Order Viking Part No. 08954. NOTE: The Dry Sprinkler Guard is NOT Listed or Approved. Accessories: (Also refer to the "Sprinkler Accessories" section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrenches: i Is For frame style sprinklers equipped with Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard, use Wrench Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000)or 05000CW/B (no longer available). Model E-1 Water Shield for frame style upright sprinklers equipped with Model D-1 Sprinkler Guards: Part No. 10326 (see page 131a-d). Dry Sprinkler Guard (Order sprinkler guard separately Model F-1 Water Shield for frame style pendent sprinklers equipped with Model D-1 from sprinklers.) Sprinkler Guards (see page 131a-d): • For use on %" NPT Sprinklers, order Part No. 10323 • For use on 3/4" NPT Sprinklers (standard and large orifice only, NOT ELO), order Part No. 10324 4. INSTALLATION A. Installing Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard: Model D-1 Sprinkler Guards can be retrofitted onto sprinklers that have already been installed on the system. However, it is recommended to install the guard onto the sprinkler prior to installing the sprinkler on the system and prior to applying any pipe-joint compound or tape to the external threads of the sprinkler. Consider ordering the guard factory installed on the sprinkler used. a. Loosen the screws in the brackets at the base of the sprinkler guard. b. Spread and hold the two bracket halves (at the base of the sprinkler guard) apart just enough to place the guard over the deflector and wrench boss of the sprinkler. • c. With the sprinkler inside the sprinkler guard, position the guard so the two halves of the bracket grip the sprinkler just below the wrench boss, but above the threads. The standard response dry IMPORTANT! Orient the sprinkler guard so the screw openings in the base of the pendent sprinkler with 5 mm glass guard are located at the ends of the sprinkler wrench boss (where the sprinkler bulb shown above is represen- frame arms contact the wrench boss). See Figure 1. tative only.The Dry Sprinkler d.Thread both screws into the openings provided in the opposite bracket half and tighten to Guard may be used with Viking secure the base of the guard to the sprinkler. standard or quick response dry e.Apply a small amount of pipe-joint compound or tape to the external threads only, taking upright, dry vertical sidewall, care not to allow a build-up of compound in the sprinkler orifice. and dry pendent(including f. Install the sprinkler on the piping using the special sprinkler wrench. DO NOT use the adjustable recessed)sprinklers. guard to start or thread the sprinkler into the fitting. Figure 2 B. Installing the Dry Sprinkler Guard: Dry sprinklers must be installed on the system prior to installing the guard onto the dry sprinklers. Note: When installing the Dry Sprinkler Guard on recessed Dry Pendent or recessed Vertical Dry Sidewall Sprinklers, the Viking Recessed Escutcheon Cup must be removed and the sprinkler centered in a mini- mum 2-1/8" (54 mm)diameter hole prior to installation of the Dry Sprinkler Guard. a. Remove the retaining ring from the Dry Sprinkler Guard. b. Spread and hold the two "C" shaped halves of the bracket (at the base of the guard) apart just enough to place the guard over the deflector and wrench boss of the sprinkler. c.With the sprinkler inside the guard, position the guard so the"C" shaped brackett halves of the guard grip the sprinkler in the slot provided just below the wrench boss. IMPORTANT! Orient the sprinkler guard so two of the four guard wires align with the frame arms of the sprinkler. See Figure 2. d. Push the retaining ring over the guard toward the base of the sprinkler until the ring snaps firmly into the depression provided on each of the four wire members of the guard. e. For recessed dry pendent or recessed vertical dry sidewall sprinklers, re-install the Viking recessed escutcheon cup. April 13, 2007 Sprinkler 130c VIKINGTECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER GUARDS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-945-4495 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com IMPORTANT NOTES The Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard is NOT designed to be used on sidewall sprinklers, ELO sprinklers, or sprinklers installed in recessed es- cutcheons. The Model D-1 Sprinkler Guard is cULus Listed and FM Approved for use with standard and large orifice, standard and quick response upright and pendent frame style sprinklers, including the following:VK100,VK102,VK108,VK110,VK122,VK124,VK200,VK202,VK204,VK206, VK300,VK302, VK350, VK352,VK550,VK551, and VK552.cULus Listed for quick response fusible element sprinklers VK301 and VK303. Model D-1 Sprinkler Guards can be retrofitted onto sprinklers that have already been installed on the system. However, it is recommended to install the guard onto the sprinkler prior to installing the sprinkler on the system and prior to applying any pipe-joint compound or tape to the external threads of the sprinkler. Consider ordering the guard factory installed on the sprinkler used. WARNING:Viking products are manufactured and tested to meet the rigid requirements of the approving agency.The sprinklers are designed to be installed in accordance with recognized installation standards. Deviation from the standards or any alteration to the sprinkler after it leaves the factory including,but not limited to: painting,plating,coating,or modification, may render the sprinkler inoperative and will nul- lify the approval and any guarantee made by The Viking Corporation. The Dry Sprinkler Guard is NOT Listed or Approved. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to the ap- propriate sprinkler data page. Viking sprinklers are designed to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the latest standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organiza- tions, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards whenever applicable. The use of certain types of sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. 5. OPERATION Refer to the sprinkler techical data page for the sprinkler model used. The Sprinkler Guard is a hard-wire cage designed to encase the sprinkler and protect it from mechanical damage. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking sprinklers and sprinkler guards are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. • 11111111.111.111 1.11111111111111..... •• r Identification Signs fito SpR'N < imennaHummin. cit • 4t.�s Description Manufactured from .020" white coated aluminum. All sign types are screen printed with a fade resistant red ink. Each sign is Specifications shipped with a clear protective plastic coating which can be re- moved at time of installation. Each sign type meets or exceeds Material: NFPA13 requirements. All signs (except 7" round) are drilled in .020" aluminum with four corners to allow for easy installation. All signs (except 7" removable plastic coating round) may be installed with sign chain or with any fastener that is suitable for the material that the sign is being attached. The Sizes: 7" round bell signs are center drilled to allow for installation di- 6" x 2" rectly to the bell gong assembly. Type "A" 9" x 7" Control valve 4"x 6" signs are drilled with the same four hole pattern as Type "B" 6" 5"x 7" x 2" signs to allow for attachment of Type "B" to Type "A". 9"x 7" 12" x 10" 8.5" x 11" Installation Installation of aluminum signs through the top holes on the See current catalog for a full is accomplished by several signs and hung on the ap listing of all available signs. methods. The most common propriate valve or piping. The installation procedure is to signs may also be fastened to use #16 Single Jack chain a flat surface with fasteners to hang the sign on the area appropriate to the base mate- being identified. Since all of rial. (The 9" x 7" Fire Alarm the above mentioned signs Bell sign must be drilled if it is are predrilled at all four cor- to be attached directly to the ners, the last link of the chain bell gong.) can be opened and hooked I Fire Protection Products, Inc 6241 Yarrow Dr., Suite A, Carlsbad,CA 92011-1541 ©1996-2009 Fire Protection Products,Inc(FPPp .,, ...P„ For questions: 1 800 344-1822• 1 800 344-3775 fax•www.fppi.com Sprinkler Identification Signs FPPI's Sprinkler Identification Signs are manufactured of aluminum, painted white then printed with"fade resistant"red ink. Each sign is drilled for easy installation and is plastic coated to prevent scratching of finish during shipment and final installation. Designed in accordance with NFPA requirements. Part No. Description Box Qty. 02-002-00 Blank Sign w/border 6"x 2" 1000 FIRE SPRINKLER 02-0°0-00 Air Control "x 2" Air Line,6"'x62" 1000 RISER INSIDE 02-014-00 AAlarm lamTst,6"rx2" 110000 02-022-00 Anti-Freeze System 6"x 2" 1000 02-023-00 Anti-Freeze System 5"x 7" 1000 02-024-00 Auto Sprinkler Shut-Off 12"x 10" 1000 ,, s 02-026-00 Auxiliary Drain, 6"x 2" 1000 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER 02-034-00 Control Valve,6"x 2" 1000 02-036-00 Control Valve,4"x 6" 1000 SHUT•OFF VALVE 02.037_00 Control Valve, 5"x 7" 1000 02-038-00 Control Valve, 9"x 7" 500 02-042-00 Drain,6"x 2" 1000 LOCATED FT, 02-046-00 Drain Valve, 6"x 2" 1000 02-050_00 Dry Standpipe 6"x 2" 1000 OPPOSITE THIS SIGN 02-051-00 Fire Dept. Connection 6" x 2" 1000 02-053-00 Excess Pressure Pump, 6"x 2" 1000 • 02-054-00 Entire System, 6"x 2" 1000 02-055-00 Fire Alarm Bell,9"x 7" 500 02-056-00 Fire Alarm Bell, 7"Round 500 o 02-057-00 911 Fire Alarm Bell,7"Round 500 1 02-058-00 F.S.Valve Do Not Close, 6"x 2" 1000 SPRINKLERS02-060-00 Fire Sprinkler Riser Inside,6"x 2" 1000 02-062-00 From City Main, 6"x 2" 1000 THROUGHOUT 02-066-00 02-070-00 In This Building,6"x 2" 1000 In This Section, 6"x 2" 1000 02-074-00 Inspectors Test,6"x 2" 1000 BUILDING 02-077-00 Hydraulic System, 5"x 7" 1000 02-081-00 Hydraulic System, 8-1/2"x 11" 1000 0 % 02-082-00 Main Control, 6"x 2" 1000 02-086-00 Main Drain, 6"x 2" 1000 02-091-00 Multi-use System, Warning, 5"x 7' 1000 02-092-00 Normally Closed,6"x 2" 1000 02-096-00 Normally Open, 6" x 2" 1000 02-098-00 Open Sprinkler,6"x 2" 1000 fr - I Fire Protection Products, Inc 6241 Yarrow Dr.,Suite A, Carlsbad,CA 92011-1541 ©1996-2009 Fire Protection Products .,Inc(FPPI) F.. .,._ . For questions: 1 800 344-1822. 1 800 344-3775 fax•www.fppi.com U T DL C00 www.tolco.com NIBCO Revision 4/6/2010 Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment l.(E)a unlit Size Range — One size fits bracing pipe 1" thru 2",TOLCO 12 gauge channel, and all 41> structural steel up to 1/4" thick. "•'°"® Material — Carbon Steel Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Function — Multi-functional attachment to structure or `` Seismic Restraints System braced pipe fitting. ...E. Features — This product's design incorporates a concen- tric attachment opening which is critical to the performance H of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 (2010) 9.3.5.8.4 �N indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. ` Installation — The Fig.980 is the structural or transitional A IIIIIIIIIItlliPvml: attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the B "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or 4B to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install — Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until set bolt head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals — Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL) and Canada(cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Note — The Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and the Fig. 1001, Fig. 1000 , Fig. 2001 or Fig. 4A Pipe Clamp make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized finish. Order By — Figure number and finish. •---_ Pat.#6,273,372, Pat.#6,517,030, Pat.#6,953,174, • .' ,... •...: .,,,, Pat.#6,708,930, Pat.#7,191,987, Pat.#7,441,730, )`. ;.- , ,; Pat. #7,669,806 " :;.. , Lateral Brace Dimensions •Weights Max. Design **Max. Design Approx. A B H* Load Lbs. Load Lbs. Wt./100 (cULus) (FM) 51/4 17/e 17/32 2765 2800 132 Available with hole sizes to accommodate up to 3/4"fastener. Consult factory. " Load shown is allowable with brace installed,between 30°-90°. No reduction of load based on brace angle is required. TOLCO®brand bracing components are desgined to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCO®brand bracing components,resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER - NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCO®brand bracing components,in the instance that such TOLCO®brand bracing components are used in combination with products,parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCO®brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind,including but not limited to loss of business or profit,where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been,or are used. ® OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY•1375 SAMPSON AVE.•CORONA,CA 92879•PK 951.737-5599•FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE•800.786.5266 www.tolco.com TOLCOTM Seismic Bracing Fig. 4L - Longitudinal "In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 2" (50mm)through 8" (200mm) IPS. ®TOLCD t; LISTED Material: Steel Set Screw&Hardware Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Included t. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL)and Nl 4. Canada(cUL)21/2" (65mm)through 8" (200mm)pipe.Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering(FM),2"(50mm)through 8" (200mm) pipe. Installation Instructions: Fig.4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be B A combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig.4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts.Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set screw c until head snaps off.Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. a :- Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. s. ..lirr ti. i' , Longitudinal p Brace 4-Way Riser Brace .. (plan view) Pipe Max.Rec.Load 'Max. Design Load Approx. Part Size A C D Bolt Size (cULuc) (FM) VJt./100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in onm lbs. IkNJ lb 3. (kN, Ihs ikg) 4L-2 2" (50) 53/8" (136 5) 21/16" (52.4) 21/16' (52.4) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) -- (--) 247 (112.0) 4L-21/2 21/2" (65) 67/16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 23/4" (69.8) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 3000 (13.34) 253 (114.7) 4L-3 3" (80) 7" (177.8) 23/4" (69.8) 31/16" (77 8) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 1550 (6.89) 268 (121.5) 4L-4 (100) 81/2" (215.9) 33l8" (65.7) 311/16" (93.7) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 1550 16.89) 348 (157.8) 4L-5 (125) 93/4" (247.6) 37/8" (98.4) 43/8" (111.1) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 1450 (6.45) 380 (172.3) 4L-6 6" (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 1450 (6.45) 640 (290.3) 4L-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 55/8" (142.8) 55/8" (142.9) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 1450 (6.45) 728 (330.2) Pipe Max.Rec.Load *Max.Design Load(FM) Part Size (cULuc) 30-44° 45-59° 60'-74" 75'-90` *The loads listed are axial loads on the No. in. (mm) lbs./(kN) lbs./(kN) lbs.t(kN ms.i(kN) Ms.ilk() brace.The horizontal load capacity, H, of 4L-2 2" (50) 2015(8.96) -- -- -- -- the brace is: H= F x sin ?, where?the 4L-21/2 21/2" (65) 2015(8.96) 1030(4.58) 1180(5.24) 1420(6.31) 1590(7.07) installation angle measured from the vertical. FM approved when used with 1", 4L-3 3" (80) 2015(8.96) 1030(4.58) 1180(5.24) 1420(6.31) 1590(7.07) 11/4", 11 " or 2" Sch. 40 brace pipe. 4L-4 4" (100) 2015(8.96) 530(2.36) 730(3.25) 890(3.96) 990(4.40) 4L-5 5" (125) 2015(8.96) 530(2,36) 730(3.25) 890(3.96) 990(4.40) 41-6 • (150) 2015(8.96) 530(2.36) 730(3.25) 890(3.96) 990(4.40) 4L-8 (200) 2015(8.96) 490(2.18) 680(3.02) 830(3.69) 930(4.13) Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seisniic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line,except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Pipe Hangers&Supports B-Line 170 by IE:T•N jy 1"OLCJ www.tolco.com NIBCO Revision 12/3/2008 Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Component of State of CO US LISTED California OSHPD Approved Size Range — Pipe size to be braced: 21/2" thru 8" IPS.* Pipe size Seismic Restraints System used for bracing: 1" and 11/4" Schedule 40 IPS. �• Material — Carbon Steel Function — For bracing pipe against sway and seismic distur- bance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: The Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a TOLCO 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a com- plete sway brace assembly. Features — Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of brac- ing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note — Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals — Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL) Maximum Design Load and Canada(cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Sch. 7 - 1600 lbs. Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State Sch. 10 &40 w/1" Brace Pipe 2015 lbs. of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development Sch. 10&40 w/1 /a Brace Pipe 2765 lbs. (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic FM Approved Design Loads* Restraint Systems Guidelines. 21/2" - 2400 lbs. 3" - 4" - 2500 lbs. Finish — Plain 5" - 8" - 1500 lbs. Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish. Order By — Indicate pipe size to be braced followed by pipe size used for bracing, figure number and finish. Important Note — The Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete brac- ing assembly. To ensure performance.the UL Listing requires that the Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. The Fig 1001 is not intended for use with the Fig.907 4-Way Longitudinal Brace Attachment. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY•1375 SAMPSON AVE.•CORONA,CA 92879•PH: 951 737 5599•FAX 951.737 0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE•800.786.5266 www.talco.com COSCO ••••• Fire Protection Fire Protection and !.i/i=Safety Specialists Section 2 .2 Above Ground Black St eel Pipe & Fittings COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone: 360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 41$ State Pipe & Supply, Inc. THIS-INFORMATION PROVIDED IS BASED ON ASTM GUIDELINES FOR WELDED PIPE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASTM REQUIREMENTS ACTUAL PIPE AND MATERIAL TEST REPORTS PROVIDED WOULD MEET OR EXCEED THESE GUIDELINES TEST REPORTS WOULD PROVIDE SPECIFIC AND ACTUAL DETAILS CONCERNING THE MECHANICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF THE ACTUAL PIPE,AS WELL AS ADDITIONAL TESTS RESULTS REQUIRED BY ASTM SCHEDULE 10" Black and Galvanized Steel ERW Pipe Pipe Size Test Pressure Nominal O.D. 10 - Weight/Foot psi 1" 1.315 1.097 1.410 700 1.114" 1.660 1.442 1.810 1200 1-112" 1.900 1.882 2.090 1200 2" 2.375 2.157 2.840 2300 2.1f2" 2,875 2 635 3.530 2500 3' 3.500 3 260 4.340 1290 4' 4.500 4 250 ' 5.620 1000 5" 5.563 5 295 7.780 1010 6' 6.625 6.357 9.300 1020 8"" 8.825 - 8 249 , 18.980 780 "8"wait thickness is 0.188,not SCH10 or 0 148"wall blackness COMPOSITION AND PROPERTIES Chemical and mechanical properties requirements are as prescribed by applicable ASTM standards edition January 2006. Chemical Requirements.Percent(Product) C Mn P - S Other Specifx aIon Grade _ max max max max ASTM A53 A 0.250 0.950 - 0,05 0.045 - 1 afro4 si a ferments tram:Cu.0.40.WO 40,Cr. 40. kin-0 19 and V.Oe. Those tree Mt-marts 011/IbiroW ghat not *steed 1% Mechanical Properties-Tensile Requirements Strength-psi. Yield Tensile Specification Grade Mtn mini M - Max ASTM A53 A 30.000 - 48.000 NOTE Eklr4Mon requirements vary wrr norruyt aroa of I$* arteoman arts specfied rrmnnnm tensle strenpu; or the steel ratio. State Pipe & Supply, Inc. THIS INFORMATION PROVIDED IS BASED ON ASTM GUIDELINES FOR WELDED PIPE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASTM REQUIREMENTS ACTUAL PIPE AND MATERIAL TEST REPORTS PROVIDED WOULD MEET OR EXCEED THESE GUIDELINES TEST REPORTS WOULD PROVIDE SPECIFIC AND ACTUAL DETAILS CONCERNING THE MECHANICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF THE ACTUAL. PIPE. AS WELL AS ADDITIONAL TESTS RESULTS REQUIRED BY ASTM SCHEDULE 40 Black and Galvanized Steel ERW Pipe Pipe Sine Test Pressure Nominal O.D. I.D. Weight:Foot ps+ 1' 1.315 1.049 1653 700 1.114' 1.660 1 380 2 270 1200 1.12- 1.9D0 1 610 2 720 1200 2' 2.375 2 067 3 660 2300 2-112' 2.875 2.469 5 800 2500 3• 3 500 3.068 7 580 2220 500 4 026 10.800 1900 5' 5.563 5.047 14 630 1670 $' 6.625 6.065 18.990 1620 a' 8 625 7.981 28.560 1340 COMPOSITION AND PROPERTIES Chemical and mechanical properties requirements are as proscribed by applicable ASTM standards edition January 2006. Chemical Requirements,Percent(Product) C Mn P 5 Other Specification Grade max max max max ASTM A53 A 0.250 0.960 0.05 0.045 1 Residual*mum max0►040.Ni.40.C.O40,MPO.1sagoV.OI. lbs.Its enr ntsm-t1h:c, illlr,,t ereeCC 11G Mechanical Properties-Tensile Requirements Stterx th-psi Yield Tensile Specifcabon Grade Mm Max Mn Max ASTM A53 A 30.000 - 48,000 NOI t. bonptKn reoul'emcrts wry WIN ea broil alta c Idf•.t3.'.±r'.srcn an:6CeCiSed"tnmum Icnstc strength ,I the 8 V gristle I N T E R N A T I OIL A L Building Connections That Last June 2012 For the most current product/pricing information on Anvil products, please visit our website at www.anvilintl.com. w 'tea ERIT® Outlet Fittings for Fire Protection BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST ®Cdwwi!! A y&E'S GINVIL Aftut ((t iaiwa-srro- EMIMOLE BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST -- For over 150 years, Anvil has worked diligently to build a strong, vibrant tradition of making connections — MOO ,, pipe to pipe and people to people. Wer'pride ourselves in providing the finest-quality pipe products and flub is services with integrity and dedication to superior customer service at all levels. We provide expertise and product solutions for a wide range of applications, from plumbing, mechanical, HVAC, industrial and fire protection to mining, oil and gas. Our comprehensive line of products includes: grooved pipe couplings, grooved and plain-end fittings, valves, cast and malleable iron fittings, forged steel fittings, steel pipe nipples and couplings, pipe hangers and supports, f channel and strut fittings, mining and oil field fittings, along with much more. As an additional benefit to our customers, Anvil offers a complete and comprehensive Design Services Analysis for mechanical equipment rooms, to help you determine the most effective and cost-efficient piping solutions for xe your pipe system. M At Anvil, we believe that responsive and accessible customer support } is what makes the difference between simply delivering products— t and delivering solutions. MERIT® Weld-MiserTM Tee-Let® Welding Outlet Fittings Unified Design"' Series Merits Unified Design Series carries all important design considerations into its entire line of welding branch outlet fittings. Merit®Weld-MiserTM Tee-Lets®are designed and Manufactured to reduce the amount of weld required to install the Tee-Lets -- on thin wall or proprietary flow pipe.Typically only one weld-pass completes the installation.Merit Tee-Lets install with less weld volume than any other brand of welding outlet fittings for fire sprinkler applications.To accomplish this: •The contoured end of the fittings employs a reduced outside diameter. Two major advantages are immediately apparent: a •The thinner wall on the contoured end permits welding temperatures to be matched to the thickness of the branch line or main thereby insuring complete penetration without cold welds, weld roll-off, burn-through or excessive distortion. —- •On smaller sizes a heavier section is maintained on the threaded end of the fitting.This protects the threads from dam- I age during shipping and handling prior to installation as well as from weld distortion. •Each outlet size 1Yz"and larger,whether male or female threaded, cut grooved or beveled requires the same hole size in the header pipe.This simplifies the installation process. General Specifications •Tee-Let welding outlet fittings are manufactured from highly weldable steel which conforms to the chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A-53,Grades A or B,Type E.Ease of installation is assured when automatic welding equipment is used to install Merit Tee-Lets. •Threads are cut in accordance with the requirements of ANSI B1.20.1, national standard for tapered pipe threads,or ISO-7-1 threads are available. •Tee-Let threaded and grooved welding outlet fittings are UUULC Listed and FM Approved for use in the fire sprinkler systems installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA Bulletin 13.They are rated for 300 PSI operation in fire sprinkler systems,and higher pressures in other non-critical piping systems. •Tee-Lets are offered in a wide variety of header sizes.The consolidated header sizes shown in the following charts allow the fittings to be installed on more than one header size,permitting the first size listed to fit the header perfectly,while a small gap along the longitudinal center line of the header will appear for the second size listed. •Merit®Weld-MiserTM Tee-Lets®are identified by a lot number that provides full traceability per ISO 9000 specifications. For Your Piping Systems Specify Weld-MiserTM Tee-Let® Branch Outlet Fittings shall be Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Let, Lightweight forged steel,employing low weld volume profile to provide for full penetration welds with minimum burn through and pipe distortion on Schedule 5 thru 10, proprietary thin wall,and standard wall pipe.Threads are to be ANSI B1.20.1, or ISO-7-1,and the bore of the fittings calculated to improve flow.Welding outlets to be UL Listed,FM Approved for use conforming to NFPA, Bulletin 13 and pressure rated for 300 PSI maximum. How to Order - Use either of the following methods for ordering Merit®Weld-MiserTM Tee-Lets. Method No.1 Method No.2 Specify quantity desired followed by the part Use the following system: number shown in the"dimensions"chart for the type and size of outlet desired. Type Merit Steel Quantity Part Number Quantity Outlet Size Header Size Weight End Tee-Let Material 1 1 1 1 1 Always Column"A" Insert size Sch.10 A-Female Thread order a few of Chart consolidation Standard B-Male Thread more than from Column C-Cut Groove actually "B"of chart. C/R-Roll Groove required for the job. Merit-1.10 -3- MERIT Weld-MiserTM Tee-Let® Welding Outlet Fittings For Fire Protection & Other Low Pressure Piping Systems 4Qe Merit Weld-MiserTM Tee-Let®Welding Branch Outlet Fittings offer the user a high strength, a f ur1E1 APPROVED low cost forged threaded and grooved line of fittings specifically designed and manufactured 1 For Lisziwtppmvel Delaik BnQ I et(ons. visilow.rrebsaealwww.eiwillriticdnor to be installed on Schedules 5 thru 10, proprietary thin wall flow pipe and standard wall pipe. ,:. t ,1> contact an Arn $ales Representative. !-,,,, ;::::;:..:!''In fn ;:t n�" s ; "�Y 't` Merit Tee-Lets are forged steel welding outlet fittings.The material used in manufacture '' rvt r meets the chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A 53,Grades A or B,Type E,A-135, H, . , A-795,Tee-Lets employ a low weld volume design to provide for either a partial or full ` � ), penetration weld employing a single pass with minimum burn-through and pipe distortion. .,I ; t7; a --, �r Weld Miser Tee-Lets are recommended for use on proprietary thin wall, Schedules 5, 10 and y :} 40 pipe.Threads comply with ANSI B1.20.1 or IS07/1.They are UL Listed and FM Approved ,,..„.orSin`lx" ° - " ` for use conforming to the requirements of Bulletin 131999 of the National Fire Protection 4 4 Association.When used in fire sprinkler systems,Tee-Lets are rated for 300 psi.When used o ,. in mechanical systems, maximum pressures are calculated using criteria developed for ASME B31 piping code. TEE-LET WELDED WTLET FITTING (UL VIZU —EX6(132, FM APPROVAL GUIDE CHAPTER 1 —PIPE FITTINGS) Outlet Model Outlet Pipe Size Header Pipe Size Rated Pressure (Inch) (Inch) (psig) t/z•3/4,1 1/2-8(Sch.10,40) Tee-Let Type A 11/4.11/2,2,21/2,3,4 1/2-4(Sch.5,DynaFlow) (F-Threaded End) 300 2 4(EZ-Flow) 2,4 6(EZ-Flow) Tee-Let Type C 11/4-8 11/4-8(Sch.10,40) (Grooved End) 300 21/2-8 1-4(Sch.5,DynaFlow) Tee-Let Type C/R 1 1/4.6 1 1/4-8(All Schedules) 300 (Roll Grooved End) 1)Size-on-size(i.e.2 x 2)Tee-Lets are not FM Approved. 2)FM rated working pressure when welded on Sch.5 or non-threadable lightwall pipe is 175 psi. —4— Merit-1.10 0,rANVIL° MERIT® A hWeld-Miser TM Tee-Let® \kr Welding Outlet Fittings Type A ', ' r C Female Thread M !I 1 1 IVI ----- ---B-- < 1 . WELD-MISERT" TEE-LET® DIMENSIONS & PART NUMBERS WELD-MISERTM TEE-LET® DIMENSIONS & PAR" NUMBERS Part Nominal Nominal Outlet Inside Make Weight Part Nominal Nominal Outlet Inside Make Weight Number Outlet Header Length Diameter Up Each Number Outlet Header Length Diameter Up Each A B C D M A B C 0 M NPT(BSPT) In(mm) M(mm) In( ) In(rnm) In(mm) Lb.(kg) NPT(BSPT) In(mm) In(mm) In(mm) In(mm) In(mm) Lb.(kg) 1002002 1/4 x 1/4-8 0.080 1020020 2 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.857 6 x 6-200 0.04 1120020 50 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.38 1005012 11/4-11/2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 1020025 21 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.829 32-40 7.0 17.8 12.7 0.08 1120025 65 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.38 1005015 1/-2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 1020030 3 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.829 1/1 x 40-50 27.0 17.8 12.7 0.08 1120030 80 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.39 1005020 13 x 2 211/2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 1020040 2 x 4 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.800 50-65 27.0 17.8 12.7 0.08 1120040 50 x 100 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.36 100- 65-2 8 1.063 27,0 0.700.80.5001 .70.1690.081020050 5 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.743 65-200 17.8 12.7 0.08 1007012 11/4-11/ 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 1120050 125 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.34 - 32-40 28.6 22.9 12.7 0.12 1020060 6 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.743 1007015 11 -2 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 1120050 150 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.34 - a/4 x 40-50 28.6 22.9 12.7 0.12 1020080 8 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.743 1007020 Is 2-21/2 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 1120080 200 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.34 50-65 28.6 22.9 12.7 0.12 1025025 22 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.250 1007025 21/2-8 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.256 1125025 65 54.0 62.7 28.6 0.55 - 65-200 28.6 22.9 12.7 0.12 1025030 3 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.200 1010012 11/4-12 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.331 1125030 80 54.0 62.7 28.6 0.55 1110012 32-40 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.15 1025040 4 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 1010015 11/e-2 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.331 1125040 21/2x 100 54.0 62.7 28.6 0.52 1110015 40-50 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.1 1010020 2-21/ 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.320 1025050 5 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 1110020 1 x 50-65 31.8 29.1 12.7 u.L- 1125050 J 25 54.0 62.7 28.6 0.52 1010025 25x 21/2-3 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.314 1025060 6 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 1110025 65-80 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.14 1125060 54.0 62.7 28.6 1010030 3-4 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.309 1025080 8 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 1110030 80-100 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.14 1125080 200 54.0 62.7 28.6 0.52 1010050 5-8 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.291 1030030 3 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.550 1110050 125-200 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.13 - 80 63.5 77.9 38.1 0.70 1012012 11/4 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.432 1030040 4 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.450 1112012 32 34.9 37.8 12.7 .019 - 100 63.5 77.9 38.1 0.66 1012015 11/2-2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.421 1030050 3 x 5 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.450 1112015 40-50 34.9 37.8 12.7 .019 - 80 x 125 63.5 77.9 38.1 0.66 1012020 2-21/2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.421 1030060 6 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.450 1112020 11/4 x 50-65 34.9 37.8 12.7 .019 _ 150 63.5 77.9 38.1 0.66 1012025 212-3 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.411 1030080 8 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.450 1112025 65-80 34.9 37.8 12.7 .019 - 200 63.5 77.9 38.1 0.66 1012030 3-4 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.389 1040040 4 3.000 4.026 2.000 2.850 1112030 80-100 34.9 37.8 12.7 .018 - 100 76.2 102.3 50.8 1.29 1012050 5-8 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.389 1040050 5 3.000 4.026 2.000 2.850 1112050 125-200 34.9 37.8 12.7 .018 _ q x 125 76.2 102.3 50.8 1.29 1015015 11fz 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 1040060 100x 6 3.000 4.026 2.000 2.800 1115015 40 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 150 76.2 102.3 50.8 1.27 1015020 2 1.625 1.6100.90.8752 .200 2 1040080 8 3.000 4.026 2.000 2.800 1115020 50 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 1015025 11/2 x 21/2 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 200 76.2 102.3 50.8 1.27 1115026 AO x 65 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 1015030 3-4 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 Note: 1115030 80-100 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 Part#1002002 is not UL Listed or FM Approved. 1015040 4 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 Part#1012012 is not FM Approved. 11 err 100 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 All size-on-size(i.e.2 x 2)Tee-Lets are not FM Approved. 1015050 5-8 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 1 125-200 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 Merit-1.10 -5- AP MRIT® Rs, , Weld-Miser TM Tee-Let® Type B Type C WeldingOutlet Fittings Male Thread Cut Groove 9 Standard Weight Standard Weight I-0--- E -1 A I-4--- E --).-1 A t : [1' -0 F F f F _ 1 111� 1 I �-- D -o- E3 �I�D. WELD-MISERTM TEE-LET`' - DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL SIZES 1"THRU 2") Outlet Male Thread Cut Nominal Outlet Nominal Header Inside Diameter Outside Diameter Wall Thickness Std.Wt. Groove A 9 Length p E F Sid.Wt. C NPT(BSFT) NPT(BSPT) ln.(mrr) ln.(nun) 1n.(rrn1) In.(,,r1) In.(mm) ln.(mm) 1310012 2010012 11/4-11/2 3 1.049 1.315 0.133 1310015 2010015 11/2-2 3 1.049 1.315 0133 1310020 2010020 1 x 2-21/2 3 1.049 1.315 0.133 ._ i:r 1310025 2010025 21 -4 3 1.049 1.315 0.133 gar, <<i 1310050 2010050 5-8 3 1.049 1.315 0.133 1312012 2012012 11/4 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 1312015 2012015 11/2 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 1312020 2012020 11/4 x 2-21/2 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 +r, .tr 1312025 2012025 3-4 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 1; 1312050 2012050 5-8 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 1315015 2015015 11/2 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 1315020 2015020 2 3 1 610 1.900 0.145 Ir;'1 1315025 2015025 11/x 21/2 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 ,o- 1315030 2015030 3-4 3 1.610 1 900 0.145 1315050 2015050 5-8 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 ,. 1320020 2020020 2 3 21067 2 375 0.154 1320025 2020025 21 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 1320030 2020030 3 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 1320035 2020035 2 x 4 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 iuo 1320050 2020050 5 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 1320060 2020060 6 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 1320080 2020080 8 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 Note:Tee-Lets are manufactured to fit size-on-size,that is the contoured shape on a given Tee-Let is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. If installed on the second header size marked on the fitting,a slight gap of approximately 1/32"will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header. For example,a 1"x 2 -21/''Tee-Let,is a 1"outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2"header size listed,while leaving a 1/32"gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 21"size. If a perfect fit is required for a 21/2"header pipe,then a 1"x 21/2-3"Tee-Let would be ordered.Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility. -6- Merit-1.10 4IT® Type B Type C Type C(R Weld-MiserTM Tee-Let® Male Thread Cut Groove Roll Groove Welding Outlet Fittings Standard Weight Standard Weight Schedule 10 9 g F E -'--I__q EMI - JI ' c D-H 1 B� I -D---►1 B B 1 WELD-MISERTM TEE-LET® - DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL SIZES 21,'2° THRU 8'') Cut Nominal Nominal Outlet Inside Diameter - B Outside Wall Thickness - F Male Thread Roll Groove Diameter Groove Std. Outlet Header Length Standard Schedule Standard Schedule Sid.Wt. wt. Seh.10 A B C Weight 10 E Weight 10 NPT(IS0-7-1) NPT(IS0-7-1) NPT(ISO-7-1) In.(mm) In.(mm) In.(mm) In.(mm) In.(mm) In.(mm) In.(mm) In.(mm) 1325025 2025025 2225025 21/2 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 2125025 65 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 1325030 2025030 2225030 3 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 2125030 80 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 1325035 2025035 2225035 4 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 2125035 21/2 x 100 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 1325050 2025050 2225050 65x 5 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 2125050 125 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 1325060 2025060 2225060 6 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 2125060 150 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 1325080 2025080 2225080 8 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 2125080 200 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 1330030 2030030 2230030 3 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 80 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 1330035 2030035 2230035 31/2 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 85 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 1330040 2030040 2230040 4 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 3 x 100 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 1330050 2030050 2230050 80x 5 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 125 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 1330060 2030060 2230060 6 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 150 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 1330080 2030080 2230080 8 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 200 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 1340040 2040040 2240040 4 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 100 100 102.0 108.0 114.0 6.0 3.0 1340050 2040050 2240050 5 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 4 x 125 100 102.0 108.0 114.0 6.0 3.0 1340060 2040060 2240060 100k 6 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 150 100 102.0 108.0 114.0 6.0 3.0 1340080 2040080 2240080 8 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 200 100 102.0 108.0 114.0 6.0 3 0 - 2050050 - 5 4 5.047 - - 125 100 128.2 - 2050060 - 5 x 6 4 5.047 - - 125 x 150 100 128.2 - - - 2050080 - 8 4 5.047 - - 200 100 128.2 - - 2060060 2260060 6 4 6.065 6.357 6.625 0.280 0.134 6 x 150 100 155.0 161.5 758.3 7.1 3.0 - 2060080 2260080 150x 8 4 6.065 6.357 6.625 0.280 0.134 200 100 155.0 161.5 168.3 7.1 3.0 - 2080080 - 8 x 8 4 7.981 8.329 8.625 0.322 0.148 200 x 200 100 203.0 212.0 2 13.0 8.0 3.0 Note:Tee-Lets are manufactured to fit size-on-size,that is the contoured shape on a given Tee-Let is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. If installed on the second header size marked on the fitting,a slight gap of approximately the'will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header. For example,a 1"x 2 -21/2"Tee-Let,is a 1'outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2'header size listed,while leaving a 1h2'gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 21/2'size. If a perfect fit is required for a 21/2"header pipe,then a 1'x 21-3'Tee-Let would be ordered.Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility. Merit-1.10 -7- MERIT® Weld-MiserTM Tee-Let® Installation ViedMe Tined 1.2 • Hoene ewe. y„,. IMMO Welding Outlet Fittings * T°' "�° Pew ^ doe Pall Llro a Male Pk. -Male Pip. -- 11)111111.101001MIL '"a 1011 131911111, IIMMMMIMIIIIMMIMMIN e- • ..i.i....i,•,,, -- 'remorse hole needles Stallard lap are pss in aMMlleetoned kercalon an � female aid W t eeds_ MERIT NPT THREAD FORM STANDARD NPT THREAD FORM Threading Practice Tee-Leethread form is consistent with Aeronautical National Form NPT TAPERED PIPE THREADS (ANPT)AS71051.The thread is fully formed over both the L-1 hand Drop Nipple 1.1 L3 Total L2 tight and L-3 wrench tight threads. NPT tapered threads are typically Outlet Size Hand Tight Wrench Tight I en�th Threads gauged only over the L-1 threads.This makes Tee-Lets more forgiv- In.(mm) In.(mm) Threads In.(mm) Threads In.(mm) Threads ln.(mm) Threads ing of field cut threaded pipe that mayonlymarginally conform to the 1/2' 0.320 0.214 0.534 0.534 P P g Y 15 8.1 4.48 .4 3.00 73.6 7.48 13.6 7.47 specification. Fewer leaks translate into lower costs. 3/4' 0.339 0.214 0.553 0.546 20 8.6 4.75 5.4 3.00 14.0 7.75 13.9 T Ease of Installation 1' 0.400 4.60 0.261 3 00 0.661 7.80 0.683 7 85 25 0.2 6.6 16.8 173 132 0.4200.70.261. 0.6817.3018.0 4.833.007.83707 8.13 1 32 10.7 6.6 173 18.0 IN 71. 1 . 1 0.436 5.01 0.661 3.00 0.7 96 8.01 D1957 8.70 cs......) . 1 1,1 21f2' 0.662 5.46 0.250 2.00 0.932 7.46 1.138 9.10 3 0.766 0.250 1.016 1.200 W 4 0 844 6.4 6.13 , 0 250 2.00 1 094 28.9 8.13 1 300 9.60 100 21.4 6.75 6.4 2.00 27.8 8.75 33.0 10.40 Merit Manufacturing Tee-Lets are designed to sit higher on the pipe, thereby requiring less weld and eliminating burn through. Tee-Lets sit higher on the header or branch line pipe than competitive fittings.This Domestic Manufacture allows the welding torch to remain in an optimum position for welding. Increasingly,federal,state, municipal,and quasi municipal authorities In addition, 11/2"and larger Type A female threaded and Type C require domestic content for fire sprinkler systems.Merit®Tee-Lets® grooved Tee-Lets require the same hole size for installation.This results meet these requirements.The need to maintain dual inventories;one in fewer change overs when installed using automatic welders. domestic;one import is eliminated. Welding Practice When measured with respect to linear inches of weld required for I- 2sso �- 2.82o -I installation,Tee Lets require up to 15% less weld than competitive i , a fittings.This reduces time and savings over time are substantial. The ; ` e;, I "', diameter of the contoured end of Type A Tee-Lets has been reduced so - ; " that the wall thickness more nearly matches the header or branch line St 7 Dss-. ,I • �ao_ pipe wall thickness.Therefore,current and voltage settings required ' 1 , for welding are set to provide for adequate penetration without burn '• .205°�I ' .325 -I through and cold shutting.Also,weld volume required for installation 2"Merit Weld-Miser / 2"Competitive is lower for Tee-Lets than most other fittings.Typically,Tee-Lets re- Tee-Let Fitting , quire one-weld pass for attachment. WELDING PRACTICE Outlet MERIT WELD-MISER TEE-LET COMPETITIVE FITTING Size WELD VOLUME• LINEAR WELDING WELD VOLUME' LINEAR WELDING In.(mm) Cross Sec.Area Mess In.(mm) %less Cross Sec.Area °%more In.(mm) %less 1" 0.051 sq.in. 12"/° 2.48 0,/0 0.058 sq.in. 12% 2.48 0° 25 32.9 sq mm 62.9 37.4 sq mm 62.9 1 1/4' 0.032" 48% 4/0 2.88 ° 48%0.063 3.01 4% 32 20.6 73.1 40.6 76.4 1 W 0.036" 40% 3.12 10% 0.060 3.46 40 .... 79.2 38.7 87.8 10/� 2' 0.040" 0 3.77 . 0.106 4.41 50 62/n 95.7 15/° 68.3 lit 11:ti toe -8- Merit-1.10 0/ANVIL MERIT® Weld-MiserTM Tee-Let® _ Installation (cont.) A I I Welding Outlet Fittings Recommended Installation Procedures i i Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings are designed B RECOMMENDED AMOUNT OF WELD and manufactured to reduce the cost of installation from both the / Outlet A B standpoint of labor required and energy consumed. In addition, Size by following the recommended installation procedures,many / In./mm1/4 ln./mm In./mm of the problems associated with installing welding outlet fittings ;3 �" on standard weight or light weight pipe are eliminated,including bum 1/2,% & 1 Outlet 3/4 /� ,/6 through and excessive shrinkage resulting in pipe distortion. � 19 7 5 Recommended Hole Sizes I 1 IA �6 25 7 The hole cut in the branch or header pipe can be cut prior or subsequent to �i� 1% v 3116 attachment of the Tee-Let.One advantage of cutting the hole after welding 31 7 is that the pipe is left intact during welding thereby reducing shrinkage and _ ._._I._._. _ 11/2 3ie /a possible distortion.If holes are cut prior to welding,as some codes require, i 38 8 then the following hole sizes are recommended.Note that the same hole i 2 6/" %4 diameter for a given outlet size is required for both Type A and Type C 50 8 Z 63 Tee-Lets 1-1Y2"larger. 1%-2'%Outlet 86 77 14 Recommended Welding Procedures 75 to Merit Weld-Wiser Tee-Lets are designed to be installed on standard weight or light 4 3 SA6 weight pipe with one weld pass on Type A outlet sizes from through 21/2 inclu- 100 10 5 sive,and on Type C outlet sizes through 4". Moreover,the wall thickness at the weld end of the fitting approximately matches standard weight pipe.Accordingly, heal setting can be made to optimize penetration on both the fitting and the pipe RECOMMENDED TEE-LET which it is being welded.Aside from reducing the likelihood of bum through and HOLE SIZES distortion resulting from excessive heat,the amount of weld required for adequate Tee-LeI Size one Recommended penetration is significantly reduced. Hole Size Merit Tee-Lets are manufactured from continuous cast aluminum killed steel with a 1n./mm 1n./mm carbon range of from 0.05 to 0.25.Merit specifies that residuals,such as chrome, 13 TypeA 16 nickel and other metals resident in the scrap used for production of the steel be 9/, Type A h reported and kept to a minimum.On the other hand,certain grades of carbon 19 22 steel pipe are manufactured from skelp whose chemical composition is not speci- 1 Type A t% fied.When the metal inert gas shield(MIG)welding process is employed,certain 25 28 residuals may cause excessive porosity,spatter or lack of penetration.Specifically, 1% Type A 1'% gases released during the welding process do not escape before the molten puddle 31 38 sets up.When porosity or lack of penetration occurs, one approach is to slightly 1'/% Type C 1% increase the heat in order to give the gases time to escape from the puddle.A flux 31 35 cored wire can also be used This wire contains scavengers which allow gases in 1% Type A or C 1% 38 41 the molten weld puddle to escape before the weld solidifies.The following recom- 2 Type A or C 2 mended settings for welding therefore may need to be adjusted slightly higher if any 50 50 of the above mentioned adverse conditions exist. 2'% TypeAorC 2z/,6 As a general rule,the weld should be only as hot as required to allow the weld to 63 61 penetrate the materials being welded while concomitantly allowing gases developed 3 Type A or C 3 in the welding process to escape.Everyeffort must be made to avoid weldingtoo 75 75 p 4 Type AorC 4 hot or overheating both the pipe and the Tee-Let. Excessive heat may cause the 700 too wrench tight threads(those in the bottom of the Tee-Let near the weld zone)to Holes may be cut employing mechanical means—including hole sawing, distort while also causing the branch pipe to bend.It should be noted that Merit mechanical flame cutting(oxy-acetylene or propane),and air plasma cutting Tee-Lets have been subjected to exhaustive testing and evaluation,and only negli- (constricted tungsten arc)machines. Merit offers a simple approach to cut- gibly distort when subjected to excessive heat.The threads,on the other hand,may ting the hole. Hand-held templates are sized to match your plasma cutter. not return to their gauged form after cooling if excessive heat causes them to expand. The following is intended only as a guide,and assumes that the welding equipment is properly calibrated and functioning normally and the operator is qualified. Merit-1.10 —9— 1 ANVIL .� 1, FPS MERIT® . t Weld-Miser TM Tee-Let® Installation (cont.) Welding Outlet Fittings RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS, CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE Pipe Wall Thickness Tee-Let Types A,B,C Electrode Welding Header Size TP Sae Current Arc.Volts Wire Feed Travel Speed In./mm In./mm 1n./mm AMPS-DC POS. IPM 1PM h-2 0.035 100-130 16-20 210 25-30 0.065 21/2-4 0.035 115-150 17-21 270 20-25 1%-2 h-2 0.035 110-140 18-22 220 25-30 0.109 21/2-4 0.035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 1/2-2 0.035 110-140 17-20 210 20-25 0.083 2'%-4 0.035 120-150 17-20 270 20-25 2%z-4 1/2-2 0.035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.120 21/2-4 0.035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 Yz-2 0.035 120-150 17-20 210 20-25 0.109 21/2-4 0.035 130-150 18-20 270 15-20 5-6 h-2 0.035 130-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.134 2%z-4 0.035 140-160 20-22 270 15-20 21/2-4 0.045 180-205 20-24 245 27-32 h-2 0.035 120-150 17-20 240 20-25 0.109 21/2-4 0.035 130-150 18-20 260 15-20 21/2-4 0.045 170-220 18-22 290 12-18 8 Yz-2 0.035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 0.148 214-4 0.035 140-160 20-22 260 15-20 2/-4 0.045 180-225 20-24 290 12-18 Shielding Gas Flow(Fon ALL saes)20-25 CFH Merit assumes no liability for any consequential damages resulting Irom the im- 1.)Co,-Deeper penetration,faster welding,low cost. proper use of its Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings,nor for any recommendations made 2.)25%-Argon,75%-Co,,Recommended for.134 wall and lighter,high welding speeds with respect to installation procedures. without melt through,minimum distortion and spatter,good penetration. —10— Merit-1.10 10))ANMfIL 4 MERIT® Weld-MiserTM Tee-Let® Installation (cont.) Welding Outlet Fittings I) WELDING PROCEDURES purpose and in the manner which Seller recommends. If Seller Please refer to www.Anvilintl.com or latest catalog for recommended examination shall disclose to its satisfaction that the products are hole size and welding practice. defective, and an adjustment is required,the amount of such II)THREAD MAKE-UP AND INSTALLATION adjustment shall not exceed the net sales price of the defective A)For use in systems installed in accordance with all applicable products only and no allowance will be made for labor or expense standards or codes. (See Section III, Item C) of repairing or replacing defective products or workmanship of damage resulting from the same.Seller warrants the products B)Before starting the job of making nipples or sprinklers into steel which it sells of other manufacturers to the extent of the warranties threads of the above fittings, insure that no dirt or weld spatter is in of their respective makers.Where engineering design or fabrication the threads and no bum-through damaged the threads.Then count work is supplied. Buyer's acceptance of Seller's design or of the number of fully developed male threads on the nipple or sprinkler delivery of work shall relieve Seller of all further obligation,other to be installed into the fittings.Compare number of threads counted than expressed in Seller's product warranty.THIS IS SELLER'S to the number of required fully developed threads as shown in the SOLE WARRANTY.SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF thread chart located on the back of this sheet. If thread count is ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND ALL IMPLIED correct, proceed with installation (Step C), if thread count does not WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FOR A PARTICULAR match,check nipple or sprinkler for proper thread gage measurement PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED SELLER'S AFORESTATED and discard if not to ANSI B1.20.1 /ISO-7R/RC specification. OBLIGATION ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY SELLER AND C)The use of an anaerobic pipe thread sealant is preferred for thread EXCLUDED FROM THIS WARRANTY. Seller neither assumes, nor make up when connecting to another pipe fitting or nipple. If attach- authorizes any person to assume for it,any other obligation in ing a sprinkler head, please refer to the manufacturer's installation connection with the sale of its engineering designs or products. instructions and apply pipe thread sealant only to male threads of This warranty shall not apply to any products or parts of products the sprinkler. which(a) have been repaired or altered outside of Seller's factory, in any manner: (b)have been subjected to misuse,negligence or D) If either of the above fails to allow the sprinkler or nipple to make- accidents; (c)have been used in a manner contrary to Seller's up to a minimum of full threads,do not over tighten. Instead back instructions or recommendations. Seller shall not be responsbile for the sprinkler or nipple out of the fitting.Clean any debris and/or design errors due to inaccurate or incomplete information supplied pipe sealant from both the male and female threads. Gauge both by Buyer or its representatives. the male threads of the sprinkler or nipple and the female threads of the Tee-Let with ANSI B1.20.1 /ISO-7R/RC.Specification for F)SELLER'S LIABILITY: Tapered Pipe Threads.The same procedure would apply if a leak Seller will not be liable for any loss,damage,cost of repairs, has been detected. incidental or consequential damages of any kind,whether based If within tolerance,reapply the anaerobic pipe sealant or TeflonrM tape upon warranty(except for the obligation accepted by Seller under and make-on to the required length. Refer to the pipe chart on page 8 "Warranty"above),contract or negligence,arising in connection for correct make-up lengths. Allow twenty-four hours for setting. with the design, manufacture,sale, use or repair of the products or of the engineering designs supplied to Buyer. III)GENERAL INFORMATION A)APPROVALS AND STANDARDS G)RETURNS: Merit Manufacturing Tee-Lets are listed by the Underwriters Seller cannot accept return of any products unless its written Laboratories, Inc.and approved by the Factory Mutual Research permission has been first obtained, in which case same will be Corporation (FM). credited subject to the following (a)All material returned must,on its arrival at Seller's Plant,be found to be in first-class condition; if B)TECHNICAL DATA not,cost of putting in saleable condition will be deducted from credit Merit Manufacturing Tee-Lets are rated for use at a maximum ser- memoranda; (b)A handling charge deduction of twenty percent vice pressure of 300 psi. (20%)will be made from all credit memoranda issued for material The threads conform to ANSI B1.20.1 /ISO-7R/RC. returned; (c)Transportation charges, if not prepaid will be deducted C)WARNING from credit memoranda. Merit Manufacturing Tee-Lets described herein must be installed H) RETURN OF MATERIAL and maintained in compliance with this document as well as the No Products sold by Merit may be returned without Merit's written applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association in consent.All products returned are subject to a handling charge plus addition to the standards for any other authorities having jurisdiction. freight in both directions and charges for any required reconditioning, D)DIMENSIONAL DATA See pages 5-8. unless otherwise specified in writing by Merit. E)WARRANTY AND DISCLAIMER I)COMPLETE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CAN BE FOUND AT Seller warrants for one year from the date of shipment Seller's www.anvilintl.com manufactured products to the extent that Seller will replace those having defects in material or workmanship when used for the Merit-1.10 —1 1— 90° ELBOW I NVlLStar- Fire Products Division of Anvil`International (,(041/1=1))» Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1 .20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than four turns. ®®© 90a ELBOW APPROVED For Lisling/Approval Details and Limitations visit our Web Site Nominal Anvil Item Universal Max. Dimensions- A www.anvilintl.com or contact an Size Number Number Working In.(mm) WptpEo h Anvil®/AnvilStar'TM Sales Representative. Pressure' A B In.(mm) PSI(kPa) In.(mm) In.(mm) Lbs.fkg) 1 840000004 DB90033 500 1.50 1.50 0.62 20 3450 38.10 38-10 0.28 -.—A-- 11µ 840000012 DB90044 500 1.75 1.75 0.90 32 3450 44.45 44.45 0.41 lln 840000020 DB90055 500 1.94 1.94 1.20 40 3450 49.276 49.276 0.54 L '3 2 940000038 0890066 500 2.25 2.25 1.85 50 3450 57.15 57.15 0.84 B •UL,ULC&FM Pressure Ratings For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anvilstar.cam ®ANVIL REV.05.23.06.0010 45° ELBOW ANVIL.StarTM Fire Products Division of Anvil'Intematlonal OrEPF/RNVIDID Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS IP Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 . NO1 CE:Ductile iron fittings hove higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than four turns. C1®© APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations visit our Web Site www.anvilintl.com or contact an 45° ELBOW Anvite/AnvilStar""Sales Representative. Nominal Anvil Item Universal Max.Working Dimensions. Approx. Size Number Number Pressure* Wt.Each A B in.(mm) PSI(kPn) In.(mm) In(mm) Lk(kg) 91 1 840002133 DB45033 500 1.12 1.12 0.46 X 23 3450 28.44 28.44 0.21 , 11/4 840002141 DB45044 500 1.29 1.29 0.73 32 3450 32.16 32.76 0.33 117z 840002158 DB45055 500 1.43 1.43 0.92 A 40 3450 36.32 36.32 0.42 2 840002166 DB45066 500 1.68 1.68 1.50 50 3450 42.67 42.67 0.68 'UL,ULC&FM Pressure Ratings For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anvilstar.com ((z)))AM/IL_ REV.05.23.06-0011 REDUCING 90° ELBOW I N ik.StarM Fire Products Division of Anvil`International 414E;F/RNNEND Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. , Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1 .20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron hnings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than four turns. ®®€) APPROVED REDUCING 90° ELBOW For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations visit our Web Site Nominal Anvil Item Universal Max. Dimensions Approx. www.anvilinll.com or contact an Size Number Number Workings WI.Each Anvil°/AnvilStarrm Sales Representative. Pressure A B In.(mm) PSI(kPal In.(mml In.(mm) Lbs.(kg) 1 x la 040001036 DB90031 500 1.26 1.36 0.44 25 x 15 3450 3200 34.54 0.20 1 x 3n 840001044 DB90032 500 1.37 1.45 0.52 l -B 25 x 20 3450 34.79 36.83 0.24 1 to x to 840001051 DB90041 500 1.34 1.53 0.64 ' 31 x 15 34550 34.03 38.86 0.29 k 1 n x n 840001069 DB90042 500 1.45 1.62 0.72 32x20 3450 36.83 41.14 0.33 A 11n x 1 840001077 DB90043 500 1.58 1.67 0.75 " --"-i 32 x 25 3450 40.13 42.41 0.34 1 to x 1 840001085 DB90053 500 1.65 1.80 0.92 40 x 25 3450 41.91 45.72 0.42 11a x 1 In 840001093 DB90054 500 1.82 1.88 1.08 40 x 32 3450 46.22 47.75 0.49 2 Oa 840001101 DB90061 500 1.49 1.88 1.08 50x 15 3450 37.84 47.75 0.49 2 x 3n 840001119 DB90062 500 1.60 1.97 1.24 50 x 20 3450 40.64 50.03 0.56 2 x 1 840001127 DB90063 500 1.73 2.02 1.40 50 x 25 3450 43.94 51.30 0.64 2 x 1 In 840001135 DB90064 500 1.90 2.10 1.52 50 x 32 3450 48.26 53.34 0.70 2 x l Ia 840001143 DB90065 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 50 x 40 3450 51.30 54.86 0.75 'UL,ULC&FM Pressure Ratings For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anvilstar.com (4).ANV11,4 REV.05.23.06.0012 STRAIGHT TEE Amuvt-Star Fire Products Division of Anvil'International 41:EPF/FINVIL Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & -' Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1 .20.1. NOTICE:Ductile Iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than four turns. U1 ® ) APPROVED For Lisling/Approval Details and Limitations visit our Web Site www.anvilinll.com or contact an Anvil®/AnvilStar'""Sales Representative. STRAIGHT TEE Nominal Anvil Item Universal Max.Working Dimensions Approx. Size Number Number Pressure e __ Wt.Each A B In.(mm) PSI(kPa) In.(mm) In.(mm) )6s.(kg) 1 840003164 DT333 500 1.50 1.50 0.85 B 25 3450 3810 38.10 0.39 114 840003172 DT444 500 1.75 1.75 1.22 32 3450 44 45 44.45 0.55 11,2 840003180 01555 500 1.94 1.94 1.55 40 3450 49.21 49.27 0.70 1-*--A-----A-'I 2 840003198 DT666 500 2.25 2.25 2.45 50 3450 57.15 57.15 1.1r "UL,ULC&FM Pressure Ratings For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anvilstar.com (4 NIANVfIL REV.05.23.06-0013 REDUCING TEE AN 1 LBtar'' Fire Products Division of Anvil`International SPF/FINVIL Ductile Iron "` MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. tNOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, L+ over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than four turns. ( ) �C I--A-4e-B-►a APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details 'UL,ULC&FM Pressure Ratings and Limitations visit our Web Site For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. www.nnvilinll.com or contact an Anvil®/AnvilStar^"Sales Representative. REDUCING TEE REDUCING TEE Nominal Anvil Item Universal Max. Dimensions A rox. Max. Size Number Number Working yyp Nominal Anvil Item Universal Dimensions Appprox. Wt.Each Size Number Number Working W.Eoxh Pressure' A B C Pressure' A B C In.Owl PSI(kPo) In.(mm) In.(mm) In.(mm) Lk(kg) In.(mm) PSI(Po) In.(nun) In.(mm) In.(mm) Lbs.(kg) l x a d 1 840004196 D1313 500 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.64 1 la x 11n X 1 840004428 DT543 500 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 25 x 15 x 25 3450 38.10 34.54 38.10 0.29 40 x 32 x75 3450 41 91 4013 45.72 0 57 1 04 x 1 B40004204 DT323 500 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.73 11,s x l'4 x 2 840004436 DT546 500 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 25 x 20.t 25 3450 3810 36 83 38.10 0.33 40 x 3�x 5� 3450 54 86 53 34 51.30 D 86 1 x 1 x a 840004212 01331 500 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.71 1 a X 1 a x a 840004444 01551 500 1.41 1.41 1.16 1.15 25 x 25 x 15 3450 32.00 32.00 34.54 0.32 q0 x 4 x 15 3450 35 81 35.81 29.4b 0.32 1 x 1 z r4 840004220 D1332 500 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.76 l is x 1Qa x'A 840004451 D1552 500 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.24 2582540 3450k 34.80 34.80 36.83 0.34 0 x 4 x 20 3450 38 61 38.61 44 45 0.56 l x 1 x 1 i4 840004238 131334 500 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 1�a x 14a x 1 840004469 DT553 500 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.30 15x25x 1 3450 4241 4241 4013 0.44 3950 41.91 4191 45.71 059 1 x 1 x l a 840004246 01335 500 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 l to x 14a x l ii 840004477 01554 500 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.48 2 x 25 x 40 3450 45.72 4572 41.91 0.53 40 x 4 x 32 3450 4623 46.23 47.75 0.67 1 i4 X 1 x a 840004253 01431 500 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.82 4 39x25x 5 3450 34.04 3200 3886 0.37 10x1 xx2 840004485 0T556 500 2.,8 2.16.811.3 090 11/4 x 1 x'/r4 840004261 0T432 500 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.90 40 x 40 x 50 3450 SQ 2.02 2. 5 0.15 3 x 25 x 20 3450 36 83 34 80 , 41 15 0.41 2 x 1 z 2 840004493 OT636 500 2.2557.15 .357.15 2.18 1'/4 x 1 x 1 840004279 07433 500 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.00 50 x 15 x 50 3450 2.252.10 2.25 2.30 2 x 25 x 25 3450 40 13 3810 42 42 0.45 2 x 1 a x 2 840004501 01646 500 ,12.l 0 2.25 2.30 ln x 1 x l a 840004287 DT434 500 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 50 x 131 x p 3450 57.15 53.34 5715 104 399x 25 x 377 3450 44.45 42.42 4445 0.49 2 X 1 a x a 840004519 DT651 500 1.49 1.41 1.88 1.50 1184 X 1 x 1 rR 840004295 DT435 500 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.42 50 x a0 x 15 3450 37.85 35.81 4775 0.68 132 x 25 x 40 3450 47.15 45 72 46 72 0.64 2 x t a x'A 840004527 0T652 500 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.62 n X 11n x to 840004303 01441 500 1,34 1.34 1.53 0.86 50 x 10 x 20 3450 40.64 38 61 50 04 0.73 1 x 39x I5 3450 34 09 34.04 3886 0.39 2 x 1 a x 1 840004535 0T653 500 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.64 1.i4 xi li4 x 9 t 840004311 DT442 500 1.45 1.45 1.62 0.92 50 x 40 x 11S 3450 41704 1 04 4171 5131 0.80 32x32x20 3450 36.83 36.83 41.15 042 502x12x1n 840004543 DT654 500 1..2 46.231. 2 2.10 0.8282 1/4 X 1'R X 1 840004329 D1443 500 1.58 1.58 1.67 0.95 x x 40 x 3� 3450 26 .9453 2.16 32 x 32 x 25 3450 40.13 40.13 42.42 0.43 2 0 4.x 1 a 840004550 DT655 500 2.02349,28 86 0.0I 1 n x 1 n x 11a 840004337 01445 500 1.88 1.88 1.82 1.45 2 x 111,2 x 2 840004568 01656 500 3950 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.35 32 x 31 x 40 3450 4775 4775 46.22 0 66 50 x 40 5,50 3450 5715 54.86 57.15 107 1/4 x 1 n X 2 840004345 0T446 500 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.75 2 x 2 x 1a 840004576 DT661 500 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.60 32x32x50 3450 53.34 53,34 4826 0.79 50x50 15 3450 3785 3765 47.75 073 1 a xl x a 840004352 DT531 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 2 x 2 X J/4 840004584 DT662 500 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.68 40 x 25 x 13 3430 35.81 34 04 42.16 0.43 11a x 1 x i4 840004360 01532 500 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.14 SO x 50 x 20 3450 40.647340.64.7350.04.021.85 4 x 25 x 20 3450 38.61 34.80 44.45 0 57 2 x 2 x 1 840004592 DT663 500 1.73 1.,9 2)3 0 1.85 14a x 1 x 1 840004378 01533 500 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.17 20 x x x�5 3450 43 94 43 0 .1 2.04 40 x 25 x 25 3450 41,91 38 10 4572 0.53 2 x 2 x 1 a 840004600 DT664 500 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.04 11a x 1 x 11/4 840004386 01534 500 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.34 50 x 50 x 32 3450 44.45 , 42.42 44.45 0.93 40x2583,2 345D 46 23 42 42 4775 0.61 2 x 2 x 1 a 840004618 01665 500 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.18 i is x 1 x 1 s 840004394 01535 500 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.45 25 x 50 240 3450 44 45 2.60 4.95 3.61 40x25x40 3450 4928 45.72 4928 066 2x2x2n DT667 500 2.60 2.60 2.39 3.61 111/2 x114 x 1a 840004402 0T541 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.05 x 50 x 5 3450 44 45 42 42 44.45 1.64 x0 5048 2ax2x n - 01762 500 1.74 1.60 2.32 2.28 1140a xl131xm x 4i4IS 35001 840004410 DT542 500r 1.52.81 3144054 142.7516 . 1.15 65 x 50 x 20 3450 44 45 42 42 44 45 1.03 40 x 37x 20 3450 38.61 36 83 44 45 052 SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anuilstar.com '((wir}l)Annnu REV.05.23.06-001 4 BULL HEAD TEE AM/-Star- Fire Products Division of Anvil`International «41:1120» Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS t////////////, Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than four turns. APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details BULL HEAD TEE and Limitations visit our Web Site www.anvilintl.com or contact an Nominal Anvil Item Unive Working Max. Dimensions Approx. Anvile/AnvilStarT,"Sales Representative. n Size Number Number Pressure* A B WI.Each In.(mm) PSI(kPa) In.(mm) In.(mm) In.(mm) lbs.(kg) l x 1 x 11u 840004238 DT334 500 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 'A-Y-.--B-- 25x25x32 3453 4241 42.41 40.73 044 1 x 1 x 11a 840004246 DT335 500 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 25 x 25 x 40 3450 45.72 45.12 41.91 0.53 114 x 1 x 11n 840004295 DT435 500 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.42 T I r 32 x 25 x 40 3450 47.75 45.72 46.22 0.64 C 11n z 11a x 114 840004331 DT445 500 1.88 1.88 1.82 1.45 f A 32 x 32 x 40 3450 47.75 47.75 46.22 0.66 11n x 11n x 2 840004345 1E1446 500 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.75 32 x 32 x 50 3450 53.34 53.34 48.26 0.79 11&x 11n x 2 840004436 DT546 500 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 40 x 32 x 50 3450 54.86 53.34 51.30 0.86 112 11a x 2 840004485 DT556 500 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.98 40 x 40 x 50 3450 54.86 54.86 51.30 0.90 'UL,ULC&FM Pressure Ratings For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings WWW.a11V11StaP.GOFi1 (" ANVIL REV.05.23.06-0015 CROSS ANV .Star-M Fire Products Division of Anal'international SPF/RNVIL Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Ilk. Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe Threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand light,but no more than four turns. C®C CROSS APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations visit our Web Site Nominal Anvil Item Universal Max. Dimensions Approx. www.anvilint/.tom or contact an Size Number Number Working k Wt.Each AnvileIAnvlIsIar'*'Sales Representative. Pressure A B In.(mm) In.(mm) PSI(kPa) PSI(kPo) In.(mm) In.(mm) Lbs.(kg) 1 840006647 DX033 500 1.50 1.50 0.98 25 3450 38.10 38.10 0.44 B f3 11n 840006654 DX044 500 1.75 1.75 1.50 ` y'� 32 3450 44.45 44.45 0.68 1la 840006662 DX055 500 1.94 1.94 1.90 t O 40 3450 49.27 49.27 0.86 A 2 840006670 0X066 500 2.25 2.25 2.95 I 50 3450 57.15 5715 1.34 r 11w x 1 840007678 DX043 500 1.58 1.67 1.27 32x25 3450 40.13 42.41 0.58 A I 11a x 1 840007686 DX053 500 1.65 1.80 1.48 40x25 3450 41.91 45.72 0.67 2 x 1 840007694 DX063 500 1.73 2.02 2.10 50 x 25 3450 43.94 51.30 0.95 'UL,ULC&FM Pressure Ratings For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anvilstar.com i(zl/sM/llL REV.05.23,06-0016 REDUCING COUPLLING Ann/k-Star- Fire Products Division of Anvil`International 0.4111:0» Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. 41111110 is Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should 6e tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than Four turns. APPROVED REDUCING COUPLING For Listing/Approval Details Nominal Anvil Item Universal Max,Working Dimensions Approx. and Limitations visit our Web Site Size Number Number Pressure* A Wt.Each www.anvllintl.com or contact an In.(mmJ PSI(kPo1 In.(mm1 Lis.(kg) Anvil®/AnvilStartsn Sales Representative. 1 x la 840010755 811031 500 1.69 0.39 25x15 42.92 0.18 1 x 3A 840010763 DRC032 500 1.69 0.53 J I 25 x 20 3450 42.92 0.24 *UL,ULC&FM Pressure Ratings A For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anvilstar,com (i,( r ANVIL REV.05.23.06-0017 COUPLING ANVILi Star � Fire Products Division of Anvil'International 4` SPF/RNVIL Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & III Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than four turns. COUPLING APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details Nominal Anvil Item Universal Dimensions Approx.Wt. and Limitations visit our Web Site Size Number Number A Each www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvlle/AnvilStarm Sales Representative. In.(mm) In.(mm) lbs.(k9) 1 840008692 DCL033 1.67 0.40 25 41.42 0 18 11/4 840008700 DC1044 1.93 0.57 32 49.02 0.26 h. C 11a 840008718 DCL055 2.15 0.75 40 54.61 0.34 �-. 2 840008726 DCL066 2.53 1.15 50 64.26 0.52 \ .. For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anvilstar.com 1( ))) NVIL REV.05.23.06-0018 CAP Am/Ili-Star" Fire Products Division of Anvil'International 0041:=))» Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than four turns. U)143> ) APPROVED CAPS For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations visit our Web Site www.anvilinfl.com or contact an Nominal Anvil Item Universal Max. Dimensions Appprox. Anvil®/AnvilStar'""Sales Representative. Size Number Number Working A WI.Each Pressure In.(mm) PSI(kPal In.(mm) lbs.(kg) , 1 840005615 DCP003 500 1.16 0.32 25 o45ti 11.46 0.15 1114 840005623 DCP004 500 1.28 0.43 31 3450 31.51 0.10 ltn 840005631 DCP005 500 1.33 0.60 40 3450 33.78 0.17 2 840005644 DCP006 500 1.45 0.91 A 50 3450 36.83 0 41 'UL,ULC&FM Pressure Ratings For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anvilstar.com z 4NVUL N.E o REV.05.23.06-0019 BUSHINGS ANVILStar- Fire Products Division of Anvil`Intemetionel (CPF/RNVIL` Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Factory Mutual Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.14 le Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME Bl.20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no more than four turns. 1 €) APPROVED BUSHINGS For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations visit our Web Site www.anvilinll.com or contact an Nominal Anvil Item Universal Dimensions Style Approx. Anvil®/AnvllStars Sales fle resentative. Size Number Number y Wt.Each p A B E In.(mm) In.(men) In.(mm) In.(rnen) lbs.(kg) 1 x 1,s 840600001 DBUSH31 0.75 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.22 C 1 25 x315 19.05 6.35 36 06 0.10 B 1 x ra 840600019 DBUSH32 0.15 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.17 25 x 20 19.05 6.35 36.06 0.08 * 1 11n x 1 840600027 DBUSH43 0.80 0.28 1.76 Outside 0.28 A 32 x 25 20.32 7.11 44.70 0.13 112 x 1 840600035 DBUSH53 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.45 Inside Head 40 x 25 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.20 114 x 1 in 840600043 08U5H54 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.30 40 x 32 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.14 2 x 1 840600050 DBUSH63 0.88 0.41 1.95 Inside 0.67 � C 50 x 25 22.35 10.414 49.53 0.30 I B 2 x 11n 840600068 DBUSH64 0.88 0.34 2.48 Outside 0.73 I�� 50x31 22.35 8.636 62.99 0.33 == A 2 x 11/2 840600016 DBUSH65 0.88 0.34 2.48 Outside 0.61 50x40 22.35 8.636 62.99 0.28 For additional listings and approvals,see the technical data section. Outside Head SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings www.anvilstar.com i(Zloixiv nL REV.05.23.06-0020 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 1 0.60 FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling a®. LPCB �d5 I SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 009 (UL, FM) STYLE 0O9V(UL, FM, VdS, LPCB) The FireLock EZ Style 009 and Style 0O9V couplings are rigid, installation-ready couplings for 11111 fire protection pipe joining.The coupling's unique design eliminates loose parts, insures consis- tent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT r FireLock EZ Style 009 and Style 009V couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. PATENTED STYLE 009 LISTINGS/APPROVALS t$§ The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Pipe Size Pressure Rating-psi Pipe Size Pressure Rating-,psi Pipe Size Pressure Rating-psi Sch. Inches UL I ULC 1 FM Sch. Inches UL I ULC I FM Sch. Inches UL I ULC I..FM .. 5_ 1'/4-2 175 175 175 EZT 1 4-2 300 300 300 MT 1''%-2 300 300 300 10,40 1'/a-4 300 300 300 FF 1'/4-4 300 300 300 MLT 1 Ya-2 300 300 300 BLT 1Y4-2 300 300 300 FLF , 134-4 N/A N/A 300 ST 1'/4-2 N/A N/A 300 DF 114-4 300 300 300 FLT 1 4-2 N/A N/A 300 STF 114-4 N/A N/A 300 DT 11/4-2 300 300 300 FLTL 1''A-2 N/A N/A 300 TF 214-4 N/A N/A 300 EF 114-4 175 175 175 GL 114-2 300 300 300 WLS 1%4-2 300 300 300 EL 13/4-2 300 300 300 G5 13/4-2 175 175 175 WST 14-2 175 175 175 ET40 114-2 300 300 300 G7 1'/4-2 300 300 300 XL i 1'/4-2 300 300 300 EZF 3-4 300 300 300 MF 1'/4-4 300 300 300 STYLE 009V LISTINGS/APPROVALS tt§ Pipe Schedule Size Pressure Rating Nominal Size j Inches mm VdS S ` FM § 76.1 mm — — 16 Bar 16 Bar _....._.. -__i 232 psi 232 psi § 1'1-4,76.1 mm 16 Bar 16 Bar _ 32-100 232 psi 232 psi 114 _ _ 16 Bar 20.7 Bar 32 232 psi 300 psi 116 — — 16Bar 20.7Bar 40 232 psi 300 psi 10,40 2 — _ 16 Bar 20.7 Bar 50 232 psi 300psi 3 _ 16 Bar 20.76ar BO 232 psi 300 psi 4 _ _ 16 Bar 20.7Bar 100 232 psi 300psi t Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems(>-40°F/-40°C).For rigid pipe connections in systems operating below 0°F/-18°C Victaulic recommends Style 005 FireLock rigid couplings with Grade"L"silicone gaskets. #Please refer to the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook(I-100)for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. §Style 009V couplings are VdS and LPC approved to 16 Bar/232 psi for wet and dry fire protection systems. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 1 0.60 FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling STYLE 009 (UL, FM) STYLE 009V (UL, FM, VdS, LPCB) STYLE 009 DIMENSIONS Max. Max. Allow. Work. End Pipe End @ Bolt/Nut Aprx. Size Press.* Load* Sep.i No.-Size Dimensions-Inches/mm Wgt.Ea. Y -I r_L-> Nominal "slde :ems .v -• --�. �.m _�.. �: ..... : Size Dia. condition) Joint Assembled Inches Inches psi Lbs. Inches L . ill A rem min kPa N min I Inches X I Y X Y I Z `iilr 1%a 1.660 300 649 0.10 3.13 4.93 2.86 4.83 1.93 1.5 pa- 2-'/e x 2 pJ I! r'• 32 42.4 2068 2888 2.54 80 125 73 123 49 0.7 \� VI 11/2 1.900 300 851 0.10 2-Ye x 2 3.38 5.16 3.11 5.07 1.86 1.7 40 48.3 2068 3787 2.54 86 131 79 129 47 0.8 STYLE 009 PRE-ASSEMBLED 2 2.375 300 1329 0.12 2-a/a x 21/2 3.88 5.81 3.59 5.68 1.86 1.9 (STAB IN CONDITION) 50 60.3 2068 5914 3.05 99 148 91 144 47 0.9 21/2 2.875 300 1948 0.12 2-'/e x 2'h 4.38 6.21 4.08 6.10 1.87 2.0 V 1 14,1 65 73.0 2068 8668 3.05 3 3.500 300 2886 0.12 111 158 104 155 48 0.9 //a� .i 5.06 6.68 4.73 6.43 1.90 4.3 80 88.9 2068 12842 3.05 129 170 120 163 48 2.0 '' 4 • 4.500 300 4771 0.17 2-3/a x 2'/z 6.46 8.64 6.00 8.34 2.10 2.3 100 114.3 2068 21230 4.32 164 220 152 212 53 1.0 �'-=/• *@ t Refer to notes below. STYLE 009 JOINT ASSEMBLED STYLE 009V DIMENSIONS Max. Max. Allow. Work. End Pipe End @ Bolt/Nul Aprx. Inches psi Lbs. t No.-Size Dimensions Incheslmm Wgt.Ea. Size Press.* Load Sep. - Y I Nominal dembled •r�,r Inches P a Inches kg. min min kPa N min Inches X Y X I I Z. kg n� 1'/a 1.660 300 649 0.10 3.14 4.84 2.85 4.65 1.91 1.6 2-M10 x57 J 'i� r�� 32 42.4 2068 2888 2.54 80 123 72 118 49 0.7 , M 1 4i 1.900 300 851 0.10 2-M10 x 57 3.34 5.06 3.13 4.85 1.92 1.7 40 48.3 2068 3787 2.54 85 129 80 123 49 0.8 STYLE 009 PRE-ASSEMBLED 2 2.375 300 1329 0.12 2-M10 x64 3.91 5.66 3.61 5.47 1.94 2.1 (STAB IN CONDITION) 50 60.3 2068 5914 3.05 99 144 92 139 49 0.9 76.1 min 3.000 300 1948 0.12 2-MIO x 64 4.57 6.46 4.17 6.18 1.96 2.3 I< - - - 'I R-. . 76.1 2068 8668 3.05 116 164 106 157 50 1.1 3 3.500 300 2886 0.12 5.15 7.12 4.73 6.67 1.94 2.6 2-M10 x64 ®+ 80 88.9 2068 12842 3.05 131 181 120 169 49 1.2 li, _ _ • ' 4 4.500 300 4771 0.17 6.39 8.74 6.05 8.46 2.11 4.6 6.J�j 100 114.3 2068 21230 4.32 2-M10 x64 162 222 154 215 54 2.1 Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads, based on STYLE 009 JOINT ASSEMBLED standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See pages 3 and 4 of this document for Listed/Approved ratings on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11 times the figures shown. t The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock EZ couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. 0 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.60 FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling STYLE 009(UL, FM) STYLE 009V(UL, FM, VdS, LPCB) MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: • Orange enamel (North America) • Red enamel(Europe) Optional Coatings: • Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: • Grade"E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited,and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry(oil free air)sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. IP ".:•, , .t, ., .:., 10.60 FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling STYLE 009 (UL, FM) STYLE 009V(UL, FM, VdS, LPCB) GENERAL NOTES NOTE:When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps,take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009 and Style 009V couplings, use FireLock No.006 end caps containing the"EZ" marking on the inside face or No.60 end caps containing the"QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V couplings. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. IIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II III FireLock® Rigid Coupling Style 005H taulc a with Vic-Plus" Gasket System (North America and Asia Only) V' 10.02 Material Specifications: . Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade its) ' �'� 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, G I`iJ� grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Patented aaggerated for clarity Housing Coating: (specify choice) Vic S Standard: Orange enamel (North America); red t piker $yaNm enamel (Europe) ❑ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Approvals/Listings: ©� © LPCB VdS Coupling Gasket: (specify choice) lInE1D 104-1a/02 NOTE:Additional gasket styles are available.Contact Victaulic for details. See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details, ❑ Grade "E" EPDM Type A Vic-Plus"" Gasket System' LPC and VdS Approved,see notes on page 3 EPDM (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Approved - - by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry(oil free air) Product Description: sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure using the Grade "E"Type A Vic-Plus"'Gasket System, requiring no field FireLock Style 005H rigid coupling has a unique, lubrication for most installation conditions. patented angle-pad design which allows the housings 0 Grade "L" silicone to offset while clamping the grooves. By permitting the housings to slide on the angled bolt pads, rigidity is Recommended for dry heat, air without hydrocarbons to obtained. +350°F and certain chemical services. Support and hanging requirements correspond to For dry services, Victaulic continues to recommend the NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems. Angle-pad design permits use of Grade "E" Type A FlushSeal®Gasket. assembly by removing one nut/bolt and swinging the Contact Victaulic for details. housing over the gasket. This reduces components to handle during assembly. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead Style 005H FireLock coupling are designed and meeting the physical and chemical requirements of recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. ' Standard gasket and FlushSeal gasket approved for dry pipe systems to Vic-Plus'" Gasket System: —40°F/-40°C.Based on"ty pical"pipe surface conditions,supplemental lubricant is recommended for services installed below 0°F/-18°C and In North America and Asia, Victaulic offers a gasket for all dry pipe systems or systems to be subjected to air tests prior to system which requires no field lubrication on wet being filled with water.Supplemental lubrication may also be required on pipe systems that are hydrostatically tested. The pipe with raised or undercut weld seams or pipe that has voids and/or cracks at the weld seams.Victaulic continues to recommend the use of Vic-Plus System (patented) is dry, clean, and non-toxic. FlushSeal gaskets for dry services. It reduces assembly time substantially and eliminates the mess and chance of over-lubrication. Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (I-100) for supplemental lubrication requirements and dry pipe fire protection system notes. Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section 1 Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By 1 Date • victaulic.com I Couplings I Rigid I Style 005H I Publication 10.02 Dimensions: Y ,, -Z-01 Rated for wet and dry sprinkler systems at 350 psi/2413 kPa n for 1 1/a-4732-100 mm sizes and 300 psi/2068 kPa for JUL��►'ai t1�'a►�k 4 1k-8/108-200 mm sizes;Schedule 10 roll grooved or Mt-,L r`� R1�I Schedule 40 cut or roll grooved steel pipe.Style 005H is rigid *� 1 I,.r and does not accommodate expansion,contraction or angular deflection. Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Approx. Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End Dimensions Weight Size Diameter Pressure'° Load' Separation2 Bolt/Nut3 X Y Z Each inches Inches psi lbs. inches No.-sae inches inches inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm Inches mm mm mm kg 11A 1.660 350 755 0.05 2.75 4.50 1.88 1.2 2-4x214 32 42.4 2413 3370 1.2 70 114 I 48 0.5 11 1.900 350 990 0.05 3.00 4.75 1.88 1.2 40 48.3 2413 4415 1.2 2-%x2Y4 76 121 48 0.5 2 2.375 350 1550 0.07 2-3/e x 21/4 3.50 5.25 1.88 1.6 50 60.3 2413 6900 1.7 89 133 48 0.7 216 2.875 350 2270 0.07 4.00 5.75 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 2413 _ 10110 1.7 2-39 x 21h 102 146 48 .09 3.000 350 2475 0.07 4.13 5.75 1.88 1.9 76.1mm 76.1 2413 11010 1.7 2-3h x 21h 105 146 - 48 - 0.9 3 3.500 350 3365 0.07 2-1/4 x 21/2 4.63 6.13 1.88 2.1 80 88.9 2413 14985 1.7 118 156 48 1.0 4 4.500 350 5565 0.16 5.75 7.25 2.13 3.1 100 1143 2413 24770 4.1 2-3/e x 2/s 146 184 54 1.4 1080mm 4.250 300 4255 0.16 5.63 7.25 2.13 3.1 108.0 2068 18940 4.1 2-3h x 21/2 143 184 54 1.4 5 5.563 300 7290 0.16 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.5 125 141.3 2068 32445 4.1 2-'h x 3 175 229 54 2.0 5.250 300 6495 0.16 6.63 9.00 2.13 4.5 133.0 mm 133.0 2068 28900 4.1 2-1h x 2?4 168 229 54 2.0 139.7mm 5.500 300 7125 0.16 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.8 139.7 2068 31715 4.1 2- x 2 4 175 229 54 2.2 6 6.625 300 10340 0.16 8.00 10.00 2.13 5.0 2-1/zx3 150 168.3 2068 46020 4.1 203 254 53 2.3 6.250 300 9200 0.16 7.63 10.00 2.13 55 159.0 mm 159.0 2068 40955 4.1 2 '/a x 2# 194 254 54 25 165.1 mm 6.500 300 9955 0.16 8.15 10.00 2.13 5.5 165.1 2068 44295 4.1 2-1/2 x 3 207 254 54 2.5 8 8.625 300 17525 0.19 10.50 13.14 2.63 11.3 2-s/ex41/a 200 219.1 2068 78000 4.8 267 334 67 5.1 1 Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/times the figures shown. 2 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only.Style 005H couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. 3 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available(color coded gold)for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. 4 Style 005H couplings are VdS and LPC Approved to 16 Bar/235 psi. victaulic.com I Couplings I Rigid I Style 005H I Publication 10.02 Listings/Approvals: The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Related Working Pressure Related Working Pressure Related Working Pressure psi psi psi Pipe Size Pipe Size 1 Pipe Size Sch. inches UL ULC FM Sch. Inches UL ULC FM Sch. 4 inches UL ULC FM 5 1 th-3 175 175 175 EL 1 t/4-2 300 N/A N/A ' MT 1 r1-2 300 _ N/A N/A 1'/a-3 350 350 350 ET 114-2 300 N/A N/A STF 11/4-4 N/A 1 N/A 300 10,40 5-8 300 300 300 EZ 4-6 300' N/A 300 Steady 11/4 2 N/A N/A 300 Thd. BLT 11/4-2 300 300 WA FF 11/4-4 N/A N/A 300 TF 3-8 N/A N/A 300 DF 1 V -4 300 , 300 300 GAL-7 1'A-2 300 N/A N/A WLS 11/4-2 300 300 _ N/A DT 11/4-2 300 300 N/A MLT 11/4-2 300 N/A N/A XL 11/4-3 300 300 300 EF 11/4-4 1757 , WA 175 MF 11/4-4 300 N/A 300' 5 FM approved for service in 1 1/2-4'pipe. 6 UL Listed for service up to 4'pipe only. 7 UL Listed for service up to 3"only. Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 1100 Victaulic rield Installation Handbook for This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard on our website at www.victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic•is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. CARBON STEEL PIPE-GRO r ' ' ' 06.08 Reducing Coupling ® ® ids LPCB o VNI SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 750 The Style 750 Reducing Coupling permits direct reduction on the piping run. Designed 0 to replace two couplings and a reducing fitting,the Style 750 features a special reducing gasket for pressure responsive sealing.A steel washer which prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical systems assembly is available upon request. „L\ IN re Exaggerated for clarity MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others Gasket: (Specify choice*): • Grade"E" EPDM(All other sizes) EPDM (Green color code).Temperature range-30°F to+230°F/-34°C to+110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids,oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold+86°F/+30°C and hot+180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. • Grade"T"nitrile Nitrile(Orange color code).Temperature range-20°F to+180°F/-29°C to+82°C. Recommended for petroleum products,air with oil vapors,vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over+150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over+140°F/+60°C. Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. • Optional: Assembly Washer:Galvanized,carbon steel Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para CARBON STEEL PIPE-GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.08 Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 DIMENSIONS Max.Work Allow.Pipe Bolt/Nut@ Approx. Size Pressure* Max.End Load' End Sep.t Deflect.Fr.Cet No-Size Dimensions-Inches/mm Wgt.Each ominzI ` Size psi Lbs. Cpig. In./Ft. Lbs. Inches/mm kPa N Inches/mm Deg. minim Inches X I 't Z kg 2 1 350 500 0-0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.7 50 x 25 2410 2225 0-1.8 0'-5T 17 2-3/8 x 2 85 134 48 1.2 11/2 350 1000 0-0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 188 2.0 40 2410 4450 0-1.8 0°-5T 17 2-3/8 x 2 85 134 48 1.0 2 r1 2 500 2215 0-0.07 0.16 4.00 5.93 1.88 3.1 65 x 50 3450 9850 0-1.8 0 -47 14 2-3/8 x 2 102 151 48 1 4 76.1mm x 2 350 1550 0-0.07 0' 4T 0.16 2 1/2 x23/, 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6 50 2410 6900 0-1.8 14 111 168 48 2.1 3 x 2 350 1550 0-0.07 0° 39' 0.13 2-Yzx2;k 4.75 7.13 1.88 4,9 80 50 2410 6900 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 2.2 21 500 3250 0-0.07 0°-39' 0.13 2-Yrx23A 475 7.13 1.88 4.3 65 3450 14460 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 2.0 88.9mm x 76.1mm 350 2275 0-0.07 0°-39' 0.13 2-/zx23/, 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.2 2410 10125 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 1.9 4 2 350 1550 0-0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.1 100 x 50 2410 6900 0-3.2 1 -19 25 2-5/8 x 3'/4 159 226 57 3.7 2 rh 350 2275 0-0.13 1.-19, 0.28 2 5/8 x 3 Y< 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.6 65 2410 10125 0-3.2 25 159 226 57 3.9 3 500 4810 0-0.13 0.28 , 6.00 8.90 2.25 6.7 80 3450 21400 0-3.2 1°-19' 25 2-5/8x3/a 152 226 57 3.0 350 2475 0-0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 6.9 114.3 mm x 76.1mm 2410 11014 0-3.2 1 -19' 25 2-5/8x3Y° 159 226 57 3.1 5 x 4 350 5565 0-0.13 1°-3. 0.22 2_3px4Yu 7.18 10.70 2.13 112 125 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 19 182 272 54 5.1 6 x 4 350 5565 0-0.13 0.-52' 0.18 2-3/s x 4�/a 8.63 11.90 2.25 16.7 150 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 15 181 302 57 7.6 5 350 8500 0-0.13 0°-52' 0.18 2-3kx4Y< 8.31 11,90 2.25 12.9 125 2410 37825 0-3.2 15 211 302 57 5.9 165.1 mm x 4 350 5565 0-0.13 0.19 8.63 11.90 2.25 15.2 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 0 -55 76 2-3/4x41/4 219 302 57 6.9 8 6 350 12000 0-0.13 0.13 10.81 14.88 2.50 22.4 200 x 150 2410 53400 0-3.2 0°-38' 11 2-7/8 x 5 275 378 64 10.2 219.1 mm x 165.1 mm 350 1625 0-0.13 0° 38, 0.13 2 7/8 x 5 10.75 14.88 2.50 23.2 2410 0-3.2 11 273 378 64 10.5 10 8 350 20450 0-0.13 0°-25' 0.9 13.12 17.26 2.62 314 273 x 2-1x5Yz 219.1 2410 0-3.2 8 333 438 67 14.2 Style 750 Reducing couplings should not be used with end caps(#60)in systems where a vacuum may be developed.Contact Victaulic for details. *Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum End Load rating based on smaller pipe size.WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1'f times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled.These figures are maximums;for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by:50%for 1/4-3 Yz'/20-90 mm;25%for 47100 mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available(color coded gold)for all coupling sizes upon request.Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING:Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install,remove,or adjust any Victaulic piping products. I Y el � .xZZ� 1 Y w I42-0 1 ri• It th11 ii 1lk la l �-1 Ni Eu r CARBON STEEL PIPE-.GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.08 Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 FLOW DATA HEAD LOSS The head loss across Style 750 Reducing coupling is very small and is essentially the same as for standard short body reducing pipe fittings. Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables.All data is based on water flowing at ambient temperature. FLOW REDUCING FLOW EXPANDING Equiv.Pipe Equiv.Pipe Size Length Size Length Nominal 'Size ' -" Sm.Dia.if ;i Size Sm.Dia. 1. F Inches/mm Feet/m g. Inches/mm Feel/m r;p 2 1 5.9 1 2 2.7 50 x 25 1.8 25 x 50 0.8 11/2 2.0 12 2 1.9 40 0.6 40 x 50 0.6 21/2 2 1.9 2 2'h 1.0 65 x 50 0.6 50 x 65 0.3 76.1mm x 2 1.9 76.1 mm 1.0 50 0.6 0.3 3 2 5.5 3 3.5 80 x 50 1.7 80 1.1 2'h 3.8 4 3.0 65 1.2 100 0.9 88.9mm x 76.1mm 12 65 x 80 0.8 4 2 6.0 4 3.0 100 x 50 1.8 100 0.9 2h 6.0 2.5 76.1mm x 889 mm 65 1.8 0.8 3 60 30 114.3mm 80 1.8 0.9 114.3mm x 76.1mm 6.8 BD x 100 0.8 5 4 3.0 4 S 3.3 125 x 100 0.9 100 x 125 1.0 6 4 6,0 6 4.6 150 x 100 1.8 150 1.4 5 4.5 4.6 165.1 mm 125 1.4 1.4 4 6.0 5 6 2.3 166.7 mm x 100 1.8 125 x 150 0.7 8 6 7.3 6 8 6.0 200 x 150 2.2 150 x 200 1.8 219.1 mm x 165.1mm 2 23 165.1 mm x 219.1 mm 1555 10 8 8.7 8 10 6.3 273 x 219.1 2.65 219.1 x 273 19.2 06.08 Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. III II IIIIUli111111111111IIIII11111111111 WCAS-6UPKD7 ::., . . _ .:e. , . 06.05 Flexible Coupling Q LPCB SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS V1.114P 0 STYLE 75 Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50%lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade"EHP"or"T"gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes,the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade"EHP"or"T"gaskets.Contact Victaulic for further details. Exaggerated for clarity MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating:Orange enamel. • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice*) • Grade"E" EPDM EPDM(Green color code).Temperature range—30°F to+230°F/-34°C to+110°C. Recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids,oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold+86°F/+30°C and hot+180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. • Grade"T"nitrile Nitrile(Orange color code).Temperature range—20°F to+180°F/-29°C to+82°C. Recommended for petroleum products,air with oil vapors,vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range;except hot,dry air over+140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. NOTE:Additional gasket styles are available.Contact Victaulic for details. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para CARBON STEEL PIPE -GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.05 Flexible Coupling STYLE 75 DIMENSIONS Max.Work Allow.Pipe Bolt/Nut@ Approx. Size Pressure* Max.End Load' End Sep.t Defied.Fr.CO- No-Size Dimensions-Inches/mm Wgt.Each ,i, Size Diameter ... Per Pipe s Inches Inches psi Lbs. Inches Cplg. In./Ft. " mm mm kPa -1 N mm Deg. mm/m Inches X I' 1 1.315 500 680 0-0.06 0.57 2.38 4.27 1.77 13 25 33.4 3450 3025 0-1.6 2 -43 48 2-341x2 61 108 45 0.6 • 1 14 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 0.45 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.A 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 2°-10' 38 2-s/ax2 68 117 45 0.6 1 r/ 1.900 500 1420 0-0.06 040 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 1 -56 33 2-'/a x 2 74 122 45 0.6 2 2.375 500 2215 0-0.06 0.32 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 0-1.6 1 -31 26 2-34 x 2 87 133 48 0.8 2 Yz 2.875 500 3245 0-0.06 0.26 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 1'-15' 22 2-Vs x 2 98 144 48 0.9 76.1 mm 3.000 500 3535 0-0.06 0.26 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 76.1 3450 15730 0-1.6 1'-12' 22 2-a/s x 2 102 150 48 0.9 3 3.500 500 4800 0-0.06 0.22 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 80 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 1 -2 18 2-'fix 214 114 178 48 1.3 3 h 4.000 500 6300 0-0.06 0.19 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 0°-54' 16 2-1/2 x 23'. 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7950 0-0.13 0.34 r 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 0-3.2 1 -36 28 2-h x 23/4 147 204 54 1.9 108.0 mm 4.250 450 6380 0-0.13 0.35 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 1'-41' 29 2-12 x 70.0 141 198 54 1.7 41/2 5.000 450 8820 0-0.13 0.25 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 1°-26' 21 2-s/sx314 156 240 54 2.5 5 5.563 450 10935 0-0.13 0.27 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 125 141.3 3100 48660 0-3.2 1'-18 23 2-sh x 314 175 256 54 2.6 133.0 mm 5.250 450 9735 0-0.13 0.28 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 1 -21 24 2-16 x 82.5 166 238 54 2.7 139J mm 5.500 450 10665 0-0.13 1`-18' 028 2-34x3%4 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24 173 244 54 2.9 6.000 450 12735 0-0.13 0.21 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 mm 152.4 3100 56670 0-3.2 1'-12' 18 2-s/e x 3'14 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 450 15525 0-0.13 1•-5, 0.23 2-14 x 3'f4 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 18 203 281 54 3.2 159.0 mm 6.250 450 13800 0-0.13 0.24 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 1 -y 20 2-16x82.5 194 266 54 3.1 8 8.625 450 26280 0-0.13 0.18 2.32 200 219.1 3100 116945 0-3.2 0'-50' 14 2-14 x 4'k 10.34263 13.97355 59 15 6 " Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 1/2 times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled.These figures are maximums;for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by:50%for 44-31/2 720-90 mm;25%for 47100 mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available(color coded gold)for all coupling sizes upon request.Contact Victaulic for details. Y N-Z-I r 17144• i: Et 1' �. CARBON STEEL PIPE- GROOVED COUPLINGS • I Flexible Coupling STYLE 75 WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLock® Fittings Q ® ® LPCB •'VdS PAPP See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details FireLock®products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD-developed, hydrodynamic design,affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic IPS-sized couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Victaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock Style 005 couplings. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: • Orange enamel. • Red Enamel in EMEA-I. • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No._ Submitted By Spec Sect Para IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLock® Fittings DIMENSIONS MCtOE+I C I I -9 to>� p CtoE -p p me L )° C NO.001 NO.003 NO.002 NO.006 No.001 No.003 No.002 No.006 Size 90 Elbow 45'Elbow Strnl{=ht Tee Cap Nominal Actual Approx. rox. Approx. Size Outside Diameter C to E Weight Each C to E t Each = C to E Weight Each Thickness Inches Inches Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs mm mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 1 3/4 1.660 - - - 0.8 0.3 32 42.4 - - - 21 01 116 1.900 - - - - - - 0.82 0.4 40 48.3 - - - - - - 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 2'6 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 65 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 76.1 mm 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 - - - - 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 24 22 0.5 108mm 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 - - 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 159 mm 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 - - 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 8 8625 6.81 25.5 4.25 204 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLock® Fittings FLOW DATA Frictional Resistance Size Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe t ,..-- AC iii2 Nominal 3Haight Tee Size Diameter Inches Inches No.001 1 No.003 mm mm 90°Elbow 1 45°Elbow Branch 1% 1.660 1.5 0.8 3.7 LS 32 42.4 0.5 0.2 1.1 0.5 1 1 1.900 2.2 1.1 5.5 2.2 40 48.3 0.7 0.3 1.7 0.7 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 21/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 65 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 76.1 mm 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 108mm 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 159mm 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 t The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. • , . .., • • 10.03 FireLock® Fittings GENERAL NOTES NOTE:When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps,take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009/009V/009H couplings, use FireLock No.006 end caps containing the"EZ" marking on the inside face or No.60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H couplings. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. • NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. ••••••: I COSCO Fire Protection lire Protection anti life Safety Specialists Section 2 .3 Pipe and Fittings Underground COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 ES-A-InBuildingRiser Series IBR A M E 5 FIRE&WATER WORKS In-Building Risers Sizes: 4" - 10" (100-250mm) LEAD FREE* . T u TEST '~ Building Floar __ F Building perimeter wall OP INCLUDED' .1 QoC 4-- i.. 'E ds r "s l r.L _!. t— Flow I c, dt1, `. W. Features Series IBR In-Building Risers are used to connect the main fire supply to • Cost savings the building overhead fire system. The fitting passes under the foundation • Corrosion resistant stainless steel without joints and extends up through the floor. Provided with installation construction,type 304 tabs, the unit has a CIPS (Cast Iron Pipe Size) coupler for easy connec- • Ease of installation and light weight tion to the underground supply (AWWA C900 PVC and Ductile Iron Pipe) allows one person to position and and industry standard grooved-end connection (AWWA C606) on the handle the riser building side for easy connection to the overhead fire sprinkler system. • Minimal site preparation;joint restraint one-piece construction reduces time Ames In-Building Risers are precision engineered and manufactured to and labor; no missing parts, no leaks; provide exceptional reliability and reduce installation time & labor costs easily identifiable for approvals associated with field assembly. In accordance with NFPA 24-2007, the • Includes Test Cap and Coupler UUFM approved In-Building Risers replace numerous fittings, elbows • UUFM approved &spools and reduces the possibility of leaks or failure in comparison to • Sizes:available in 4" -10" traditional installation methods and materials. Factory tested integrity (100-250mm)with various ensures the highest quality installation. The use of stainless steel signifi- lengths to meet all local requirements cantly increases the reliability and life of the riser. • Designed to meet NFPA 24-2007 Section 10.6.5 *The wetted surface of this product contacted by • AWWA C900 Inlet/DIP consumable water contains less than one quarter • AWWA C606 Outlet of one percent(0.25%)of lead by weight. Job Name Contractor Job Location Approval Engineer Contractor's P.O.No. Approval Representative Ames product specifications In U.S.customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only.For precise measurements,please contact Ames Technical Service.Ames reserves the right to change or modify product design,construction,specifications.or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Ames products previously or subsequently sold. www.amesfirewater.com Specifications Standards In-Building Riser shall be installed as indicated on the NFPA — Designed to allow the contractor to conform plans. Riser shall be composed of a single extended to NFPA 24-2007 Section 10.6.5: 90 degree fitting of fabricated 304 stainless steel tub- Where a riser is close to building foundations, under- ing, maximum working pressure 200psi (14 bar). The ground fittings of proper design and type shall be used to fitting shall have a grooved-end connection on the avoid pipe joints being located under the foundations. outlet (building) side and a CIPS coupler on the inlet (underground) side. The grooved end shall include a NFPA 24-2007, 10.1.1, 10.6.7 coupler and cap to facilitate testing of the underground piping. The In-Building Riser shall be an Ames Fire& Waterworks Series IBR. End Connections Horizontal End: Mates with Ductile Iron Pipe and Approvals AWWA C900 Pipe (PVC Pipe with Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings FM class 1920 Equivalent OD's) UL HKQA(4"-10") Utilizes Gasket conforming to UL 157 with "Lock in" ® ® gasket configuration 1 II in. mm in. mm Dimensions — Weights 4 100 4.8 122 6 150 6.9 175 —' A 8 200 9.1 230 Grooved End 10 250 11.1 282 (Flange Optional) Vertical End: Meets AWWA C-606 dimensions for roll grooved pipe Meets AWWA C-207 class D for flanges B Ratings CIPS Coupling Tie-Rod Bracket 1 Meets AWWA C-900 pressure class 200, DR 14 Pipe Testing Welds are 100% leak tested at the factory I< c .I I "11 in. mm psi bar 4 100 1000 70 6 150 1000 70 A(OD) s C 8 200 800 56 in. mm In. mm k. cm ft. cm lbs, kg 10 250 800 56 4 100 412 114 6 183 6 183 71 32 6 150 65/e 168 6 183 6 183 98 44 8 200 8% 219 6 183 6 183 129 59 10 250 103/c 273 6 183 6 183 202 92 Consult factory for custom leg dimensions. IMPORTANT:Inquire with governing authorities for local installation requirements. A. W ;----- ,, A M E ST 9001-2008 FIRE&WATERWORKS www.amesfirewater.com eMeE" CERTIFIED A Watts Water Technologies Company USA: Backflow- Tel:(916)928-0123•Fax:(916)928-9333 Control Valves- Tel:(713)943-0688•Fax:(713)944-9445 Canada: Tel:(905)332-4090•Fax:(905)332-7068 ES—A—InBuildingRiser 1235 ©2012 Ames Fire&Waterworks ••'••••: COSCO ••:: Fire Protection ire safety Specialists Section 2 .7 Sprinkler Heads General COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 Page 1 of 4 NIKING V 3001 TECHNICAL DATA PKRIGHT QUICK (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION The Viking VK3001 Quick Response Upright Sprinkler is a small thermosensitive glass bulb spray sprinkler available with various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE '" (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive ii„ fr ` environments and are Listed and Approved as indicated in the Approval Chart. r 1, 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Ja — C ® US UL Listed: Category VNIV ,t • FM Approved: Classes 2016, 2043 � t ! Approved for use in FM Approved vacuum dry sprinkler systemsIOW ,,.°,ram with a maximum supervisory vacuum pressure of-3 psi(-207 mbar). A Refer to the Approval Chart and Design Criteria for requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Rated to: UL - 250 PSI (24 bar) WWP FM - 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar). Thread size: 1/2" NPT(15 mm BSPT) WARNING Cancer and Reproductive Harm- Nominal K-factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*) ( \ www P65Warnings ca.gov Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65 °F (-55 °C) * Metric K-factor measurement shown is in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Material Standards: Sprinkler Body: Brass CW602N, UNS-C84400 or QM Brass BRASS HEAD Deflector: Stainless Steel UNS S30400 NO ESCUTCHEON Pip Cap Shell -Stainless Steel UNS-S44400 Pip Cap Disc-Stainless Steel UNS-S30100 Belleville Spring- Nickel Alloy Pip Cap Seal- Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Compression Screw: Brass CW612N, CW508L, UNS-C36000 or UNS-C26000 Shipping Cap: Polyethylene Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Finishes and Temperatures: Finish Brass Chrome White Polyester Black Polyester ENT Suffix A F M-/W M-/B JN Temperature 135°F(57°C) 155°F(68°C) 175°F(79°C) 200°F(93°C) 286°F(141 °C) Open Suffix A B D E G Z Ordering Information: (Refer to Table 1 and the current Viking List Price Book.) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA, FM Global, and/or any other applicable installation standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler reaches its operating temperature,the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the bulb to shatter, releasing the pip cap assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector,forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Sprinkler Model VK3001 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors.See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_020516 19.09.23 Rev 19.6 Replaces Form No. F 020516 Rev. 19.5 (added 250 PSI rated PN for UL) Page 2 of 4 NIIKING. VK3001 QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA UPRIGHT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax:269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 1: ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: Using the sprinkler base part number, (1) add the suffix for the desired Finish (2) add the suffix for the desired Temperature Rating. Size 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings Sprinkler Base Part Max.Ambient Ceiling No. NPT BSPT Description Suffix' Nominal Rating Bulb Color Temperatures Suffix Inch mm 19916 1/2 -- Brass A 135 °F (57 °C) Orange 100 °F (38 °C) A 19928 -- 15 Chrome F 155°F (68°C) Red 100 °F (38 °C) B 231006 1/2 White Polyester 3.5 M-/W 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow 150 °F (65 °C) D Black Polyester 3.5 M-/B 200 °F (93 °C) Green 150 °F (65°C) E ENT 3,4,5 JN 286 °F (141 °C) Blue 225°F (107 °C) G OPEN -- -- Z Example: 19916MB/W=VK3001 with White Polyester Finish and 155 °F (68 °C) Nominal temperature rating. This sprinkler is to be installed into an area with a maximum ambient temperature of 100°F(38°C)meaning if the area will experience temperatures above the maximum ambient rating, you shall use a higher temperature-rated sprinkler. Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches (see Figure 1): A. Installer Wrench: Part No. 22055. B. Cabinet Wrench: Part No. 20901M/B. C. Straight Wrench: Part No. 22940MB Sprinkler Cabinet: A. Up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01724A. B. 6-12 Sprinklers: Part number 01725A. Footnotes 1- Where a dash(-)is shown in the Finish suffix designation,insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix.See example above. 2. Based on NFPA 13,NFPA 13R,and NFPA 13D.Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.Refer to specific installation standards. 3. UL Listed as corrosion resistant. 4. FM Approved as a corrosion proofing coating for installation in corrosive environments. 5. The corrosion resistant and corrosion proofing coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments.Prior to installation,verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment.For automatic sprinklers,the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces,including the waterway. 5. UL Listed for 250 PSI(17.2 bar)wWP. A g A ! — i is 5 1-15/16" (49 mm) • :"": 1/2" NPT -., 15mmBSPT A i 7/16"(11 mm) — Nominal Pipe Engagement Figure 1: Sprinkler Wrenches Figure 2: Sprinkler Dimensions Form No. F_020516 19.09.23 Rev 19.6 Page 3 of 4 NicKING . TECHNICAL DATA VK3001 QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com APPROVAL CHART Finish(es)_ 4, Temperature(s) A 1 X KEY Viking Quick Response Upright Sprinkler Escutcheon(s),If applicable —S VK3001 K5.6 (80.6 metric Thread Size Listings and Approvals' Sprinkler Base NPT BSPT cULus FM Part Number' Inch mm Approval Code(s) Maximum WWP Approval Code(s) Maximum WWP 19916 1/2 -- Al 175 PSI (12 bar) Al 175 PSI (12 bar) 19928 -- 15 Al 250 PSI (17.2 bar) Al 175 PSI (12 bar) 23100 1/2 -- Al 250 PSI (17.2 bar) Al 175 PSI (12 bar) Approved Temperature Rating Codes: A = 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 'F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C) and 286 °F (141 °C) Approved Finish Codes:e 1 = Brass, Chrome, White Polyester'4, Black Polyester 3'4, and ENT45 Footnotes Base Part number is shown.For complete part number,refer to Viking's current price schedule. ' This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 3 Other colors are available upon request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. ° cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 5 FM Approved as corrosion-proofing for installation in corrosive environments. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL cULus Listing Requirements: The Viking VK3001 Quick Response Upright Sprinkler is cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. • The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray upright sprinklers shall be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Form No. F 091699 -Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F 080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking Technical Data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB,APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM FM Approval Requirements: The Viking VK3001 Quick Response Upright Sprinkler is FM Approved as quick response Non-Storage upright sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM Installation guidelines may differ from UL and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Form No. F 091699 -Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking Technical Data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB,APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F 020516 19.09.23 Rev 19.6 Page 4 of 4 VK3001 QUICK RESPONSE NIK1114GR TECHNICAL DATA UPRIGHT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 4i4... um", ---imiii°1-4.- 1 : ,:: , tor*,44., w ( . Frame arms parallel to 3 the pipe. 1. Slide the wrench around the protective cap 2. Press the wrench downward to engage on the wrench flats, 3. Rotate the wrench clockwise to install the sprinkler. NOTE: The sprinkler frame arms shall be parallel to the pipe. Figure 3: Installation 1 2 3 . . �a Frame arms 1. Carefully slide the wrench around the protective cap. r parallpiipt the e. 2. Press the wrench downward to engage on the wrench flats. ;! 3 Rotate the wrench clockwise to install the sprinkler. °" ,. 's NOTE: The sprinkler frame arms shall be parallel to the pipe. E- N Figure 4: Installation (Straight Wrench) Form No. F 020516 19.09.23 Rev 19.6 Replaces Form No. F_020516 Rev. 19.5 (added 250 PSI rated PN for UL) Page 1 of 7 NIIKINGA MIRAGE® STANDARD AND TECHNICAL DATA QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269.945.9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Mirage® Standard and Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK462 and HP Sprinkler VK463 are thermosensitive glass-bulb spray sprinklers designed for installation on concealed pipe systems where the appearance of a smooth ceiling is desired. The sprinkler is pre-assembled with a threaded adapter for installation with a low- lh profile cover assembly that provides up to Y2" (12.7 mm) of vertical adjustment. The two-piece design allows installation and testing of the sprinkler prior to installation of the cover plate. The "The "push-on" and "thread-on" designs of the concealed cover I_ plate assemblies allow easy installation of the cover plate after the system has been tested and the ceiling finish has been applied. The cover assembly can be removed and reinstalled,allowingtemporary removal of ceiling P rY panels without taking the sprinkler system out of service or removing the sprinkler. The Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coating has been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and is listed and approved as indicated in the Approval Charts. The ENT finish is only available for the sprinkler assembly, the cover plate is not plated. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS - r - cON cULus Listed: Category VNIV -%� FM Approval: Class 2015 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E, Volume 32 1 WARNING:Cancer and Reproductive Harm- / \ www.P65Warnings.ca.gov VdS Approved: Certificate G4080021 LPCB Approved: Ref. No. 096e/12 BRASS HEAD E CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2032 WHITE COVER PLATE China Approval: Approved according to China GB Standard Refer to the Approval Charts and Design Criteria listing and approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 2006. Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinkler VK463 is rated for use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi (0.5 bar) up to 250 psi (17.2 bar) for high-pressure systems. High-pressure (HP) sprinklers can be identified by locating "250" stamped on the deflector. Sprinkler VK462 is rated to a maximum 175 psi (12 bar)wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Thread size: 1/2" (15 mm) NPT Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric`•) Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65°F (-55°C) Patents Pending * cULus Listing,FM Approval,and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi(0.5 bar).The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). **Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Material Standards: Sprinkler Body: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinkler; Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 for Sprinkler VK463 Deflector Pins: Stainless Steel Alloy Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Button: Brass UNS-C36000 Screws: 18-8 Stainless Steel Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Yoke: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 Cover Adapter: Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080, Finish: Clear Chromate over Zinc Plating Cover Assembly Materials: Cover: Copper UNS-C11000 or Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Base: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Springs: Nickel Alloy Solder: Eutectic Ordering Information: The sprinkler and cover plate must be ordered separately. Refer to Tables 1 and 2. Form No. F_103005 20.06.26 Rev 20.3 Replaces Form No. F_103005 Rev 20.2 (Added cover plate options.) Page 2 of 7 MIRAGE® STANDARD AND TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER VK462 A DENT HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler approaches its operating temperature,the cover plate detaches. Continued heating of the exposed sprinkler causes the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb to expand and the bulb to shatter, releasing the yoke, pip-cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection,Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Sprinklers VK462 and VK463 are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1: SPRINKLER ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: (1) Select a Sprinkler Base Part Number (2)Add the suffix for the desired Finish (3)Add the suffix for the desired Sprinkler Temperature Rating (4) Order a cover plate (refer to Table 2) Example: 13503AE = 200 °F (93 °C)Temperature Rated Sprinkler with a standard Brass finish. Sprinkler Size 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings SIN Base Part Sprinkler Max.Ambient Number° NPT BSPT Description Suffix' Temperature Nominal Rating Bulb Color Ceiling Suffix Inch mm Classification Temperaturez VK462 13503 1/2 -- Brass A Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) Red 100 °F (38 °C) B VK462 213567, -- 15 ENT 3.4 JN Intermediate 175°F (79 °C) Yellow 150 °F (65°C) D VK463 13667 1/2 -- Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) Green 150 °F (65 °C) E Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches and tools (see Figure 1): A. Heavy Duty Part Number: 14047W/B5 (available since 2006) B. Head Cabinet Wrench Part Number: 140316 (available since 2006) C. Optional Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part Number: 144121° (available since 2007) D. Optional Large Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part No. 148671°(available since 2007) Sprinkler Cabinet: Holds up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01731A(available since 1971). Footnotes 1. Where a dash(-)is shown in the Finish suffix designation,insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix.See example above. 2. Based on NFPA 13,NFPA 13R,and NFPA 13D.Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.Refer to specific installation standards. 3. UL Listed as corrosion resistant. 4. The corrosion resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart.These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments.Prior to installation,verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment.For automatic sprinklers,the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces,including the waterway. 5. Requires a%,"ratchet(not available from Viking). e. Also optional for removal of the protective cap.Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. 7. Not available with ENT finish.See approval charts for more information. 8. See approval charts for more information. °. Approved according to China GB Standard. 1o.The installer tool is for push-on style cover plates only. Form No. F 103005 20.06.26 Rev 20.3 Page 3 of 7 > MIRAGES STANDARD AND TECHNICAL DATA QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services:877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 2: COVER PLATE ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: (1) Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number (2)Add the suffix for the desired Finish (3)Add the suffix for the required Cover Plate Nominal Rating. Example: 23190MC/W= 165°F(74°C)Temperature Rated,2-3/4" (70 mm)diameter,Thread-On style Round Cover Plate with a Painted White finish. 1: Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number' 2: Select a Finish Thread-On Style Push-On Style Base Part Size Base Part Size Number Inch (mm) Type Number Inch (mm) Type Description Suffix' 23190 2-3/4 (70) Round 23447 2-3/4 (70) Round Polished Chrome F 23174 3-5/16 (84) Round 23463 3-5/16 (84) Round Brushed Chrome F-/B 23179 3-5/16 (84) Square 23482 3-5/16 (84) Square Bright BrassS B Antique Brass B-/A 231934 2-3/4 (70) S eels nless Round 234554 2-3/4 (70) S eeStalnless Round Brushed Brass B-/B S231834 3-5/16 (84) Steel Round 234734 3-5/16 (84) Steel Stainlessnless Round Brushed Copper E-/B Painted White M-/W 23174-/CR 3-5/16 (84) Clean Room 23463-/CR 3-5/16 (84) Clean Room Painted Ivory M-/I Stainless Stainless Painted Black M-/B 23183CR4 3-5/16 (84) Steel Round 23473CR4 3-5/16 (84) Steel Round Clean Room Clean Room 3: Temperature Rating Matrix1'2 Cover Plate Nominal Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Rating Sprinkler Maximum Ambient Suffix Rating (Required) Classification Ceiling um Temperature2 UL: 135 °F (57 °C) Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 °F(38 °C) A FM: 139° F (59 °C) 165 °F (74 °C) Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) C 165 °F(74 °C) Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) C Footnotes 1. The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2. Based on NFPA-13.Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3. Part number shown is the base part number.For complete part number,refer to current Viking price list schedule. 4. Stainless Steel versions are not available with any finishes or paint. 5. Where a dash(-)is shown in the Finish suffix designation,insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix.See example above. Form No. F 103005 20.06.26 Rev 20.3 Page 4 of 7 NIKINGN MIRAGE® STANDARD AND TECHNICAL DATA QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com . Approval Chart 1 (UL) i .-{ W w SpmerTcmpature Rovng Cover Pla%Temperature Rang Mirage®Concealed Pendent Sprinklers VK462 and VK463 i AW14•Cow Plate Finish KEY . Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal K-factor Maximum Listings and Approvals' (Refer also to Design Criteria) Base Part SIN Water Working China No.' nch BmmT U.S. matlic' Pressure cULus5 NYC VdS' LPCB C E Approval Standard Response Applications 13503A VK462 1/2" - 5.6 80.6 175 psi(12 bar) - -- AY1,CZ1 AY1,BZ1 AY1,CZ18 -- 21356A'3 VK462 - 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi(12 bar) - - - -- - AY1,CZ1 Quick Response Applications 13503A VK462 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi(12 bar) AV1,BX1,AS2,BT2 AV1,BX16 - - -- - 13503JN11 VK462 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi(12 bar) AV1,BX1,AS2,BT2 AV1,BX16 - - -- - 21356Al2 VK462 - 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi(12 bar) AY1,CZ1 - - - -- -- 13667A VK463 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 250 psi(17.2 bar)3 AV1,BX1 AV1,BX16 - -- -- -- 13667JN11 VK463 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 250 psi(17.2 bar)3 AV1,BX1 AV1,BX16 - -- -- -- Approved Sprinkler Approved Cover Plate Temperature Rating Codes Approved Cover Plate Finish Codes Temperature Rating Codes S-135°F(57°C)cover 23193,23445 or 23183,23473(large diameter) A=155°F(68°C) T-165°F(74°C)cover 23193,23445 or 23183,23473(large diameter) 1 -Polished Chrome,Brushed Chrome, V- 135 °F (57 °C)cover 23190, 23447, 23174, 23463 (large diameter), or Bright Brass,Antique Brass,Brushed B=175°F(79°C) 23179,23482(square cover plate) Brass,Brushed Copper,Painted White, C=200°F(93°C) X-165°F(74°C)cover 23190,23447,or 23174,23463(large diameter) Painted Ivory,or Painted Black Y-135°F(57°C)cover 23190,23447 LPCB Approved as 139°F(59°C) 2-Stainless Steel Z-165°F(74°C)cover 23190,23447 Footnotes 1. Part number shown is the base part number.For complete part number,refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure Is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3. The Water Working Pressure rating is stamped on the deflector. l This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Other approvals may be in process.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. I. Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories for use in the U.S.and Canada. G. Accepted for use,City of New York Department of Buildings,MEA Number 89-92-E,Vol.32. 7. VdS Approved,standards VdS 2344:2005-12,VdS 2100-25:2008-01,and EN 12259-1:1999+A1:2001+A2:2004+A3:2006,Certificate G4080021. e. CE Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2032. 6. The 135/139°F cover has an orange label.The 165°F(74°C)cover has a white label. 16.Painted finish consists of Polyester Baked Enamel.Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors.Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer.Contact Viking for additional information. 11.cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 12.Approved according to China GB Standard. NOTE:Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly.Refer to Figure 1. Form No. F 103005 20.06.26 Rev 20.3 Page 5of7 MIRAGE® STANDARD AND TECHNICAL DATA QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com DESIGN CRITERIA-UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1) cULus Listina Reauirements: Mirage®Concealed Pendent Sprinklers VK462 and VK463 are cULus Listed as quick response for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers as indicated below. • For hazard occupancies up to and including Ordinary Hazard, Group II. • Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13.Maximum spacing allowed is 15 ft.(4.6 m). • Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft.(1.8 m)unless baffles are installed in accordance with NFPA 13. • Minimum distance from walls is 4 in. (102 mm). • Maximum distance from walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers. The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. • The sprinkler obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers must be followed. NOTE: Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only. VdS Aooroval Reauirements: a)The sprinkler can be installed in a concrete ceiling(massive ceiling)or in a false ceiling made of light materials. b)This sprinkler is deflector fixed type and can be only activated by heat.The housing is not tight. c)Follow installation guidelines of current standards, CEA4001VdS and EN12845.These sprinklers can only be installed in LH and OH occupan- cies,except in OH4. NOTES: Due to the design the sprinkler type 'Domed-CCP'shall not be installed in false ceilings in which the false ceiling space is protected by a water extinguishing system. Due to the design the sprinkler type Domed-CCP'shall not be installed in false ceilings in which during a fire the pressure above the false ceiling may be assumed to be higher than the pressure below the false ceiling. The criterion for the dropping of the cover relevant for this approval is heat. Steps of installation: 1. Prepare the sprinkler key. 2. Remove the plastic cover. 3. Hold the sprinkler with the wrench and fasten it. 4. Replace the plastic cover and do not remove until the cover is installed. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F 091699 -Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F 080614 for general care, installation,and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB,APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards,whenever applicable. Q\>E° CUSTC �A All custom color painted cover zt plates will have an identifying label affixed to the inside of 1- 0the cover that indicates the VQ r- custom color and will have a 0 representative sample(a paint dot)of the paint on the label. Figure 1: Identification of Custom Paint for Concealed Covers Figure 2: Square Cover Assembly Form No. F 103005 20.06.26 Rev 20.3 Page 6of7 NIKINGik MIRAGE® STANDARD AND OR CONCEALED PENDENT TECHNICAL DATA SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com r": SptlnWerTempxtrePtalcp Approval Chart 2 (FM) r 4, CrwPlexTe ra:ivRa n Miragee Standard Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK462 i AWI Corer Place PIN*h KEY 1 Sprinkler Base Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Maximum FM Approvals' Part No.' SIN NPT BSPT Water Working (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) U.S. metric' Pressure Inch mm 13503A VK462 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi(12 bar) AW1,BX1,AY2,R7� 21356A* VK462 -- 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar) AU1,CV1 Approved Sprinkler Temperature Approved Cover Plate Temperature Rating Codes Approved Cover Plate Finish Codes Rating Codes U- 139°F(59°C)cover 23190,23447 V-165°F(74 °C)cover 23190,23447 W- 139°F(59 °C)cover 23190,23447,or 23174,23463 1 - Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright A-155°F(68°C) (large diameter),or 23179,23482(square cover plate) Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, B-175°F(79°C)and 200°F(93°C) X- 165°F(74°C)cover 23190,23447,23174,23463 Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted C-200°F(93°C) (large diameter),or 23179,23482(square cover plate) Ivory,or Painted Black Y- 139°F(59°C)cover,23183,23473 or 23193,23455 2-Stainless Steel Z- 165°F(74 °C)cover 23183,23473 or 23193,23455 Footnotes 1. Part number shown is the base part number.For complete part number,refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. s. This chart shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing.Other approvals may be in process.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. a. The 139°F(59°C)cover has an orange label.The 165°F(74°C)cover has a white label. 5. Painted finish consists of Polyester Baked Enamel.Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors.Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer.Contact Viking for additional information. G. Approved according to China GB Standard. NOTE:Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly.Refer to Figure 1. DESIGN CRITERIA- FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Aooroval Requirements• Viking Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK462 is FM Approved as a standard response Non-Storage concealed pendent sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements,reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets(including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design,ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE:The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699-Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation,and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data,the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB,APSAD,VdS or other similar organiza- tions, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards,whenever applicable. Form No. F 103005 20.06.26 Rev 20.3 Page 7 of 7 NIKING MIRAGE® STANDARD AND TECHNICAL DATA OR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Sprinkler and 2-1/4" (57 mm) Adapter Assembly Sprinkler Wrench diameter opening • Protective cap �. required in the removed Part No. 14047W/B** ceiling. • Use wrench ,,; 14047W/B** coiner Step Step p 2: t t Carefully slide the Carefully press the wrench upward and wrench sideways around turn slightly to ensure engagement with the deflector and pins the sprinkler wrench flats. NEVER install the sprinkler by applying the installation Sprinkler wrench across the frame arms. DO NOT overtighten. wrench flat Use only the designated sprinkler wrenches, Viking )''. Sprinkler Part Numbers 14047W/B**or 14031**.A leak tight seal frame arms should be achieved by turning the sprinkler clockwise 1 to 1-1/2 turns beyond finger tight. _' Figure 3: Sprinkler Installation and Proper Wrench Usage % ** A 1/2"ratchet is required(Not available from Viking) 1/2" (15 mm) NPT 2-9/16" (65 mm) Maximum 2-1/16" (52 mm) Minimum ,a: E " i" —`— N. in a_._---.... in . 4 i ____. ..,' — -. ar M 4 2-3/4" (70 mm) or ► 1 NOTE: Upon sprinkler activation, the deflector descends f 3-5/16" (84 mm) 111 to approximately 13/16"(21 mm)below the sprinkler body. Figure 4: Sprinkler Dimensions and Cover Installation Form No. F_103005 20.06.26 Rev 20.3 Replaces Form No. F_103005 Rev 20.2 (Added cover plate options.) Page 1 of 6 NHKING. STANDARD SPRAY TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK481 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Quick Response Concealed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK481 is a small solder link and lever spray sprinkler designed for installation on concealed pipe systems.The sprinkler is hidden from view by a low profile,small diameter cover plate installed flush with the wall. The two-piece design allows installation and testing of the sprinkler prior to installation of the cover plate. The "push-on", "pull-off design of the concealed cover plate assembly allows easy installation of the cover plate after the system has been tested and finish has been applied to the wall, while also permitting up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) of horizontal adjustment. The cover assembly can be removed and reinstalled, allowing access behind the wall without taking the sprinkler system out of service and removing the sprinkler. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS c OL u: cULus Listed: Category VNIV A\WARNING,Cancer and Reproductive Harm- rM FM Approved: Class 2015 www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Refer to the Approval Charts and Design Criteria for Listing and approval requirements that must be followed. BRASS HEAD WHITE COVER PLATE 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 2012. Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Rated to 175 psi (1 207 kPa)water working pressure. Thread size: 1/2" (15 mm) NPT Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metrict) t Metric K-factor measurement is shown in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Available Cover Plate Horizontal Adjustment: 1/4" (6.4 mm) Overall Length (Sprinkler Body): 2" (50 mm) Covered by the following U.S. Patent numbers: 7,854,269 and 7,712,218 Material Standards: Sprinkler Body: QM Brass or Brass UNS-C84400 Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Seat: Brass UNS-C31400 or UNS-C31600 Deflector Ring: Brass UNS-C23000 Deflector Pins: Stainless Steel UNS-S30200 Halo: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 Flow Shaper: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 Lever Bar Ring: Brass UNS-C84400 Compression Screw: 18-8 Stainless Steel Fusible Link Assembly: Nickel Alloy and Eutectic Solder Fusible Link Levers: Stainless Steel UNS-S31600 Guide Pin: Stainless Steel UNS-S43000 Shipping Cap: Polyethylene Cover Assembly Materials: Cover Plate Assembly: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Spring: Nickel Alloy Solder: Eutectic Form No. F_020312 18.10.18 Rev 17.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_020312 Revision 17.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 2 of 6 NIKING8 STANDARD SPRAY TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK481 The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax:269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Viking Quick Response Concealed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers and Cover Plate �\Eocusro Assemblies must be ordered separately: a a,A Sprinkler: Base Part No. 17555A(includes brass sprinkler with a protective plastic cap covering the unit). o 0 Specify the sprinkler temperature rating by adding the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating: 431 Temperature Suffix: 165°F (74 °C) = C and 205 °F(96 °C)= E For example, sprinkler VK481 with a 165°F(74 °C)temperature rating = 17555AC. Cover Plate Assembly: Base Part No. 16207 Specify finish and temperature rating of the cover plate assembly by adding the All custom color painted cover plates appropriate suffixes for the finish and the cover temperature rating to the base will have an identifying label affixed to part number: the inside of the cover that indicates Finish Suffix: Polished Chrome = F, Brushed Chrome = F-/B, Bright Brass = B, the custom color and will have a Antique Brass = B-/A, Brushed Brass = B-/B, Brushed Copper = E-/B, Painted representative sample(a paint dot)of the White = M-/W, Painted Ivory = M-/l, Painted Black= M-/B paint on the label. Temperature Suffix: 135°F (57 °C)=A, 165 °F(74 °C) =C For example, cover 16207 with a Polished Chrome finish and a 165 °F (74 °C) Figure 1: Identification of Custom temperature rating = 16207FC. Paint for Concealed Covers Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the Viking website.) Sprinkler Wrenches*: A. Heavy Duty Wrench Part No. 16208W/R* (available since 2010) B. Head Cabinet Wrench Part Number 16267** (available since 2010) C. Optional Large Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part No. 14867(available since 2007) *Requires a'A"ratchet(not available from Viking). **Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. Sprinkler Cabinet: Part No. 01731A (available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions,when the temperature around the sprinkler approaches its operating temperature,the cover plate detaches. Continued heating of the exposed sprinkler causes the fusible element to disengage,releasing the sealing assembly.Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the flow shaper,forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection,Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking concealed sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_020312 18.10.18 Rev 17.1.P65 Page 3 of 6 NEKINGA STANDARD SPRAY TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK481 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 1:AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Temperature Rating of Cover Cover Plate Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature' Assembly (Required) Base Part Number' Ordinary 165 °F (74 C) 100 °F (38 °C) 135 °F 165 °F 16207 (57 °C) (74 °C) Intermediate 205 °F ( 96 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) 135 °F 165 °F 16207 (57 °C) (74 °C) Cover Plate Finishes: Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted Ivory, and Painted Black. Sprinkler Finish: Brass Footnotes 'The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the sprinkler body. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading,sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price list schedule. The internal design of the sprinkler wrench is shaped to fit over the sprinkler and protective cap to ensure that the top of the wrench will be oriented in the ■ same direction as the top of the I • PI sprinkler deflector. u c • Sprinkler Sprinkler body wrench Orient the sprinkler and wrench as shown then slide the wrench over the sprinkler body and the protective cap. Figure 2: Sprinkler VK481 Installation and Correct Use of Wrench Form No. F 020312 18.10.18 Rev 17.1.P65 Page 4 of 6 -A STANDARD SPRAY TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK481 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart - UL Sprinkler Temperature Rating Cover Plate Temperalum Rating Quick Response Concealed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK481 AW1t Cover Plate Finish KEY Position with the centerline of the spraiger located between and 12-3/8" •elow the ceiling. Sprinkler NPT Thread Nominal Maximum Overall Length Listings and Approvals14 Base Part SIN Size K-Factor Water Working (Sprinkler Body) (Refer also to Design Criteria.) Number' Inch mm U.S. metric' Pressure Inches mm cULuss NYC 17555A VK481 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi(12 bar) 2" 50 AX1 See Footnote 6. Cover Plate Assembly Temp.Ratings' Finishes of the Cover Plate Assembly' Sprinkler Temperature Ratings X- 135°F(57 °C)or 165°F(74°C) 1 -Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass,Antique A- 165°F(74°C)and 205°F(96°C) Cover Part No. 16207' Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted Ivory,or Painted Black Footnotes 'Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Other approvals may be in process.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. °Listed for use in Light or Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. 'Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories for use in the U.S.and Canada. &Meets New York City requirements,effective July 1,2008. 'The 135°F(57°C)cover has an orange label.The 165°F(74°C)cover has a white label. 'Painted finish consists of Polyester Baked Enamel. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors. Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer.Contact Viking for additional information. NOTE:Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly. Refer to Figure 1. (Also refer to the Approval Chart above.) cULus Listina Reauirements; Quick Response Concealed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK481 is cULus Listed for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard coverage sidewall spray sprinklers as indicated below: • Designed for use in Light or Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. • Position with the centerline of the sprinkler located between 4-3/8"and 12-3/8"(112 mm and 314 mml below the ceiling.THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER BODY AND THE TOP OF THE INSTALLATION WRENCH ARE MARKED "TOP". Orient the top of the sprinkler element parallel with the ceiling as shown in Figure 3. • This sprinkler must be installed flush with the wall. • Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13 for standard sidewall sprinklers. Minimum spacing allowed is 7 ft.(2.1 m). • Maximum distance from end walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers.The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. Minimum distance from end walls is 4 in. (102 mm). • The sprinkler installation and obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard coverage sidewall spray sprinklers must be followed. NOTE:Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699-Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation,and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data,the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB,APSAD,VdS or other similar organiza- tions, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards,whenever applicable. Form No. F 020312 18.10.18 Rev 17.1.P65 Page 5 of 6 NIIKING R STANDARD SPRAY TECHNICAL DATA ORIZONTAL S DEWALL SPRCONCEALED INKLER VK481 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart - FM +SprinklvTemperature Rating Cover Plate Temperature Rating Standard Response Concealed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK481 AWI*Cover Plate Finish KEY the centerline of the sprinkler located ben 4- / and 4111111111ggw the ceiling. Sprinkler NPT Thread Nominal Maximum Overall Length Listings and Approvals' Base Part SIN Size K-Factor Water Working (Sprinkler Body) (Refer also to Design Criteria.) Number' Inch mm U.S. metric' Pressure Inches mm FM 17555A VK481 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi(12 bar) 2" 50 AX1 Cover Plate Assembly Temp.Ratings' Finishes of the Cover Plate Assembly' Sprinkler Temperature Ratings 1 -Polished Chrome,Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass,Antique A-165°F(74°C)and 205°F(96°C) X- 135°F(57°C)or 165°F(74°C) Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, Cover Part No. 16207 Painted Ivory,or Painted Black Footnotes 'Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number,refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This chart shows the FM approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any ad- ditional approvals. 'The 135°F(57°C)cover has an orange label.The 165°F(74°C)cover has a white label. 5 Painted finish consists of Polyester Baked Enamel. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors. Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer.Contact Viking for additional information. NOTE:Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly.Refer to Figure 1. .E I " RIA Also refer to the ••royal Chart above.) , -w FM Approval Requirements Viking Standard Response Concealed HSW Sprinkler VK481 is FM Approved as a Non-Storage Sidewall sprinkler as Indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements,hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions,minimum and maximum allowable spacing,and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE:The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus andlor NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699-Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care,installation, and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data,the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB,APSAD,VdS or other similar organiza- tions, and also with the provisions of governmental codes,ordinances, and standards,whenever applicable. Form No. F 020312 18.10.18 Rev 17.1.P65 Page 6 of 6 NIIKINea STANDARD SPRAY TECHNICAL DATA CONCEALED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK481 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com CEILING i t Position with the centerline of the sprinkler located between Measure from the 4-3/8" (112 mm) and centerline of the 12-3/8" (314 mm) below the ceiling. sprinkler to the ceiling. The top of the sprinkler is marked "TOP". Keep the top of the element oriented parallel to the ceiling. Centerline of sprinkler = (Corresponds with the centerline of the wrench) Figure 3: Sprinkler VK481 Correct Deflector Orientation To install the Cover Plate assembly, gently push it onto the sprinkler body with even pressure using the palm of the hand. Concealed 2-3/16" (56 mm) Sprinkler l diameter opening Wrench** 1/4" (6 mm) Horizontal 00 required in the wall. 16208W/R adjustment available. Ft �_. G i A, d ,. 3-5/18„ IIII 11111 ' , $11 , 1111/111 (84 mm) 1/2" Concealed 41-15116" 2-3/16" ' (15 mm) % sprinkler (49 mm) % (56 mm) NPT body with Minimum Maximum protective cap / / 1!4" (6 mm) Figure 4: Sprinkler VK481 Dimensions and Cover Installation **A 1/2" ratchet is required (not available from Viking). Form No. F_020312 18.10.18 Rev 17.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_020312 Revision 17.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 1 of 6 NIIKINGS QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269-945-9501 Technical Services:877-384-5464 Fax:269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers are thermosensitive spray sprinklers suitable for use in areas subject to freezing. The sprinklers are designed for dry sys- tems and preaction systems where it is necessary to prevent water or condensation from entering the drop nipple before sprinkler operation.They may also be installed in spaces subject to freezing and supplied from a wet system in an adjacent heated area. Viking Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers are available in various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM Global has no approval classification for Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS t®W cULus Listed: Category VNIV 4 WARNING:Cancer and Reproductive Harm- \ www.P65Wamings.ca.gov Q FM Approved: Classes 2013 and 2015 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E Volume 15 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on page 105d for cULus Listing requirements,and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 105e for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA CHROME HEAD Specifications: CHROME COVER PLATE Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Thread size: 1"NPT or 25 mm BSP Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*)for all listed and approved lengths. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65 °F (-55°C) Covered by the following U.S. Patents: 8,636,075 and 10,220,231 Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Brass UNS-C26000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy,coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Compression Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap: Brass UNS-C31400 or UNS-C31600 Pip Cap Adapter: Brass UNS-C36000 Orifice: Copper UNS-C22000 or UNS-C11000 Tube: ERW Hydraulic Steel Tube Support(Internal): Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Barrel: Steel Pipe UNS-G10260, Electrodeposited Epoxy Base finish Barrel End and Threads: QM Brass Sleeve(for Adjustable Standard style only): Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Escutcheon Materials: Adjustable Standard Dry Escutcheons: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Recessed Dry Escutcheons: Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080 ENT Coated Adjustable and Recessed Escutcheons: Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Replaces Form F_031793 Rev. 19.1 Form No. F_031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 /Addari FNT undated FM lanrnrane 1 Page 2 of 6 1 NIKIING X TECHNICAL DATA QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services:877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com Order Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish, the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating, and then the suffix for the length ("A"dimension)to sprinkler base part number. Order in a specific length noted as the "A" dimension. The "A" dimension is the distance from the face of the fitting (tee) to the desired finished surface of the ceiling. These sprinklers are listed and approved in lengths from 1-1/2"to 45-1/2"(38.1 mm to 1,156 mm)for the adjustable standard style,3"to 47"(76.2 mm to 1,194 mm)for the plain barrel style, and 3-1/4"to 47-1/2"(82.5 mm to 1,207 mm)for the adjustable recessed style. Lengths exceeding the standard lengths are available,with no approvals,on a"made-to-order"basis: Recessed Dry Pendent up to 65-1/2"(1,664 mm).Adjustable Standard Dry Pendent up to 63-1/2"(1,613 mm). Plain Barrel Dry Pendent up to 65"(1,651 mm). Contact the manufacturer for more information. Finish Suffix: Brass=A, Chrome = F,White Polyester= M-/W, and ENT= JN Temperature Suffix: 155 °F (68 °C) = B, 175 °F (79 °C)= D, 200 °F(93 °Cj = E, 286 °F(141 °C)= G For example, sprinkler VK176 with a Chrome finish and a 155 °F (68 °C) temperature rating, and "A" length of 10" = Part No. 08383UFB10. Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the "Sprinkler Accessories" section of the Viking data book.) 1.1 Wrench Sprinkler Wrenches: Flat A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 07297W/B (available since 1991) Protective l !1 B. Wrench for recessed sprinklers: Part No. 07565W/B** Sprinkler rrana (available since 1991) O ■ I Shield **A'A"ratchet is required(not available from Viking). li,l1—I I Sprinkler Guard: Chrome,with no listings or approvals,for installation on dry pendent sprinklers made after May 1994 only (Part No. 08954). Replacement Escutcheons: A.Adjustable Standard Dry Escutcheon: Base Part No. 07741 B. Recessed Dry Escutcheon Cup: Base Part No. 05459A VIKING 07297 0 ) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 07297W/B 5. OPERATION _ During fire conditions,the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the internal parts to open the t= waterway. Water flowing through the sprinkler gmmom ------- ------ orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector,forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. IIIII 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS & MAINTENANCE Sprinkler wrench Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and 07565w/13=w must be Maintenance requirements. used for installing recessed dry sprinklers 7. AVAILABILITY „..m m., - Le l 0 ■ l,r + The Viking Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprink- t: :,' �. .� ler is available through a network of domestic iv Step Carefully press u ill I and international distributors. See The Viking ,1l- the wrench upward and ( _�1,� turn slightly to ensure Corporation web site for the closest distributor -•-_ --- engagement with the = -- or contact The Viking Corporation. sprinkler wrench Flats 8. GUARANTEE Step 1, Carefully �e A 1/2" ratchet is slide the wrench required (Not avail- i ' For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current sideways around the able from Viking.) list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Sprinkler deflector - Figure 2: Wrench 07565W/B for Adjustable Recessed Dry Pendent Sprinklers Form No. F 031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 3 of 6 NIKING.: TECHNICAL DATA QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 1:AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Bulb Color Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature' Ordinary 155 °F (68 `C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 `C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Green High 286 °F (141 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coating3A: White Polyester and ENT in all temperature ratings Footnotes ' The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 'Based on NFPA-13.Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 'The corrosion-resistant Polyester and ENT coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts.These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Note:These coatings are NOT cor- rosion proof. Prior to installation,verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environ- ment. Polyester and ENT coatings are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester and ENT coatings. 4 When installed in some corrosive environments,the Polyester finish may change color.This natural discoloration over time is not in itself an indication of corrosion and should not be treated as such. All sprinklers installed in corrosive environments should be replaced or tested as described in NFPA 25 on a more frequent basis. For °A" Dimensloni 1, Determine -the distance from the face of the tee to the finished ceiling. 2. Round to -the nearest 1/2' (12.7 mm) between 1-1/2' and 45-1/2' (38,1 rim and 1,156 mm). NOTE: The deflector will be located approximately 3-7/16° (87.3 rim) below the ceiling. with 1' (25,4 mm) upward and 1" (25.4 rim) downward adjustment. Deflector at minimum distance below ceiling. WNN 111 NOTE To locate the deflector at the minimum distance below the ceiling, with .. I I-- no downward adjustment Minimum ceiling opening r-7/16' available, order the A (61.9 rim) dry pendent sprinkler diameter: 1 3/4' (44.5 mm). I Minimum 1° (25.4 mm) shorter / Maximum ceiling opening r. than the 'A` dimension. diameter: 2-1/4' (57 mm). I 13/16' — ' I' - NOTE Finished <20,6 rim) 4-- ' To locate the deflector Ceiling at the maximum distance 4-7/16' below the ceiling, with 1-1/2' Sleeve finish (112.7 rim) no downward adjustment (38.1 mm) I- matches escutcheon, Maximum available, order the diameter dry pendent sprinkler 3 1/16' 1" <25.4 inn) longer (77,8 mm) than the 'A' dimension. Deflector at maximum distance below ceiling. Figure 3: Adjustable Standard Dry Pendent Sprinkler Form No. F 031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 4 of 6 1 VIKING R TECHNICAL DATA QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) --Temperature KEY Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers Z,-- Finish -� Al X 4-Escutcheon(t applicable) .., „— ",,r" Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar)WWP Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal K-Factor' Order Length Increment Listings and Approvals° Base Part No.' `SIN Style (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) NPT BSP U.S. metric' Inches mm cULuss NYC' VdS LPCB (( • 08383U VK176 Adjustable 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 Al,A5 Al -- -- — _- 16457U Standard -- 25 mm — 80.6 1/2" 12.7 Al,A5 -- — — — -- 08385U Adjustable 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/4" 6.35 B2,B6 B2 16453U VK180 Recessed — 25 mm -- 80.6 1/4" 6.35 82, B6 -- -- -- -- — 08387U VK172 Plain 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A3 A4 -- -- -- -- 16455U Barrel -- 25 mm — 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A3 -- -- — -- -- Approved Finishes and "A" Dimensions 1-Chrome or White Polyester'sprinkler with a Chrome or White Polyester Sleeve and Escutcheon Approved Temperature Ratings with"A"dimensions 1-1/2"to 45-1/2"(38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) A- 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79°C), 200 °F (93 °C), 2-Chrome or White Polyester'with"A"dimensions 3-1/4"to 47-1/2"(82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) and 286°F(141 °C) 3-Chrome,Brass,White Polyester',or ENT'with"A"dimensions 3"to 47"(76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79°C), and 200 °F 4-Chrome or Brass with"A"dimensions 3"to 47"(76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) (93°C) 5 - ENT' sprinkler with an ENT' Sleeve and Escutcheon with "A" dimensions 1-1/2" to 45-1/2" (38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) 6-ENT'with"A"dimensions 3-1/4"to 47-1/2"(82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) Footnotes ' Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number,refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 K-Factor applies for standard lengths("A"Dimensions indicated above). 'Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. °This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Other approvals may be in process.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 'Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories for use in the U.S.and Canada. 'Accepted for use,City of New York Department of Buildings,MEA Number 89-92-E,Vol. 15. 7 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. ESlGN CRITERIA- UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above.) NOTE:When using CPVC fittings with Viking dry sprinklers, use only new Nibco Model 5012-S-BI tees.When selecting other CPVC fittings, contact Viking Technical Services. cULus Listing Requirements: Standard Dry Pendent Sprinklers are cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. - Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. • The sprinkler installation and obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB,APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F 031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 5 of 6 NIKING R QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) Temperature KEY .. .rw Quick Response_Dry Pendent Sprinklers jvF rmeh Maximum W SI(12 bar) WP ., A1x4 Escutcheon(if applicable) Sprinkler Base Thread Size Nominal K-Factor2 Order Length Increment FM Approvals° Part No.' SIN Style NPT BSP U.S. I metric3 Inches mm (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) 08383U VK176 Adjustable Standard 1" 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 Al 16457U -- 25 mm -- 80.6 1/2" 12.7 Al 08385U 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/4" 6.35 B2 16453U VK180 Adjustable Recessed - 25 mm -- 80.6 1/4" 6.35 B2 08387U 1" - 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A3 16455U VK172 Plain Barrel - 25 mm -- 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A3 Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes and"A"Dimensions A-155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C),200°F(93°C) 1 -Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, or ENT'sprinkler with a Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, or ENT5 Sleeve and Escutcheon with"A"dimensions 1-1/2"to 45-1/2"(38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) and 286°F(141 °C) 2-Brass,Chrome,White Polyester,or ENT5 with"A"dimensions 3-1/4"to 47-1/2"(82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) B-155°F(68°C),175°F(79°C),and 200°F(93°C) 3-Brass,Chrome,White Polyester,or ENT5 with"A"dimensions 3"to 47"(76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) Footnotes ' Part number shown is the base part number.For complete part number,refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 K-Factor applies for standard lengths("A"Dimensions indicated above). 3 Metric K-Factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. °This chart shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any ad- ditional approvals. 5 FM approved as corrosion resistant. An °(Also refer to Approval Chart a..e - - NOTE:When using CPVC fittings with Viking dry sprinklers, use only new Nibco Model 5012-S-BI tees.When selecting other CPVC fittings, contact Viking Technical Services. FM Aooroval Reaureements• The Dry Pendent Sprinklers in the Approval Chart above are FM Approved as quick response Non-storage standard spray sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guide.For specific application and installation requirements,reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets(includ- ing 2-0)and Technical Advisory Bulletins. FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets and Technical Advisory Bulletins contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions,minimum and maximum allowable spacing,and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No.F_091699-Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form F 080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data,the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB,APSAD,VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes,ordinances,and standards,whenever applicable. MINIMIN For 'A' Dimensionir '1 0111_ . - - 1 I. Determine the distance -_- from face of tee to For 'A' Dnersion the finished ceiling. iiM A 1. Determine the A 2. Round to nearest 1/4' distance from Minimum ceiling opening (6.35 mm) between Outside the fare of the 2-1/8' (54 mm) diameter. \ 3-I/4' (82,5 mm) and diameter N, tee to the base 47-1/2' (1,207 mm). 1-5/16' ih, of the sprinkler Maximum ceiling opening: (33.4 mm) 2 Round up to the 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) diameter, NOTE Sprinkler will be (same as next highest 1/2' recessed approximately 1' (25 men) (12.7 mm) incre- 5/16' (7.9 mm) above Schedule meat between 3' the finished ceiling with 40 pipe). (76.2 rim) and Adjustment: 5/8' (15.8 mm) vertical 47' (1,194 rim). 5/16' (7.9 rim)l C- adjustment available. 5/16' (7.9 mm) 111 i C-%----- Finished ce91ir9 1-5/8' Minimum: 1' (25.4 mm)-� �Ii (483 min) Maximum: 1-5/8' (42,1 rim) p 3-I/16' (77.9 mm)- --j^l=-I Form No. F OS1Ie 4`1t3:� It,�bleatFfa�d Dry Pendent Sprinkler Figure 5: Plain Barrel Dry Pendent Sprinkler Page 6 of 6 NIKIING a TECHNICAL DATA QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com Ambient Exposed Barrel Install 1 inch NPT threaded Temperature Ambient Temperature ➢eflecdis at of Protected 40'F/4'Cl50'F/10'C160'F/16'C _ end of dry pendent sprinkler minimum distance Areaw at the Exposed Minimum Barrel - into the 1 Inch NPT outlet below ceiling Discharge End Lengthww Face of Tee of a malleable iron tee fitting of the Sprinkler to Top nAlliall per ANSI B 16.3 (Class 150) 0 In. (mm) In.(mm)ofCelli In. (gmm) . _ or cast Iron threaded tee fitting Up to 2' (50.8 mm) 40'E (4'C) 0 0 0 J per ANSI 16,4 (Class 125) only adjustment available. 30•E (-PC) 0 0 0 ®I,� Note Minimum ceiling opening diameter: 20'F (-PC) 4 (100) 0 0Maa:Cila To locate the 10'F C-12'C) 8 (203) 1 (25.4) 0 (Exposed aRTi'I' deflector at the 0°F (-IB•C) 12 (305) 3 (76) 0 Barrel)/Maximum ceiling opening diameter. ,-�7/16' minimum distance -10'E (-23°C)14 (356) 4 (102) 1 (25.4) 2-1/4' (57 mm), with the ward (61.9 mm) with no upward -20'F (-29°C)14 (356) 6 (152) 3 (76) / Seal the clearance I. Minimum adjustment avail- ____[-30•F (-34°C)16 (406)8 (203)4 (102) space around the 'A- able, order the -40'f (-40•C)18 (457)8 (203)4 (102) e, s sprinkler to avoid leak- dry pendent sprink- ler- (-46'C)20 (508)10 (254)6 (152) - age Of air Into the r2t � shorter h min) ortt er than the -60•F (-51'C)20 (508)10 (254:6 (152) / ` i i7-) ( 13/16' protected area and III §339Ea A' dimension. (20.6 mm) consequent formation FriTsq arasi Ceiling— — of condensate around W. the frame, which could Note: Inhibit operation or To locate the 1-I/ ( \ Sleeve finish cause premature opera- 4-7/16' deflector at the matches tion. Refer to Figure maximum distance diameter 7 below. (112.7 mm) below the ceiling,escutcheon Maximum with no downward If humidity and temp- adjustment avail- 3-1/16' erature differential I• able, order the (Protected Area) (77 8 mm) causes condensation dry pendent sprink- ler the exposed dry N' 1' (25.4 mm) sprinkler', consider longer than the wrapping the exposed Deflector at 'A' dimension. barrel with insulation, maximum distance foam insulating tape, below ceiling or equivalent. ieThe protected area refers to the area below the ceiling. The ambient temperature is the temperature at the discharge end of' the sprinkler, For protected area temperatures that occur between the values listed, use the next cooler temperature, wwThe minimum required barrel length is not the same as the 'A' dimension. Refer to Figures 3-5 for the 'A' dimension. NOTE: Exposed minimum barrel lengths are inclusive up to 30 mph wind velocities. Figure 6: Dry Pendent Sprinkler Required Minimum Barrel Length Based on Ambient Temperature in the Protected Area (Adjustable Standard Dry Pendent Sprinkler is Shown) Seal III (or equivalent method) Seal MEM /. . .. . Il. . . . • � �� ton/HI. WH/l,'/IW/////////////. rdeA,///b/I/////p///A Clearance W Insulated W Opening ■ Ceiling ■ Dry Sprinkler Seal on the Dry Sprinkler Seal Within the Ceiling Exterior of' the Ceiling Figure 7: Dry Sprinkler Seal(Adjustable Standard Dry Pendent Sprinkler is Shown) Form No. F_031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Replaces Form F_031793 Rev. 19.1 (Added FNT unriatpri FM lannuan(? I Page 1 of 6 NIIKING/1 STANDARD/QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA EXTENDED COVERAGE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK602 (K8.0) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services:877-384-5464 Fax:269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs©vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. 1. DESCRIPTION Viking EC/QREC Pendent Sprinkler VK602 is a small thermosensitive spray sprinkler available in several different finishes and temperature ratings to meet varying design requirements. This sprinkler has both standard response and quick response list- ings.The glass bulb operating element and special deflector characteristics meet the challenges of quick response extended coverage standards. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition,the ENT coating has been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and is listed/approved as indicated in the Approval Charts. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Class 2020 Refer to the Approval Charts Design Criteria for Listing and Approval requirements For Light Hazard Occupancies Only that must be followed. WARNING:Cancer and Reproductive Hann- 3. TECHNICAL DATA www.P65Wamings.ca.gov Specifications: Available since 2013. Minimum Operating Pressure: Refer to the Approval Charts. CHROME HEAD Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi(12 Bar). CHROME ESCUTCHEON Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar). Thread sizes: 3/4"(20 mm)NPT Nominal K-Factors: 8.0 U.S. (115.2 metrict) t Metric K-factor measurement shown is in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65 °F(-55 °C) Overall Length: 2-3/8" (60 mm) Material Standards: Sprinkler Frame: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Deflector: Brass UNS-C26000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pip Cap-ENT Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order EC/QREC Pendent Sprinkler VK602 by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass=A, Chrome= F,White Polyester= M-NV, Black Polyester M-/B and ENT= JN Temperature Suffix: 135 °F(57°C)=A, 155°F(68°C)= B, 175°F(79 °C)=D For example, sprinkler VK602 with a Brass finish and a 155°F (68 °C)temperature rating = Part No. 18262BAB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the Viking website.) Sprinkler Wrenches: A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 21475M/B (available since 2017) B. Wrench for recessed pendent sprinklers: Part No. 13577W/B" (available since 2006) "A'A"ratchet is required(not available from Viking). Sprinkler Cabinets: A. Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A(available since 1971) B.Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A(available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. Form No. F_102412 19.10.06 Rev 19.3 Replaces Form No. F_102412 Rev 19.2 (Added ENT; updated FM language.) Page 2 of 6 NIIKING6 STANDARD/QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA EXTENDED COVERAGE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK602 (K8.0) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax:269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands,causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection,Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking EC/DREG Pendent Sprinkler VK602 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors.See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperatu =' a Spr 1.. gt Maxi Ium Ambient ifi e Celli,. >,mperaturez Bulb Color Ordinary 135 °F(57 °C) 100 °F(38 °C) Orange Ordinary 155°F (68 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F(65 °C) Yellow Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester'', Black Polyester'and ENT3 Corrosion Resistant Sprinkler Finishes: ENT3 Footnotes 'The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3 The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts.These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation,verify through the end-user that the coatings are com- patible with or suitable for the proposed environment. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with ENT coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers,the waterway is coated. 4 For automatic sprinklers,the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester coatings. fiftWrench Flat • ' r ` Protective Sprinkler Clip Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 21475M/B Form No. F_102412 19.10.06 Rev 19.3 Page 3 of 6 NIKINGs STANDARD/QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA EXTENDED COVERAGE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK602 (K8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Approval Chart 1 (UL) Temperature KEY Standard/Quick Response Extended Coverage Pendent Sprinkler is--Finish For Light Hazard Occupancies Only. A1X F Escutcheon Of applicable) Maximum 175 PSI(12 Bar)WWP Sprinkler NPT Nominal Maximum Areas , Listings and Approvals3 Base SIN Thread Size K-Factor of Coverage4 Minimum Water Supply Requirements Listings (Refer also to Design •Part No.1 Inches mm U.S. metricz (Length x Width) Criteria.) Standard Response Applications' cULuss 18262 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 20'x 20'(6.1 m x 6.1 m) 40 gpm @ 25.0 psi(151.4 Umin @ 1.72 Bar) A1Z,A2X Quick Response Applications 18262 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 16'x 16'(4.9 m x 4.9 m) 26 gpm @ 10.6 psi(98.4 Umin @ 0.73 Bar) C1Z,A2X 18262 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 18'x 18'(5.5 m x 5.5 m) 33 gpm @ 17.0 psi(124.9 Umin @ 1.17 Bar) C1Z,A2X 18262 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 20'x 20'(6.1 m x 6.1 m) 40 gpm @ 25.0 psi(151.4 Umin @ 1.72 Bar) B1Y NOTICE-Product Below-Limited Availability(Contact Local Viking Office) Standard Response Applications' cULus5 07077 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 20'x 20'(6.1 m x 6.1 m) 40 gpm @ 25.0 psi(151.4 Umin @ 1.72 Bar) A1Z Quick Response Applications 07077 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 16'x 16'(4.9 m x 4.9 m) 26 gpm @ 10.6 psi(98.4 Umin @ 0.73 Bar) C1Z 07077 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 18'x 18'(5.5 m x 5.5 m) 33 gpm @ 17.0 psi(124.9 Umin @ 1.17 Bar) C1Z 07077 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 20'x 20'(6.1 m x 6.1 m) 40 gpm @ 25.0 psi(151.4 Umin @ 1.72 Bar) B1Y Approved Finishes Approved Escutcheons Sprinkler Temperature Ratings X-Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or recessed with the A- 155°F(68°C)and 175°F(79°C) 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Viking Micromatic®Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon B-135°F(57°C) Polyester, and Black Y-Standard surface-mounted escutcheons Polyester C-135°F(57°C),155°F(68°C),and 175°F(79°C) 2-ENT7 Z-Standard surface-mounted escutcheons or recessed with the Micromatic®Model E-1 or E-2 Recessed Escutcheon Footnotes 1 Part number shown Is the base part number.For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 'Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 4 For areas of coverage smaller than shown, use the"Minimum Water Supply Requirement"for the next larger area listed with sprinklers of similar K-factor. Flows and pressures listed are per sprinkler. 5 Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.for use in the U.S.and Canada for Light Hazard occupancies with smooth,flat,horizontal ceilings only. 6 cULus Listings are limited to Light Hazard occupancies,where allowed by the installation standards being applied. 7 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. Form No. F_102412 19.10.06 Rev 19.3 Page 4 of 6 NillKINk STANDARD/QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA EXTENDED COVERAGE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK602 (K8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. DE I k -ITE.<' t cULus Listing Requirements; Standard/Quick Response Extended Coverage Pendent Sprinkler SIN VK602 is cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in ac- cordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for extended coverage pendent spray sprinklers: • Limited to Light Hazard occupancies,where allowed by the installation standards being applied,with smooth,flat,horizontal ceilings only. • Minimum spacing allowed is 8 ft. (2.4 m)unless baffles are installed in accordance with NFPA 13. • Minimum distance from walls is 4 in.(102 mm). • Maximum distance from walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers.The distance shall be measured per- pendicular to the wall. • The sprinkler installation and obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for extended coverage pendent spray sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699-Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. itr"T� I i1�1� =�;iI Sprinkler Wrench ` + � 1 � .ur I 13577W/Bx must be 10211111111/11111 I 0 used for installing 0 `_Ii r_ recessed sprinkler i` p IA% VK600 and VK602 Step 1: Carefully slide theA 1/2" ratchet is required (not available / wrench sideways around from Viking), i the sprinkler deflector - I and protective shield. (Note the orientation of Step 2: Carefully press the shield in the wrench.) the wrench upward and ensure engagement with the sprinkler wrench flats, Figure 2: Wrench 13577W/B for Recessed Pendent Sprinkler VK602 Form No. F 102412 19.10.06 Rev 19.3 Page 5 of 6 NIIKINGp STANDARD/QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA EXTENDED COVERAGE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK602 (K8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Approval Chart 2 (FM) Temperature KEY 417— Quick Response Extended Coverage Pendent Sprinkler Frnlsh Maximum 175 PSI(12 Bar 4-Al X Escutcheon(if applicable) NPT Thread Nominal Maximum Areas FM Approvals' Sprinkler Base SIN Size K-Factor of Coverage° Minimum Water Supply Requirements° (Refer also to Design Part Number' Flow/Pressure Inches mm U.S. metric' (Length x Width) Criteria below.) 18262 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 16'x 16'(4.9 m x 4.9 m) 26 gpm @ 10.6 psi(98.4 Umin @ 0.73 Bar) A1Z, B2Y 18262 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 18'x 18'(5.5 m x 5.5 m) 33 gpm @ 17.0 psi(124.9 Umin @ 1.17 Bar) A1Z, B2Y 18262 VK602 3/4 20 8.0 115.2 20'x 20'(6.1 m x 6.1 m) 40 gpm @ 25.0 psi(151.4 Umin @ 1.72 Bar) AIZ,B2Y Approved Escutcheons Sprinkler Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes Y-Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or recessed with the A- 135°F(57°C), 155°F (68°C), and 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Poly-ester, Viking Micromatic®Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon 175°F(79°C) and Black Polyester Z - Standard surface-mounted escutcheons or recessed with the B-155°F(68°C),and 175°F(79°C) 2 ENT' Micromatic®Model E-1 or E-2 Recessed Escutcheon Footnotes ' Part number shown is the base part number.For complete part number,refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This chart shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing.Other approvals may be in process.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. For areas of coverage smaller than shown, use the"Minimum Water Supply Requirement"for the next larger area listed with sprinklers of similar K-factor.Flows and pressures listed are per sprinkler. FM Approved as corrosion resistant. (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Requirements: Quick Response Extended Coverage Pendent Sprinkler VK602 is FM Approved as quick response Non-Storage extended coverage pendent sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guide.For specific application and installation requirements,reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements,hydraulic design,ceiling slope and obstructions,minimum and maximum allowable spacing,and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE:The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699-Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation,and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB,APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards,whenever applicable. Form No. F 102412 19.10.06 Rev 19.3 Page 6 of 6 NIKINat STANDARD/QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA EXTENDED COVERAGE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK602 (K8.0) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Ceiling Opening Sizet 2-5/16' (58.7 mm) minimum 2-1/2' (63.5 mm) maximum ! ' .(c. ===-- .:NZMPPS:: , 2-3/8' i�1 (60 min) IIrII_I.� I 1-3/4" li.1111 A 1 �i i (45 mm) 1-3/8'J (35 mm) Standard 1/8" <3,1 mm) Pendent Sprinkler surface-mounted escutcheon 18262 (VK602) Figure 3: Sprinkler VK602 Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon Ceiling Opening Size: 2-5/16" (58.7 riri) minimum 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) maximum 2-1/8" 2-1/8" (54 mm) (54 mm) illil CI®I� �I�I7 t p 1-3/4" 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) 1 10 1-1/8" (45 mm) i- '/i Minimum ur��ll (28.6 mm) 2" ` , Maximum -.--�.—.- t (51 mm) �j Minimum 1 Maximum -- —°— Installed with a Micromatic ,l Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon Installed with a Model E-2 Thread-on Recessed Escutcheon Figure 4: Sprinkler VK602 Dimensions with the Model E-1 and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons Form No. F 102412 19.10.06 Rev 19.3 Replaces Form No. F_102412 Rev 19.2 (Added ENT; updated FM language.) Page 1 of 5 VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION The Viking VK3021 Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler is a small thermosensitive glass bulb spray sprinkler available with various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and are Listed and Approved as indicated in the Approval Chart. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS ' C 0US UL Listed: Category VNIV 4> FM Approved: Classes 2017, 2015, 2043 Also approved for use in FM Approved vacuum dry sprinkler sytems with a maximum supervisory vacuum pressure of-3PSI(-207mbar) Refer to the Approval Chart and Design Criteria for requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA C Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 PSI (0.5 bar) Rated to: UL -250 PSI (24 bar)WWP FM- 175 PSI (12 bar)WWP Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 PSI (34.5 bar) Thread size: 1/2" NPT(15 mm BSPT) Nominal K-factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*) /.� WARNING:Cancer and Reproductive Harm- Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65 °F (-55 °C) ma vP65Warnings.ca.gov * Metric K-factor measurement shown is in bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Material Standards: CHROME HEAD Sprinkler Body: Brass CW602N, UNS-C84400 or QM Brass CHROME ESCUTCHEON Deflector: Stainless Steel UNS S30400 Pip Cap Shell - Stainless Steel UNS-S44400 Pip Cap Disc- Stainless Steel UNS-S30100 Belleville Spring- Nickel Alloy Pip Cap Seal - Polytetrafluoroethylene(PTFE) Compression Screw: Brass CW612N, CW508L, UNS-C36000 or UNS-C26000 Shipping Cap: Polyethylene Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Ordering Information: (Refer to Table 1 and the current Viking List Price Book.) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA, FM Global, and/or any other applicable installation standards. NOTICE Risk of permanent damage. Over-tightening the sprinkler can cause permanent damage. > Tighten the sprinkler to a MAXIMUM torque of 14 ft-lbs (19 N-m). 5. OPERATION During fire conditions,when the temperature around the sprinkler reaches its operating temperature, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the bulb to shatter, releasing the pip cap assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection,Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See the website for the closest distributor or contact Viking. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_110720 20.12.16 Rev 20.1 New page Page 2 of 5 NIIKINGA VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 1: ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: Using the sprinkler base part number, (1) add the suffix for the desired Finish (2) add the suffix for the desired Temperature Rating. Size 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings Sprinkler Base Part NPT BSPT Number Inch mm Description Suffix' Nominal Rating Bulb Color Max.Ambient Ceiling Suffix Temperature 23870' 1/2 Brass A 135 °F(57 °C) Orange 100 `F (38 °C) A 23882' 15 Chrome F 155 °F (68 °C) Red 100 °F (38 °C) B White Polyester 4,6 M-/W 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow 150 °F (65 °C) D Black Polyester 4,6 M-/B 200 °F(93 °C) Green 150 °F (65 °C) E ENT 4.5.6 JN 286 °F (141 °C) Blue 225 °F(107 °C) G OPEN - -- Z Example: 23870MB/W = VK3021 with white polyester finish and 155 °F (68 °C) nominal temperature rating. This sprinkler is to be installed into an area with a maximum ambient temperature of 100°F(38°C)meaning if the area will experience temperatures above the maximum ambient rating, you shall use a higher temperature-rated sprinkler. Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches (see Figure 1): A. Standard Wrench: Part number 23559MB B. Recessed Socket Wrench: Part number 23560MB2 Sprinkler Cabinet: A. Up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01724A B. 6-12 sprinklers: Part number 01725A Footnotes 1. Where a dash(•)is shown in the Finish suffix designation,insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix.See example above. 2. Requires a 1/2"ratchet which is not available from Viking. 3. Based on NFPA 13, NFPA 13R,and NFPA 130. Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.Refer to specific installation standards. 4. UL Listed as corrosion resistant. 5. FM Approved as corrosion resistant. 6. The corrosion resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart.These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments.Prior to installation,verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment.For automatic sprinklers,the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces,including the waterway. UL Listed for 250 PSI(17 bar)WWP. 7/16"(11 mm) Nominal Pipe — B Engagement A 1/2" NPT 15mmBSPT Top View View ;,a5 (49 mm) 1-15/16" Figure 1: Sprinkler Wrenches Figure 2: Sprinkler Dimensions Form No. F_110720 20.12.16 Rev 20.1 Page 3 of 5 NIKING R VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com APPROVAL CHART Finish(es) Z Temperature(s)-i A 1 X KEY Viking Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK3021 K5.6 (80.6 metric) Escutcheon(s),If applicable Thread Size Listings and Approvals' Sprinkler Base NPT BSPT cULus FM Part Number' Inch mm Approval Code(s) Maximum WWP Approval Code(s) Maximum WWP 23870 1/2 -- Al, B2X, B3Y 250 PSI (17 bar) Al, B2X, B3Y 175 PSI (12 bar) 23882 -- 15 Al, B2X, B3Y 250 PSI (17 bar) Al, B2X, 83Y 175 PSI (12 bar) Approved Temperature Ratings: A= 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C) and 286 °F (141 °C) B = 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 200 °F (93 °C) Approved Finishes: 1 = Brass, Chrome, White Polyester 34, Black Polyester 34, and ENT45 2 = Brass, Chrome, White Polyester 34, and Black Polyester 34 3 = ENT45 Approved Escutcheon Code: X = Installed with Viking Recessed Escutcheons Models NP-1, NP-2, and NP-3, or Viking Standard Surface Mounted Escutcheons Y = Installed with Viking Model NP-1 Recessed Escutcheon OR Standard Surface Mounted Escutcheons Footnotes t Base Part number is shown.For complete part number,refer to Viking's current price schedule. This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. Other colors are available upon request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 4 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. FM Approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL cULus Listing Requirements: The Viking VK3021 Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler is cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. • The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers shall be followed. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Form Number F 091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form Number F 080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking Technical Data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB,APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM FM Approval Requirements: The Viking VK3021 Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler is FM Approved as quick response Non-Storage Pendent sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM Installation guidelines may differ from UL and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Form Number F 091699 -Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form Number F 080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking Technical Data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB,APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F 110720 20.12.16 Rev 20.1 Page 4 of 5 NIiluNGA VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1.Install the escutcheon inner ring 2.Carefully slide the wrench**sideways 3.Install the sprinkler and escutcheon onto the sprinkler threads. around the protective cap then push assembly into the pipe fitting.Be sure upwards to engage with the sprinkler the escutcheon outer ring contacts wrench flats. the surface of the finished ceiling. i s, yftta 1, aCt :4. Figure 3: Recessed Installation (with Recessed Socket Wrench) ••A 1/2"ratchet Is required(not available from Viking). 1.Install the escutcheon onto the 2.Carefully slide the wrench onto the 3.Install the sprinkler and escutcheon sprinkler threads. sprinkler wrench flats. assembly into the pipe fitting.Be sure the escutcheon contacts the surface of the finished ceiling. Fa ( nu. t ` Figure 4: Installation (with Standard Wrench) Form No. F 110720 20.12.16 Rev 20.1 Page 5 of 5 NIKINGa VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax:269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Model NP-2 or NP-3 Model NP-1 Recessed Thread-On Recessed Escutcheon 2-1/8"(54 mm) Ceiling opening size: 2-1/8"(54 mm Escutcheon 1 ini Minimum:2-5/16"(59 mm) (NP-3 Outer ring has a Maximum:2-1/2" (64 mm) larger diameter) I Min. 13/16" Min. 15/16" Max. 1-7/16" 10 (21 mm) Max. 1-3/4" IP (24 mm) (37 mm) (44ymm) _ 4' Ceiling opening size: Minimum:2-5/16"(59 mm) Maximum:2-1/2"(64 mm) 11111/ 1-7/16" (37�m) Standard Surface-Mounted Escutcheon Figure 5: Installation Dimensions with Viking Escutcheons Form No. F_110720 20.12.16 Rev 20.1 New page Page 1 of 6 NIKING MICROFAST® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK305 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION The Viking Microfast® Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 is a small thermosensitive glass bulb spray sprinkler available with various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in Approval Charts. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS 4111:130ir c u cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Class 2020 China Approval:Approved according to China GB Standard /� WARNING:Cancer and Reproductive Harm- Refer to Approval Charts and Design Criteria for listing and approval requirements that must / \ �^ P65Warnings. a goy be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA CHROME HEAD CHROME ESCUTCHEON Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Rated to 175 psi (12 bar)water working pressure BRASS-MECH ROOM Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*) * Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Overall Length: 2-3/4" (68 mm) Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Deflector: Copper UNS-C19500 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring- Exposed, Screw and Pip cap- ENT plated. Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Viking Microfast®Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprin- kler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass =A, Chrome= F, White Polyester= M-/W, Black Polyester= M-/B, and ENT= JN Temperature Suffix: 135 °F/57 °C =A, 155 °F/68 °C = B, 175 °F/79 °C = D, 200 °F/93 °C = E, and 286 °F/ 141 °C = G For example, sprinkler 12997 with a Brass finish and a 155 °F/68 °C temperature rating = Part No. 12997AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the Viking website.) Sprinkler Wrenches: A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 21475M/B (available since 2017). B. Wrench for recessed and/or wax coated sprinklers: Part No. 13655W/B** (available since 2006) **A'A"ratchet is required(not available from Viking). Form No. F_060914 19.11.21 Rev 19.2 Replaces form F_060914 Rev. 19.1 (Revised China approval.) Page 2 of 6 NIKING MICROFAST®QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK305 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269.945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269.818.1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com Sprinkler Cabinets: A. Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A(available since 1971) B.Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A(available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions,the heat-sensitive fusible link disengages,the pip cap and spring are released, and the waterway is opened. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection,Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Microfast® Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 is available through a network of domestic and interna- tional distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Wrench Flat ;ID a 10111111111.11.) Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 21475MIB Form No. F 060914 19.11.21 Rev 19.2 Page 3of6 NII(ING MICROFAST® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK305 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 1:AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature2 Bulb Color Ordinary 135 °F (57 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Orange 9 Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Green High 286 °F (141 °C) 225 °F(107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings': White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT Footnotes 'The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13.Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3 The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts.These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation,verify through the end-user that the coatings are compat- ible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers,the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. For ENT coated sprinklers,the waterway is coated. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester,and ENT coatings. Step 1: Carefully slide the wrench sideways around the deflector, ensuring en- gagement with the sprinkler wrench flats. I , 11114 X t Sprinkler wrench 13655W/B** must be used for installing wax coated sprinklers. **A 1/2" ratchet is required Step 2: Carefully press the wrench onto the (not available from Viking) sprinkler wrench flats. Figure 2: Wrench 13655W/B for Recessed Sprinklers Form No. F_060914 19.11.21 Rev 19.2 Page 4 of 6 MICROFAST® QUICK TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK305 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) KEY v� Finish Microfast®Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 Aix 4_Esnikhe•„sr applicable) For Light or Ordinary Hazard Occupancies Maximum 175 PSI(12 Bar)WWP Deflector must be located 4"to 12"(102 mm to 305 mm)below the ceiling. Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals' Base Part SIN (Refer also to UL Design Criteria.) Number' NPT BSPT U.S. metric' Inches mm cULus4 China Approval 12997 VK305 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 A1W,B1X,C2W,D2Z -- 19782' VK305 1/2" -- 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 E3 E3 NOTICE-Product Below-Limited Availability(Contact Local Viking Office) 12121 VK305 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 A1W,B1X,C2W,D2Z -- Approved Temperature Ratings A-135°F(57°C), 155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C), Approved Escutcheons 200°F(93°C), and 286°F(141 °C) Approved Finishes W-Installed with standard surface-mounted escutcheons B-135°F(57°C), 155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C), 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Poly-esters e X - Installed with standard surface-mounted escutch- and 200°F(93°C) and Black Polyester" eons or recessed with the Viking Micromatic Model C-155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C),200°F(93°C), 2-ENT' E-1, E-2,or G-1 Recessed Escutcheon Z - Installed with standard surface-mounted escutch- and 286°F(141 °C) 3-Chrome eons or recessed with the Viking Micromatic Model D - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 200 °F E-1 (93°C) E- 155°F(68°C) Footnotes 'Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 'Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. °Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.for use in the U.S.and Canada. 'cULus Listed as corrosion-resistant. 'Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. Approved according to China GB Standard. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1.) cULus Listina Reaulrements• Quick Response Horizontal Sprinkler VK305 is cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for sidewall standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. • Locate with the deflector 4"to 12"(102 mm to 305 mm)below the ceiling. • Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13. • Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft.(1.8 m). • Align the top of the deflector parallel with the ceiling. • Locate no less than 4"(102 mm)from end walls. • Maximum distance from end walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers.The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. • The sprinkler installation and obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for sidewall standard spray sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Bulletin Form No. F 080614 for general care, installation,and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB,APSAD,VdS or other similar organiza- tions, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F 060914 19.11.21 Rev 19.2 Page 5 of 6 MICROFAST®QUICK NIKIING TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK305 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com Tsmperawre KEY Approval Chart 1 (FM) +. Finish A1Xi essulcheon VaOPli«dble; Microfast®Quick Response Sidewall Sprinklers Maximum 175 PSI WWP Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM A 94 Base Part SIN pprovals Number' NPT BSPT U.S. metric2 Inches mm (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) 12997 VK305 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 A1Y,B1X NOTICE-Product Below-Limited Availability(Contact Local Viking Office) 12121 VK305 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 A1W, B1X,C2W,D2Z -- Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Escutcheons X - Installed with standard surface-mounted escutch- A- 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 Approved Finishes eons or recessed with the Viking Micromatic'Model °C), 200°F (93°C),and 286°F(141 °C) 1 -Brass E-1, E-2, E-3,or G-1 Recessed Escutcheon B-135°F(57°C), 155 °F(68°C), 175°F(79°C), Y - Installed with standard surface-mounted escutch- and 200°F(93°C) eons Footnotes 'Base part number shown. For complete part number,refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This table shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing.Other approvals may be in process. 4 Viking vertical sidewall sprinklers may be installed pendent or upright. 5 Approved according to China GB Standard. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Anoroval Reaulrements• Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 is FM Approved as a quick response Non-Storage sidewall sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 -Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Bulletin Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation,and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data,the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB,APSAD,VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_060914 19.11.21 Rev 19.2 Page 6 of 6 MICROFAST® QUICK NINKING TECHNICAL DATA RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VK305 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945.9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com H Hii" /16" (68 mm2-3/4 ) 2-7 iiit( ):,1 ,,,, _., It t'. Wall Opening Size: Installed with a Standard 2-5/16" (58.7 mm) minimum 1/8" Surface-Mounted 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) maximum Escutcheon Figure 3: Sidewall Sprinkler Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon Wi Minimum .. Minimum " 1-5/8" T (41 mm) 4 (451-3/4 mm) I r 7 i 2-1/8" ' **� 2-1/8" . (54 mm) �` r (54 mm) � 0 ' • . lall 2-5/8" 1 (57 mm) (67 mm) • Maximum. Maximum ( ,. Wall Opening Size: Installed with the Installed with the 2-5/16" (58.7 mm) minimum Micromatic Model E-1 Threaded Model E-2 2-1(2" (63.5 mm) maximum Recessed Escutcheon Recessed Escutcheon Figure 4: Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 Dimensions with the Model E-1 and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons Form No. F_060914 19.11.21 Rev 19.2 Replaces form F_060914 Rev. 19.1 (Revised China approval.) Page 1 of 8 VIKING QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax:269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Quick Response Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are thermosensitive I spray sprinklers suitable for use in areas subject to freezing. The sprinklers are 'h 9 designed for dry systems and preaction systems where it is necessary to prevent I water or condensation from entering the drop nipple before sprinkler operation. They may also be installed in spaces subject to freezing and supplied from a wet system in an adjacent heated area. I — Viking Quick Response Dry HSW Sprinklers are available in various finishes 11 'i1'i111 114 and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and I Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indi- cated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM Global has no approval classification for Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) '1111 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS rOe cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2013 and 2015 For Light Hazard Occupancies Only `"' NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E, Volume 15 Refer to Approval Charts and Design Criteria for Listing and Approval that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 1993. /\ WARNING:Cancer and Reproductive Harm- Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) 1 vw.P65Warnings ca gov Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Thread size: 1" NPT or 25 mm BSPT Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*)for all listed and approved lengths. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65 °F (-55 °C) Covered by the following U.S. Patent numbers: 8,636,075 and 8,376,060 and 10,220,231 Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Compression Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap: Brass UNS-C31400 or UNS-C31600 Pip Cap Adapter: Brass UNS-C36000 Orifice: Copper UNS-C22000 or UNS-C11000 Tube: ERW Hydraulic Steel Tube Support(Internal): Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Barrel: Steel Pipe UNS-G10260, Electrodeposited Epoxy Base finish Barrel End and Threads: QM Brass Sleeve (for Adjustable Standard style only): Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Escutcheon Materials: Adjustable Standard Dry Escutcheons: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Recessed Dry Escutcheons: Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080 ENT Coated Adjustable and Recessed Escutcheons: Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order QR Dry HSW Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish,the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating, and then the suffix for the length("A"dimension)to sprinkler base part number.Order in a specific length noted as the"A"dimension.The "A"dimension is the distance from the face of the fitting (tee)to the desired finished surface of the wall in which it is to be installed. These sprinklers are listed and approved in lengths from 1-1/2"to 45-1/2"(38.1 mm to 1,156 mm)for the adjustable standard style, 3"to 47"(76.2 mm to 1,194 mm)for the plain barrel style, and 3-1/4"to 47-1/2"(82.5 mm to 1,207 mm)for the adjustable recessed style. Lengths exceeding the standard lengths are available,with no approvals,on a"made-to-order"basis: Recessed Dry HSW up to 65- 1/2"(1,664 mm).Adjustable Standard Dry HSW up to 63-1/2"(1,613 mm). Plain Barrel Dry HSW up to 65" (1,651 mm). Contact the manufacturer for more information. Finish Suffix: Brass =A, Chrome = F, White Polyester= M-/W, and ENT= JN Replaces Form No. F_031993 Rev 19.2 Form No. F_031993 20.04.16 Rev 20.1 (Removed cover 15610.) Page 2 of 8 NII(INGI QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY HORIZONTAL SIDEWALLL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com Temperature Suffix: 155 °F (68 °C) = B, 175 °F (79 °C) = D, 200 °F (93 °C)= E, 286 °F (141 °C)= G Escutcheon Suffix=Y for the adj.recessed sprinkler with the Model G-1 Escutcheon(no suffix needed for the Model E-1 Escutcheon). For example, sprinkler VK182 with 1" NPT Threads, a Chrome finish, a 155 °F(68°C)temperature rating, the Model G-1 Escutcheon,and"A"length NOTE Sprinkler is turned sideways of 10" = Part No. 08386UFBY10. for clarity. (Refer to Figures 2-7 Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. for correct deflector orientation.) Accessories: (Also refer to the "Sprinkler Accessories" section.) Protective Sprinkler Wrenches: Sprinkler A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 07297W/B (available since 1991) Shield B.Wrench for recessed sprinklers:Part No.07565W/B**(available since 1991) e _ li **A'A"ratchet is required (not available from Viking). i"ram 11 Replacement Escutcheons: I�'��;c ■IF3 A.Adjustable Standard Dry Escutcheon: Base Part No. 08086F II B. Model E-1 Recessed Dry Escutcheon Cup: Base Part No. 05459A E �- 111 C. Model G-1 Recessed Dry Escutcheon Cup: Base Part No. 20133 4. INSTALLATION wrench Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. Flat 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the internal parts to open the water- VIKING o'' O way.Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Figure 1: Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection,Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Standard Sprinkler Wrench 07297W/B The Viking Quick Response Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler is available through a network of domestic and international distribu- tors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1:AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Bulb Color Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature2 Ordinary 155 °F (68 "C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Green High 286 °F (141 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant CoatingJ4: White Polyester and ENT in all temperature ratings Footnotes 'The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13.Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 'The corrosion-resistant Polyester and ENT coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indi- cated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Note: These coatings are NOT corrosion proof. Prior to installation,verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment.Polyester and ENT coatings are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only.Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester and ENT coatings. 4 When installed in some corrosive environments,the Polyester finish may change color.This natural discoloration over time is not in itself an indication of corrosion and should not be treated as such.All sprinklers installed in corrosive environments should be replaced or tested as described in NFPA 25 on a more frequent basis. Form No. F 031993 20.04.16 Rev 20.1 Page 3 of 8 1 NII<INGQUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vi-kiin`ggroupinc.com wwNote: A 1/2" ratchet is required. Sprinkler Wrench Part (Not available from Viking). No, 07565W/Bww for installing recessed - dry sprinklers. -- -• 11' 'I• I_ i1 • .' mi, .. Step 1. Carefully slide the Step 2: Press the wrench onto II wrench sideways around the the sprinkler wrench flats and deflector and protective 1, turn slightly to ensure engage- shield as shown. r rent with the wrench flats, Figure 2: Wrench 07565W/B for Adjustable Recessed Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers For 'A' Dimension: 2 Round (38.1t mm) and 45-1/2' C(156 nm) between Finished CeilingMinimum . he nearest 1/2' 2,7 1. Determine the distance from the face of IIIIlIIIII111111111111111111rp11111pIII NOTE: Deflector Distance at the tee to the finished face of the wall. \ To locate the deflector L M' Dlstnnce , Wall at the minimum distance from the wall, with no Finished Wall adjustment available, NOTE: The deflector will extend approximately ,�.,1 order the standard dry 4-1/8' (104,8 mm) from the wall with 2' +/- 4' (102 mm) Minimum horizontnl sidewall sprink- lerI' (25,4 mm) horizontal adjustment available. 6" (152 mm) Maximumw �, 1' (25.4 mm) shorter A 3-1/8' than the 'A' Dimension, 79.4 mm) ,I ��'4 I Deflector at NOTE: 3-1/16' j Maximum Distance To locate the deflector L11.1 l (77,8 mm) From Wall at the maximum distance �- from the wall, with no x _'�� 111 • 1 �P ad justment available, Jorder the standard dry 5/8' (ls9 mm> horizontal sidewall sprink- Minimum wall openingI ter 1' (25.4 mm) longer diameter: 1-3/4' (44.5 mm). 5-1/8' than the 'A' Dimension. Sleeve diameter: (130,2 mm) Maximum wall opening 1-1/2' (38.1 mm). diameter: 2-1/4' (57 mm). 13/16• Sleeve finish matches w May be allowed up to 18' (457 mm) for certain (20.6 mm) finish of escutcheon. FM installations. Refer to the appropriate installation standards, including NFPA 13 and/or FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 2-0, Figure 3: Adjustable Standard Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler :n:1111M1111.111n l::n:0::::r[ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIwF- ::O::pO:n::r:::::a::p:::n::n[ IIuIIhIIhI.IIIIIIhhIhihIhPIIiI.IhIuhIIIil f 11111111 p:::n:,:::::::IIIIIIIIIIw1E Slot .11 Slat- - \ D,./. OR li ' Oa 011 SI_ Deftector- _ Push and Rotate al 11 I Sleeve ^ '� I �� I STEP 1: Align the slot In STEP 2: Push the rounded STEP 3: Pull the escutcheon STEP 4: Push and rotate STEP 5: To minimize the escutcheon with the end of the slot against the away from the near edge the escutcheon onto the visibility of the slot horizontal surface of near edge of the deflector. of the deflector. Move the sleeve. in the escutcheon, the deflector as shown. push the far side of the near side of the escut- position the slot escutcheon past the deflec- cheon over the deflector. at the top of the tor, toward the sleeve, sprinkler sleeve. Figure 4: Adjustable Standard Escutcheon Installation Form No. F 031993 20.04.16 Rev 20.1 Page 4 of 8 �p QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs©vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) Temperature KEY Quick Response Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers +j—_ Finish For Light Hazard Occupancies Only AiX.-Escutcheon(if applicable) Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar)WWP Thread Size Nominal Order Length Listings and Approvals° Sprinkler Base SIN Style K-Factor2 Increment (Refer also to Design Criteria on page lose.) Part No' y NPT BSPT U.S. metric3 Inches mm cULuss NYC6 VdS LPCB CE 0 08384U VK178 Adjustable 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A1,A5 Al -- -- __ 16458U Standard -- 25mm -- 80.6 1/2" 12.7 Al,A5 -- - -- 08386U VK182 Adjustable 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/4" 6.35 B2, B6 B2 -- -- -- _- 16454U Recessed -- 25 mm -- 80.6 114" 6.35 B2, B6 -- -- - -- 08388U VK174 Plain Barrel 1 -- 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A3 A4 -- -- -- -- 16456U -- 25 mm -- 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A3 -- -- -- -- -- Approved Finishes and "A" Dimensions 1* - Chrome, or White Polyester' sprinkler with a Chrome, Brass, or White Polyester Sleeve and Escutcheon with "A"dimensions 1-1/2"to 45-1/2"(38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) Approved Temperature Ratings 2'-Chrome,or White Polyester'with"A"dimensions 3-1/4"to 47-1/2"(82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) A- 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79°C), 200 °F 3-Chrome, Brass,White Polyester',or ENT'with"A"dimensions 3"to 47"(76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) (93°C), and 286 °F(141 °C) 4- Chrome or Brass with"A" dimensions 3"to 47" (76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 5- ENT'sprinkler with an ENT'Sleeve and Escutcheon with"A"dimensions 1-1/2"to 45-1/2"(38.1 200°F(93 °C) mm to 1,156 mm) 6-ENT'with "A" dimensions 3-1/4" to 47-1/2" (82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) "Brass Finish is listed and approved but not standard offering,lead times of 6-8 weeks required. (Matching Brass escutcheons are not available.) Footnotes ' Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 K-Factor applies for standard lengths("A"Dimensions indicated above). 3 Metric K-factor shown is for use when pressure is measured in bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Other approvals may be in process.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. s Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories for use in the U.S. and Canada for Light Hazard occupancies only. 'Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings,MEA Number 89-92-E,Vol. 15. 7 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above.) cULus Listing Requirements: Quick Response Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edi- tion of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. • Limited to Light Hazard occupancies only. • Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13. • Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft. (1.8 m). • Deflector must be positioned between 4"and 6"(102 mm and 152 mm) below the ceiling. Keep the top of the deflector oriented parallel with the ceiling. • Locate no less than 4"(102 mm)from end walls. • Maximum distance from end walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers.The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. • The sprinkler installation and obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for sidewall standard spray sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 -Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB,APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_031993 20.04.16 Rev 20.1 Page 5of8 NIKING QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) Temperature KEY Quick Response Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers l.i— Finish For Light Hazard Occupancies Only AIX f-Escutcheon(if applicable) Maximum 175 PSI(12 bar)WIMP Sprinkler Base SIN Style Thread Size Nominal K-Factor2 Order Length Increment FM Approvals' Part No. NPT BSP U.S. metric' Inches mm (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) 08384U VK178 Adjustable Standard 1" 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 Al 16458U -- 25 mm -- 80.6 1/2" 12.7 Al 08386U 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/4" 6.35 B2 16454U VK182 Adjustable Recessed 25 mm -- 80.6 1/4" 6.35 B2 08388U 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A3 16456U VK174 Plain Barrel 25 mm -- 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A3 Approved Finishes and "A" Dimensions 1* - Bright Brass, Chrome,White Polyester,or ENT'with "A"dimensions 1-1/2"to 45-1/2" (38.1 Approved Temperature Ratings mm to 1,156 mm) A- 155°F(68 °C), 175°F (79°C),200°F(93°C), and 2*- Bright Brass,Chrome,White Polyester,or ENT'with"A"dimensions 3-1/4"to 47-1/2" (82.5 286°F(141 °C) mm to 1,207 mm) B- 155°F(68 °C), 175°F(79°C),and 200°F(93°C) 3 - Brass, Bright Brass, Chrome,White Polyester,or ENT'"A"dimensions 3"to 47" (76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) `Brass Finish is listed and approved but not standard offering,lead times of 6-8 weeks required. (Matching Brass escutcheons are not available.) Footnotes 1 Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 K-Factor applies for standard lengths("A"Dimensions indicated above). 3 Metric K-factor shown is for use when pressure is measured in bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This chart shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 'FM approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA- FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Reauirements: The Dry HSW Sprinklers in the Approval Chart above are FM Approved as quick response Non-storage standard spray sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including 2-0)and Technical Advisory Bulletins. FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets and Technical Advisory Bulletins contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to:minimum water supply requirements,hydraulic design,ceiling slope and obstructions,minimum and maximum allowable spacing,and deflec- tor distance below the ceiling. NOTE:The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accord- ance with the latest edition of Viking technical data,the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB,APSAD,VdS or other similar organizations,and also with the provisions of governmental codes,ordinances,and standards,whenever applicable. Form No. F 031993 20.04.16 Rev 20.1 Page 6 of 8 NIKING QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax:269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vlkinggroupinc.com For 'A' Dimension 1. Determine the distance from the face of • the tee to the face of the finished wall. 11111111111111111EF 2. Round to the nearest 1/4' (6.35 mm) Ceiling between 3-1/4' (83 mm) and 47-1/2' (1,207 mm). NOTE The sprinkler will be recessed approximately Wall 5/16' (7,9 mm) with 5/8' (16 mm) horizontal adjustment available. - 4' (102 mm) Minimum 6' (152 mm) Maximum* A #A w , , I , I ,�� I 111 1 i 2 5/8' (16 mm) l'±—a, 11 l Minimum wall opening) i Ti 2-1/8' (54 mm) diameter. If, I Maximum wall opening: LIP" 2-1/2' (63.5 mm) diameter. I Available I. Adjustment 1-23/32' (43.7 min) Minimum i■ May be allowed up to 18' (457 mm) for certain 2-11/32' (59,5 mm) Maximum FM installations. Refer to the appropriate installation 5/16' (7.9 mm) Outward Adjustment standards, including NFPA 13 and/or FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 2-0. 5/16' (7.9 mm) Inward Adjustment Figure 5: Adjustable Recessed Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with the Model E-1 Escutcheon Side outlet of-s l■p■`ll Tee turned to t1 �,, , For 'A' Dimension) req'dslope angle for I slope of ceiling 1. Measure B Dimension from centerline of' the face of the tee to the horizontal centerline l a=/ri '/ of the wall opening. Adjustame -'.� / 2, Measure C Dimension from the centerline of edapier t�� / the Face of the tee to the finished wall Rinla _ q 3, Calculate 'A' Dimension ,using. A = -VB2+ C2 1 4 TE A Dimension wilt provide approximately Ila' of adjustment In either direction. • ■ Depth. 1-1/16• (27 rr) (3.2 nm)-1 H ��O -Celling Adjustable ,',�y Ou{er Cup Si�I, k F / Deflector distance �� 4-6' (th to 152 mm) 2-5/8' a• below the ceiling.■ (66 mm) ma mr) Minimum wall opening: When measuring for 2-5/8' (66 mm) diameter. the 'A' Dimension, I Maximum wall opening: the exact deflector 3-3/4' <95 mm) diameter. 1,---Wall distance below the ceiling must be known. C w May be allowed up to 18' <457 mm) 1-1/16' for certain FM Installations, Refer to (27 mn) the appropriate installation standards, including NFPA 13 and/or FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 2-0. Figure 6: Adjustable Recessed Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with the Model G-1 Escutcheon Form No. F 031993 20.04.16 Rev 20.1 Page 7 of 8 NIIKING QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone:269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com For ^A" Dimension: _11111111111111111111E_._ I. Determine the distance from the face of the tee to the base of the sprinkler. ii Ceiling 2. Round to next highest 1/2" (12.7 mri) increment, between 3° (76.2 rim) and Wall 47` (1,194 rim), 4" (102 rim) Minimum 6" (152 mm) Maximum* A 2-3/16" (51 rim)1 5/8" (16 mm) Outside diameter: 1-5/16" (33,4 rim). (Same as 1" Do not exceed 6° (152 rim), (25 rim) Schedule 40 pipe. Do not recess wrench boss. r May be allowed up to 18" (457 rim) for certain FM installations. Refer to the appropriate installation standards, including NFPA 13 and/or FM Loss Prevent on Data Sheet 2-0. Figure 7: Quick Response Plain Barrel Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Form No. F_031993 20.04.16 Rev 20.1 Page 8 of 8 NIKINGS QUICK RESPONSE TECHNICAL DATA DRY HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page:www.vikinggroupinc.com 5-1im8u (130.2 mm) Seal the clearance space around the sprinkler barrel to avoid Maximum leakage of air into the protected area and consequent formation 1111 of condensate around the sprinkler frame, which could Inhibit operation or cause premature operation. Refer to Figure 9. WI - If humidity and temperature qu _ IN�I Deflector at NOTE: To locate the differential causes condensation IIi1 =____Js YN Maximum Distance deflector at the on the exposed dry sprinkler Iliii — From Wail maximum distance from barrel, consider wrapping the I11 the wall, with no exposed barrel with insulation, IIII —13/16' adjustment available, foam insulating tape, or equivalent. IIII (20.6 mm) Ceiling order the standard IIII dry horizontal side- Install the 1' NPT threaded 1111 4' (102 mm) Minimum wall sprinkler 1' end of the dry sidewall sprink- ih�i.--y 6' (152 mm) Maximum* longer than the 'A' .er Into the 1' NPT outlet of I it" I� Sleeve finish dimension. a malleable Iron tee fitting per ,I�,I matches ANSI B 16.3 (Class 150) or cast _ L'111: escutcheon ron threaded tee fitting per •,.>*>9s��IN 3-1/16' Up to 2' (50.8 mm) ANSI 16.4 (Class 125) only. � adjustment is available. �`\� —((77.8 mm) L Minimum wall opening, / (15.9 mm) 3-1/8' diameter, 1-3/4' (44.5 mm) - J I� 1 (79'4 mm)-- Maximum wall opening (Exposed Minimum diameter, 2-1/4' (57 mm). Barrel) 7) 1-1/2'm NOTE, To locate the (38,1 m) deflector at the diameter minimum distance from Exposed Barre Outer , the wall, with no Ambient Amblent Temperature Surface I �. adjustment available, Temperature 40'F/4•CI50'F/10'CI60•F/16'6 of the Wall �� • order the standard Arof Protected Exposed Minima Barrel W4V dry horizontal side- Discharge at the Len these Face um of the0 wall sprinkler 1' Discharge End Tee to the Outer Deflector at shorter than the of the Sprinkler Surface of the Wall Minimum Distance 'A' dimension. In.(me) In.(mn> In.(mm) From Wall 401E (4•C) 0 0 0 30•F (-1'C) 0 0 0 *May be allowed up to 18' (457 mm) for certain FM 201- (-7'C) 4 (100) 0 0 Installations. Refer to the appropriate Installation standards, 10•F (-12•C) 8 (203) 1 (25.4) 0 Including NFPA 13 and/or FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 2-0. 0•F (-18'C) 12 (305) 3 (76) 0 **The protected area refers to the area below the ceiling, -10'F (-23•C)14 (356) 4 (102) 1 (25.4) The ambient temperature is the temperature at the discharge end of the sprinkler. -20'F (-29'C)14 (356)6 (152) 3 (76) For protected area temperatures that occur between the -30'F (-34'C)16 (406)8 <203)4 (102) values listed, use the next cooler temperature. -40'F (-40•C)18 (457)8 (203)4 (102) ***The minimum required barrel length Is not the same as the 'A' dimension. -50'F (-46'C>20 (508)10 (254)6 (152> Refer to Figures 3, 5, 6 and 7 for the 'A' dimension. -60'F (-51•C>20 (508)10 (254)6 (152) Exposed minimum barrel lengths are inclusive up to 30 mph wind velocities. Figure 8: Dry Horizontal Sidwall Sprinkler Required Minimum Barrel Length Based on Ambient Temperature in the Protected Area (Adjustable Standard Dry HSW Sprinkler is Shown) .. Seal 22087M/W Seal `• r ', ' (or equivalent 0, A ; �• ) v method) , . .'.•" :•'.'l 111,> 1 j n 1111 I j III " Il �I Clearance : . • '`';.•,•, ,• :, '•'•• : " „\ Opening • Insulated� Insulated ! '' • .;, .. Wall Wall Dry Sprinkler Seal on the Exterior of the Wall Dry Sprinkler Seal Within the Wall Figure 9: Dry Sprinkler Seal(Adjustable Standard Dry HSW Sprinkler is Shown) Replaces Form No. F_031993 Rev 19.2 Form No. F 031993 20.04.16 Rev 20.1 (Removed cover 15610.) Worldwide www.tyco-fire.com trice® Contacts RAVEN 5.6K Institutional Sprinklers Pendent and Horizontal Sidewall Quick Response, Standard and Extended Coverage General NOTICE RAVEN Institutional Sprinklers Description described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with TYCO RAVEN 5.6K Institutional this document and with the applica- Pendent and Horizontal Sidewall ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE (HSW) Sprinklers are quick response PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), spray sprinklers designed for use in in addition to the standards of any areas such as correctional, deten- authorities having jurisdiction. Failure \\tion, and mental health care facilities to do so may impair the performance as well as other commercial buildings. of these devices. Both the pendent and horizontal side- Johnson Controls specifically dis- wall styles are available for Standard claims any liability for damages or Coverage (light and ordinary hazard) injury(including death)arising out of or or Extended Coverage (light hazard) caused b mani ulation, dismantling,applications. Y P or misuse of RAVEN Institutional Sprin- • The assembly is designed with tam- klers or the use or attempted use of the per-resistant features to help prohibit RAVEN Institutional Sprinklers or any a false activation. component thereof as an instrument • This sprinkler is designed to operate unrelated to its intended function as a j It when the Inner Link(Ref. Figure 1) is fire protection device. removed manually.While the design The owner is responsible for main- of this sprinkler makes manual taining their fire protection system removal of the Inner Link less likely, and devices in proper operating con- this feature negates the possibility of dition. Contact the installing contrac- a tampered sprinkler placed in a con- tor or product manufacturer with any dition where it would not operate in questions. the event of a fire due to prior part removal. Sprinkler • This protected, unobtrusive design helps reduce the opportunity for indi- Identification viduals to injure themselves or oth- ers with piecemeal components of Numbers (SINs) the sprinkler. SIN DOT APPLICATION • The flush design is aesthetically COLOR* appealing by concealing all operat- TY3281 Black Pendent ing parts. Standard Coverage TY3282 Green Pendent Extended Coverage IMPORTANT TY3381 Red HSW Refer to Technical Data Sheet Standard Coverage TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. TY3382 Purple HSW Extended Coverage Always refer to Technical Data *Refer to Figures 1 through 4 for SIN Color Dot Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER location. WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 10 AUGUST 2018 TFP651 TFP651 Page 2 of 10 1/2" NPT 7/16" (11 mm) ESCUTCHEON 1-13/16" NOMINAL SPRINKLER PLATE MOUNTING (46 mm) MAKE-IN BODY SURFACE x11111111 LINK `" T ASSEMBLY SIN COLOR 77 5/8°* DEFLECTOR ESCUTCHEON DOT LOCATION SPRINKLER (16 mm) ASSEMBLY OPERATED PLATE (VISIBLE BEFORE AND SIDE VIEW WRENCHING IN OPERATED SIDE VIEW (SELECT PER AFTER COMPLETED NOTCHES POSITION FIGURE 5) INSTALLATION) *DIMENSION WITHOUT MAXIMUM OF / \ OUTER 2 ADJUSTMENT SPACER RINGS; Q �� LINK EACH S ACR ADJUSTMENT. ADDITIONAL (2mm) (35 mm) **ORIENTATION OF INNER LINK TO Qe \ OVERALL SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY, INCLUDING SPRINKLER WRENCHING INNER** NOTCHES, MAY VARY. LINK BOTTOM VIEW FIGURE 1 RAVEN INSTITUTIONAL PENDENT SPRINKLER NOMINAL INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi(12,1 bar) Inlet Thread Connection 1/2 in.NPT Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 GPM/psit/2(80,6 LPM/bar1/2) Temperature Rating 165°F(74°C) Finish Sprinkler:White or Grey Escutcheon: White, Grey, Chrome Coated (Carbon Steel only), or Electropolished* (Stainless Steel only) Physical Characteristics Body Brass Deflector Assembly Bronze Sealing Assembly..Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Link Assembly Copper Escutcheon Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel Chrome-coated appearance TFP651 Page 3 of 10 t 2-1/8" SIN COLOR 1-3/8•DIA. (54 mm) DOT LOCATION (35 mm) (VISIBLE BEFORE AND 7/16"(11 mm) AFTER COMPLETED ENCLOSED NOMINAL MAKE-IN I INSTALLATION) DEFLECTOR --•ELOUTER LINKASSEMBLY LINK - ((/ ___LI 1 1 INNER C) O LINK -� ♦ O� / SPRINKLER 1/2" WRENCHING NPT NOTCHES SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW 3/4'** *(19 mm) ORIENTATION OF INNER LINK TO OVERALL SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY, 1 INCLUDING SPRINKLER WRENCHING ESCUTCHEON NOTCHES AND TOP OF DEFLECTOR, PLATE MOUNTING \ MAY VARY.DO NOT USE INNER LINK SURFACE TO DETERMINE TOP OF SPRINKLER SPRINKLER DEFLECTOR ORIENTATION;REFER BODY TO FIGURE 4. 1 // �I .l 7/16" **DIMENSION WITHOUT MAXIMUM OF 2 ADJUSTMENT SPACER RINGS; EACH SPACER PROVIDES ADDITIONAL INN710.104d: j� (11 mm) 5/64"(2 mm)OF ADJUSTMENT. :1i: CFENTERLINE IIIII.1' II IA I-1 DEFLECTOR ASSEMBLY I•' IN OPERATED POSITION ,•♦,p' ESCUTCHEON PLATE ,•'•I' (SELECT FIGURE 6) OPERATED SIDE VIEW FIGURE 2 RAVEN INSTITUTIONAL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER NOMINAL INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS TFP651 Page 4 of 10 \ SINN COLOR L RDIOT SPRINKLER FITTING ` 1/32"(0,7 mm) LOCATED AT PROPER NOTE DEPTH FROM AND \ ` ( 1) PERPENDICULAR TO MOUNTING MOUNTING SURFACE SURFACE _J� CLEARANCE HOLE RAVEN ------- 041111 /701: ESCUTCHEON PLATE ,^ 11114"...4 LINK ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY SPACER RING (AS NECESSARY NOTE: MAXIMUM 2) ® 1. SIN(SPRINKLER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)COLOR DOT INDICATES: RAVEN I, PENDENT COLOR SIN APPLICATION c SPRINKLER --/____ BLACK TY3281 PENDENT STANDARD COVERAGE W-TYPE 25 ) I SPRINKLER PROTECTIVE CAP WRENCH- a REMOVED ONLY AT INSTALLATION GREEN TY3282 PENDENT LINK (TO REMOVE,PULL CAP STRAIGHT EXTENDED ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BENDING IT) COVERAGE \ ---- Oil Pf / ® \ DISREGARD ' O ' FOR PENDENT APPLICATION O WRENCH PRONGS �- ' UNIQUELY SPACED TO ALIGN WITH SPRINKLER ACCEPTS WRENCHING NOTCHES WRENCH 1/2" DRIVE SPRINKLER BOTTOM VIEW BOTTOM VIEW FIGURE 3 RAVEN INSTITUTIONAL PENDENT SPRINKLER INSTALLATION WITH W-TYPE 25 SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP651 Page 5 of 10 SPRINKLER FITTING s'') LOCATED AT PROPER SPRINKLER PROTECTIVE CAP DEPTH FROM AND REMOVED ONLY AT INSTALLATION PERPENDICULAR TO (TO REMOVE,PULL CAP STRAIGHT MOUNTING SURFACE WITHOUT BENDING IT) SIN COLOR DOT DIA. / i RAVEN (NO NOMINALES AND 2) HORIZONTAL / /,\ SIREWALL�I � SPRINKLER� ) ili CLEARANC 1 Or HOLE MOUNTING / SURFACE / r / I R9\� RAVEN ® / N.ESCUTCHEON ADJUSTMENT PLATE r� SPACER RING CJ (AS NECESSARY LINK MAXIMUM 2) ASSEMBLY NOTES: A LEVEL APPLIED HERE 1. SIN(SPRINKLER IDENTIFICATION ENSURES SPRINKLER W-TYPE 25 NUMBER)COLOR DOT INDICATES: INSTALLATION WITH DEFLECTOR WRENCH PARALLEL TO FLOOR. COLOR SIN APPLICATION TOP OF SIN RED TY3381 HSW ENCLOSED COLOR DEFLECTOR DOT WRENCH EMBOSSED STANDARD WITH "UP" INDICATES COVERAGE � PROPER ORIENTATION 1- _ PURPLE TY3382 HSW OF SPRINKLER WITH I EXTENDED ` / -\ SIN COLOR DOT FACING UP.�P COVERAGE e / 2. FOR HSW SPRINKLERS,SIN COLOR /tip LINK ACCEPTS DOT ALSO HELPS VERIFY DEFLECTOR 1 S 0 1 ASSEMBLY 1/2"DRIVE IS IN PROPER ORIENTATION. USING SPRINKLER WRENCH,POSITION SPRINKLER SO SIN COLOR DOT WRENCH PRONGS \ i FACES UP(SEE"WRENCH FRONT UNIQUELY SPACED TO VIEW"). ALIGN WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING NOTCHES SPRINKLER WRENCH FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW FIGURE 4 RAVEN INSTITUTIONAL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER INSTALLATION WITH W-TYPE 25 SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP651 Page 6 of 10 5.6K Extended Coverage Pendent(TY3282) Minimum Minimum Deflector-to-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Response Coverage Area Flow 1 Pressure 2 Distance Temperature Rating Spacing Rating ft x ft gpm psi Inches °F ft I (m x m) (Ipm) (bar) (mm) (°C) (m) 16 x 16 26 21.6 165 8 Flush Mounted Quick (4,9 x 4,9) (98) (1,49) (74) (2,4) 5.6K Extended Coverage Horizontal Sidewall(TY3382) Lateral Minimum Minimum Deflector-to-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Response Coverage Area Flow 1 Pressure 2 Distance 3 Temperature Ratin ft x ftg Spacing 4 Rating gpm psi Inches °F ft (m x m) (IPm) (bar) (mm) (°C) (m) Quick 16 x 16 26 21.6 4 to 12 165 8 (4,9 x 4,9) (98) (1,49) (100 to 300) (74) (2,4) Notes: 1. Requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm(Ipm)from each sprinkler. 2 Indicated residual pressures are based on the nominal K-f actor 3. Centerline of the sprinkler waterway is located 7/16 in.(11,1 mm)below the deflector(Ref.Figure 7). 4. Minimum spacing is for lateral distance between sprinklers located along a single wall.Otherwise adjacent sprinklers(i.e.,sidewall sprinklers on an adjacent wall, on an opposite wall,or pendent sprinklers)must be located outside of the maximum hsted protection area of the extended coverage sidewall sprinkler being utilized. TABLE A RAVEN INSTITUTIONAL SPRINKLERS UL AND C-UL LISTING EXTENDED COVERAGE AND FLOW RATE CRITERIA Extended Coverage Criteria Operation Design RAVEN Extended Coverage, Institu- tional Pendent and Horizontal Sidewall In standby condition, the unique Criteria Sprinklers(TY3282 and TY3382) must assembly of RAVEN Institutional General Criteria be installed in accordance with the flow Pendent and Horizontal Sidewall Sprin- rate criteria provided in Table A. They klers is designed with tamper resistant Only escutcheons shown in Figures 5 must be installed and utilized in light and 6 can be utilized with TYCO RAVEN features to help prohibit a false activa- 5.6K Institutional Pendent and Horizon- hazard occupancies under smooth, tion and help reduce the opportunity tal Sidewall Sprinklers.A maximum of flat, horizontal ceilings as outlined in for individuals to injure themselves or two spacers can be used to adjust the the applicable installation standard others with components of a fire sprin- escutcheons. recognized by the listing or approval kler.RAVEN Institutional Sprinklers are agency (e.g., UL Listing is based on specifically designed to minimize corn- NFPA 13 requirements). ponents, as well as holes or shapes, NOTICE RAVEN Extended Coverage, Horizon- that could provide a point for securing Use of more than two spacers may tal Sidewall Sprinklers (TY3382) must an external non-sprinkler associated result in disabling the tamper-resistant be installed with a deflector-to-ceiling object. Also, when properly installed, design of TYCO RAVEN Institutional distance of 4 in. to 12 in. (100 mm to the escutcheon is held fast to the Sprinklers and, thereby,also disable its 300 mm). To meet this requirement, ceiling or wall to deter its removal.The principle functions of helping to avoid the centerline of the sprinkler waterway shape of the sprinkler and escutcheon false sprinkler operations and avoid must be located 4-7/16 in.to 12-7/16 in. cannot be grasped easily,which further the opportunity for individuals to injure (112,7 mm to 315,9 mm) below the deters tampering. themselves or others with components ceiling(Ref. Figure . of the sprinkler. g 7) For information on the break-away load of RAVEN Institutional Sprinklers, Standard Coverage Criteria contact Technical Services. RAVEN Standard Coverage, Institu- tional Pendent and Horizontal Side- A link assembly covers the sealing wall Sprinklers (TY3281 and TY3381) assembly. The link is soldered with are intended for use with fire protec- an eutectic solder that melts when tion systems designed in accordance exposed to heat.When the link reaches with the standard installation rules its rated temperature, the link sepa- recognized by the applicable listing rates and releases the sealing assem- or approval agency (e.g., UL Listing is bly, allowing the deflector assembly to based on NFPA 13 requirements). extend from the body and water to flow. RAVEN Horizontal Sidewall Sprin- klers (TY3381) must be installed with a deflector-to-ceiling distance of 4 in. to 12 in. (100 to 300 mm).To meet this requirement,the centerline of the sprin- kler waterway must be located 4-7/16 in.to 12-7/16 in.(112,7 mm to 315,9 mm) below the ceiling (Ref. Figure 7). TFP651 Page 7 of 10 STYLE F STYLE F 3/8" 2'SCH.40 STEEL PIPE SLEEVE (9,5 mm) -OR- 2"(50 mm)I.D.CORED HOLE f -1 / j 1 \ 2"SCH.40 (25,4 mm) STEEL PIPE i S-OR- LEEVE III; 3"DIA. �I 2"(50 .D. ,2 mm) COR CORED HOLE '% 7/16" 3"DIA. 3/8" y (11,1 mm) (76,2 mm) (9,5 mm) 1-5/16" 7/16" (33,3 mm) (11,1 mm) STYLE G STYLE G 3/8" 2"SCH.40 STEEL PIPE SLEEVE (9,5 mm) -OR /- 2"(50 mm)I.D.CORED HOLE r 1 ` 1 1 \ 2"SCH.40 (25,4 mm) STEEL PIPE SORE iiirI' l 4 DIA. i (101,6 mm) L � 2"(50mm)LD. CORED HOLE 7/16" 4" DIA. 3/8' (11,1 mm) (101,6 mm) (9,5 mm) 1-5/16" •-i 7/16" (33,3 mm) (11,1 mm) FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6 RAVEN INSTITUTIONAL PENDENT SPRINKLER RAVEN INSTITUTIONAL HSW SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON OPTIONS ESCUTCHEON OPTIONS 2"SCH.40 STEEL PIPE SLEEVE j(LENGTH TO SUIT WALL THICKNESS) OR 2" (50 mm)I.D.CORED HOLE FINISHED CEILING WALL 1"X 1/2" M.I.CLASS 150 SET SPRINKLER FEfTING 1" SCREW 4-7/16"(112,7 mm)TO STEEL OR / //i� 12-7/16"(315,9 mm) PIPE / / r AMMMIIIIMM r PIPE SET _-C=�' I IllCENTERLINE O WATERWAYF SPRINKLER SCREW / � j RAVEN MODEL 1780 HSW SPRINKLER RETAINING MODEL 1781 FLANGE / CENTERING GROMMET * RESULTS IN OPERATED DEFLECTOR-TO-CEILING 5/8" WALL THICKNESS DISTANCE OF 4"-12" (15,9 mm) (101,6 mm TO 304,8 mm) - FIGURE 7 MODEL 1780 RETAINING FLANGE AND MODEL 1781 CENTERING GROMMET HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION FOR PENDENT TFP651 Page 8 of 10 It is recommended that flexible sprin- Step, Installation kler piping is used to connect the TYCO RAVEN 5.6K Institutional sprinkler pipe to the supply piping to Pendent and Horizontal Sidewall Sprin- maximize installation flexibility and klers must be installed in accordance to ensure that the sprinkler and the t with this section. escutcheon are installed properly, as shown in Figure 7. General Instructions A 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be Integrity of the tamper-resistant desi n ). g yg obtained by applying a minimum-to- of RAVEN Escutcheons is dependent maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 on the piping installation design.When to 19,0 N•m). Higher levels of torque Step 1. Inspect the sprinkler for any installed properly, the escutcheon is may damage the sprinkler with con- visible signs of damage that could have held fast (i.e., tight with no movement sequent leakage or impairment of the occurred during shipping or handling. or gap)to the mounting surface(ceiling sprinkler. Rather than over-torquing to Apply a non-hardening pipe thread or wall, as applicable) by tightening meet proper orientation for the hori sealant such as TEFLON tape to the the sprinkler assembly into the sprin- zontal sidewall sprinkler, stop tighten- kler fitting. Be careful not to create too NPT thread of the sprinkler. Applying much force between the escutcheon ing earlier. between two (2)and four(4)full wraps and wall,as extensive force may cause Do not attempt to compensate for of tape is recommended. issues with the pulling of the sprinkler improper location of the sprinkler Carefully remove the orange protec- body from the stem, possibly causing fitting by under- or over-tightening the tive cap from the sprinkler by pulling it warping, cracks,and leaks. sprinkler. straight out without bending it. A tamper-resistant installation requires After installation is complete, ensure Verify that the sprinkler identification all of the following: the RAVEN Escutcheon is held fast(i.e., number (SIN) and temperature rating • The sprinkler fitting must be prop- tight with no movement or gap)to the located on the side of the sprinkler erly located with respect to distance mounting surface and that the escutch match installation requirements. from the face of the sprinkler fitting eon sits squarely against the mounting surface surface around its entire perimeter. Step 2. Align the TYCO W-Type 25 to the face of the mounting Installation Wrench with the sprinkler. (Ref. Figures 5&6). The following tools are recommended The flat surface should be in line with • The sprinkler fitting must be rigidly for proper installation of RAVEN Insti- the small colored dot on the sprinkler. secured and immobile through the tutional Sprinklers: use of the retaining flange, installed • TEFLON tape Step 3 flush to the back of the wall or above • TYCO W-Type 25 Installation Wrench the ceiling and secured with the pipe set screws. • 1/2 in.drive ratchet wrench • The centerline of the sprinkler fitting • Torque wrenches must be perpendicular to the mount- • Ratchet extension(optional) " ' ing surface to assure that the Insti- tutional Escutcheon sits squarely • Level - t414 against the mounting surface around „.'., its entire perimeter. NOTICE Figure 7 illustrates a technique to adjust Install RAVEN Pendent Sprinklers with Step 3. Ensure that the TYCO W-Type the location of the sprinkler fitting to the centerline of the waterway perpen- 25 Installation Wrench is fully engaged help assure immobility of the sprinkler dicular to the ceiling. Install RAVEN onto the sprinkler. Fully insert all three fitting and to help maintain perpen- Horizontal Sidewall sprinklers with the Wrench Prongs into the slots on the dicularity of the sprinkler fitting to the centerline of their waterway parallel sprinkler body. mounting surface. with the ceiling and perpendicular to While Figure 7 illustrates a horizon- the back wall. Step 4 tal installation, it can be applied to pendent installations. + It k'4 When applied, the technique shown ��0'. in Figure 7 allows the sprinkler/supply .: pipe to be pulled back into the mount- ing surface from behind the wall or f-, above the ceiling, and the retaining flange set flush to the back of the wall or above the ceiling and secured with the Step 4.With the Wrench on the sprin- retaining flange pipe set screws. This kler, place the escutcheon over the technique will help overcome problems sprinkler. with assuring that the escutcheon is held fast to the mounting surface (i.e., tight with no movement or gap). TFP6S1 Page 9 of 10 Step 5 Step 7 Step 9 111, 1W 1/4\ l' i p: 4ys„ Step 5. Ensure that the ceiling/wall Step 7. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler Step 9. After installation is complete, is smooth for the escutcheon to sit using only the TYCO W-Type 25 Instal- ensure that the RAVEN Escutcheon is against and that the distance from lation Wrench(Ref. Figure 3). held fast against the mounting surface the ceiling/wall surface to the sprin- Insert a 1/2 in. drive ratchet wrench and sits squarely against the ceiling kler fitting is appropriate. As shown in (with or without the extension) into the around its entire perimeter. Figures 5 and 6, the take-out dimen- TYCO W-Type 25 Installation Wrench. When atechnique shown sions are 1 inch for pendent sprinklers p7l"ied, the techni q and 1-5/16 inches for horizontal side Ensure the ratchet wrench remains in Figure 7 allows the sprinkler/supply wall sprinklers. parallel to the ceiling/wall. A ratchet pipe to be pulled back into the mount- extension can help to keep the wrench ing surface from behind the wall or NOTICE in line with the sprinkler.Torque for the above the ceiling, and the retaining RAVEN Institutional Sprinkler is 7 to 14 flange set flush to the back of the wall The sprinkler has intentionally been lb-ft. or above the ceiling and secured with designed to be difficult to grasp by the retaining flange pipe set screws.Do hand. Therefore, the use of the W-Type NOTICE not over-tighten the wall set screws, 25 Installation Wrench for hand-tight- as over-tightening these screws may r. To help prevent slippage of the wrench ening assists in threading the sprinkle damage the sprinkler. Also, use of the W-Type 25 Installation and while using a 1/2 in. drive ratchet Wrench helps avoid damage to the wrench,place one hand over the TYCO To verify correct sprinkler application, sprinkler during installation. W-Type 25 Installation Wrench while refer to the Notes in Figures 3 and 4 on tightening with the other hand. SIN color dot indicators. Step A recommended technique to deter- For horizontal sidewall sprinklers, the mine if the torque range is achieved SIN color dot also helps verify deflec- involves the use of two different tor orientation. In proper installations of torque wrenches. Adjust first with a RAVEN Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers, 7 lb-ft torque wrench, followed by SIN color dots face up. adjusting with a 14 lb-ft wrench. NOTICE Step 8 If the escutcheon is not held fast(i.e., tight with no movement or gap) to the rm ry mounting surface and as an option to Step 6. With the escutcheon in place f 4 ""1G relocating the sprinkler fitting(increas- and with pipe-thread sealant applied ing the face-of-fitting to face-of-mount- to the pipe threads, hand-tighten « ing surface distance), up to two (2) the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting Adjustment Spacer Rings as shown using the TYCO W-Type 25 Installation in Figure 3 may be utilized. Each Wrench with the wrench prongs fully Adjustment Spacer Ring can account engaged with the sprinkler wrench- for 0.075 inches of gap between the ing notches. The wrench prongs are Step 8. For horizontal sidewall sprin- escutcheon and mounting surface. designed to engage the wrenching klers, a Level can be placed on top of Therefore, if the gap is greater than notches in the sprinkler body, and are the flat surface of the TYCO W-Type 25 0.150 inches, the sprinkler fitting will also uniquely spaced to align with the Installation Wrench to orient the sprin- need to be relocated to assure proper sprinkler wrenching notches in one kler correctly. installation of both the sprinkler and position. escutcheon. TFP651 Page 10 of 10 Care and as with the applicable standards of the Separately Ordered NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- Escutcheons Style F CIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to (3 in. Diameter) Maintenance the standards of any other authorities Carbon Steel having jurisdiction.Contact the install- White 56-314-4-010 TYCO RAVEN 5.6K Institutional Grey 56-314-7-010 Pendent and Horizontal Sidewall Sprin- ing contractor or product manufacturer Chrome Coated 56-314-9-010 klers must be maintained and serviced regarding any questions. Stainless Steel in accordance with this section. Sprinklers are recommended to be white 56-318-4-010 inspected, tested, and maintained by Grey p 56-318-7-010 Before closing a fire protection system Electro oiishedr 56-318-9-010 main control valve for maintenance a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or Separately Ordered work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to national codes. Escutcheons Style G shut down the affected fire protection (4 in. Diameter) system from the proper authorities Limited Carbon Steel y P P White 56-312-4-010 and notify all personnel who may be Grey 56-312-7-010 affected by this action. Warranty Chrome Coated 56-312-9-010 StService inspections should be made aieless Steel p For warranty terms and conditions,visit White 56-319-4-010 on a regular basis to detect possible www.tyco-fire.com. Grey 56-319-7-010 damage or alterations to the sprinkler Electropolished' 56-319-9-010 and escutcheon. Inspections should Disclaimer for ,Chrome-coated appearance include making certain that the RAVEN l aratey Ordered Institutional Escutcheon is held fast to RAVEN SeSpprin ateler der the mounting surface. Damaged or altered sprinklers are to be replaced Institutional Specify:W-Type 25 Installation Wrench, immediately to avoid personal injury P/N 56-314-1-001 and to prevent use for causing personal Sprinklers Separately Ordered injury, as well as to maintain the sprin- Parts for Installation in Concrete kler system in an operative condition. Johnson Controls specifically dis- Specify: Model 1781 Centering Sprinklers which are found to be claims any liability for damages or Grommet for installation in concrete, leaking or exhibiting visible signs of injury(including death)arising out of or P/N 56-000-1-781 corrosion must be replaced. caused by manipulation, dismantling, Specify: Model 1780 Retaining Flange Automatic sprinklers must never be or misuse of RAVEN Institutional Sprin- with Set Screws for installation in con- plated, coated, or other- klers or the use or attempted use of the crete, P/N 56-000-1-780 painted, RAVEN Institutional Sprinklers or any wise altered after leaving the factory. component thereof as an instrument Separately Ordered Modified sprinklers must be replaced. unrelated to its intended function as a Adjustment Spacer Ring Sprinklers that have been exposed to fire protection device. Specify: Adjustment Spacer Ring for corrosive products of combustion, but use with RAVEN Institutional Sprinklers, have not operated,should be replaced OrderingP/N 56 000-1-755 if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or procedure by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid Contact your local distributor for avail- damage to the sprinklers before, ability.When placing an order, indicate during, and after installation. Sprin- the full product description and part klers damaged by dropping, striking, number(P/N). wrench twist/slippage,or the like,must Sprinkler Assemblies be replaced.Also,replace any sprinkler Specify:RAVEN(Standard or Extended that has a cracked bulb or that has lost Coverage), 165°F (74°C), Institutional liquid from its bulb. Refer to the Instal- (Pendent or Horizontal Sidewall) lation section for additional information. Sprinkler with(specify)Finish,and P/N Frequent visual inspections are recom- (specify): mended to be initially performed for Standard Coverage Pendent(TY3281) sprinklers installed in potentially cor- White 50-314-4-165 rosive atmospheres to verify the integ- Grey 50-314-9-165 rity of the materials of construction as Standard Coverage HSW(TY3381) they may be affected by the corrosive White 50-316-4-165 conditions present for a given installa Grey 50-316-9-165 P tion.Thereafter,annual inspections per Extended Coverage Pendent(TY3282) White 50-315-4-165 NFPA 25 are required. Grey 50-315-9-165 The owner is responsible for the ins ec- Extended Coverage HSW(TY3382) P P White 50-317-4-165 tion, testing, and maintenance of their Grey 50-317-9-165 fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document,as well 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 194461 Telephone+1-215-362-0700 �1 /l / fa Jahnum Controls.All dgMa reserved.All specifications end other information shown wem current as of document rouls Ion date and are subject to change without notice. Johnson A NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fl,e Protection Association; Controls tEFI ON is a registered trademark of DuPont VcFlexTM Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler ✓ctaulic Models V3505, V3506, V3509, V3510, V3517, V3518 10.91 ViC 1.0 PR ODUCT DESCRIPTION Style • Pendent, Concealed Pendent, Horizontal Sidewall K Factor • 5.6/8.1 S.I. For system design purposes, no equivalent length calculations are required. Sprinkler Length • 387965 mm, 50"/1270 mm, 5871475 mm Nominal Orifice Size • 1/2"/13 mm Maximum Working Pressure • 175 psi/1200 kPa Factory Hydrostatic Test • 100% @ 500 psi/3450 kPa Minimum Operating Pressure • 7 psi/48 kPa Connections • To branch line (inlet) via 1725 mm NPT or 1" BSPT Minimum Bend Radius: • UL: 2751 mm • FM: 77178 mm Maximum Number of 90° Bends: • UL: 4 • FM: 2 bends for 38", 3 bends for 50", 4 bends for 58" Hazard Classifications • Light and Ordinary Hazard NOTE • The VS1 is classified as a dry sprinkler and has no equivalent length. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. t Location Spec Section Paragraph victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS 01. us USED Model Approvals/Listings V3505 V3505 V3506 V3506 V3509 V3509 V3510 V3517 V3518 Orifice Size(inches) y2n '/211 1/2n 1/2 1/2n 1/2" 1/2 u 1/2° 1/2n Orifice Size(mm) 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 Nominal K Factor S.I. 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 — Res onse Standard Standard Quick Quick Standard Standard Quick Standard Quick' Hor.SW, Conc.Pend. Deflector Type Pendent Recessed Pendent Recessed Hor.SW Rec.Hor.SW Recessed Hor. Conc.Pend. w/Clean Sidewall room gasket Approved Temperature PIC° Ratings — 135/57 135/57 135/57 135/57 135/57 135/57 135/57 - 135/57 155/68 155/68 155/68 155/68 155/68 155/68 155/68 - 155/68 FM _ 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 - 175/79 200/93 200/93 200/93 200/93 200/93 200/93 200/93 - 200/93 286/141 - 286/141 - 135/57 135/57 135/57 135/57 135/57 135/57 135/57 i 135/57 135/57 155/68 � 155/68 155/68 155/68 155/68 155/68 155/68 155/68 155/68 UL 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 175/79 200/93 4 200/93 200/93 200/93 _200/93 200/93 200/93 200/93 200/93 286/141 1 286/141 1 286/141 286/141 286/141 i 286/141 1 Model V3518 is a Standard Response FM sprinkler. 3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Deflector: Brass Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution Bulb Nominal Diameter: ❑ Quick Response: 3.0 mm ❑ Standard Response: 5.0 mm Split Spacers: Stainless steel Load Screw: Brass Pip Cap: Stainless steel Spring Seal Assembly: PTFE tape coated beryllium nickel and stainless steel Frame: Brass Flexible Hose: Stainless steel Collar/Weld Fitting: Stainless steel Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM Isolation Ring: Nylon Hose Fittings: Carbon steel, zinc-plated Inlet Fitting: Brass Outer Tube: Stainless steel Concealed Cup: Carbon steel, zinc-plated Brackets: Carbon steel, zinc-plated 3.1 ACCESSORIES SPECIFICATIONS Sprinkler Finishes: ❑ Standard: VC-250 victaulic.com • • 4.0 DIMENSIONS Product Details and Optional Components Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler f �_�I' B 'i C 'I '��■ Overall Outlet Length Live End Maximum Sprinkler (pendent) Length Length OD Length L B C D inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm 38 39.2 25.1 6.5 2.2 965 995 638 165 56 50 51.2 37.1 6.5 2.2 1270 1300 943 165 56 58 59.2 45.1 6.5 2.2 1475 1505 1145 165 56 NOTE -._. . II • Add 16'to Overall Length and Outlet End Length for increased length of sidewall deflector Style VB1 Bracket 2.7"/ 68.6 mm IV a 10 ;�lIII 25.4 mm S1.25"/ mm ® 111— .iiii 2.2"/ 7 i► 54.6 mm* 5.1 mm � 3.6"/ 92.1 mm *Note:Theoretical center point of sprinkler in bracket. victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) r Style VB2 Bracket Style VB3 Bracket Recessed Pendent, Suspended Ceilings Concealed Pendent, Suspended Ceilings Item Description Item Description 1 247610 mm or 4871220 mm Square Bar 1 24'/610 mm or 48"/1220 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee Center Bracket 2 Patented 1-Bee Center Bracket 3 End Bracket 3 End Bracket © t_ .... ..., f © II � I/ r . , ,,,, ... , ..:,,,,,,_ ::. . _.,:kr, 0 .....„., ...„....„...„ .„....„„,„ 0 oI.rr� Style VB4 Bracket Sleeve and Skirt Pendent, Suspended Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1220 mm Square Bar 2 Center Bracket 3 End Bracket 10 1 1„N ICI o �r victaulic.com • • • 4.1 DIMENSIONS Sprinkler Finishes: Dimensions and Mounting Conditions NOTE • Drawings are shown with% finished ceiling thickness.Adjustments to"B'and"C'dimensions will be required if finished ceiling thickness deviate from drawing. Recessed Pendent: 1 i a. 1„/ i R \• �� rp 25 m ilk / EAU 2'/a"/ 1 . ii II70 min/ B D I s/e"/ 16 � i Finished �� ceiling face 1725 mm Min. Escutcheon 1 W/44 mm Max. 25Ab775 mm Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm "R"Minimum Bend Radius 2 7 50 175 "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 7% 12s 193 320 "B"Mounting Screw Hole Location 119 9 Ceiling Hole Diameter"D" 2 23/s 1 50-60 j NOTE • Dimensions are shown with 3/4'escutcheon at middle of height adjustment range. k. victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS Recessed Pendent Alternative Bracket Location i.�. i fi 1\ 23S"7 i _ ,., =11 70 mm fr 1.7 A 25 mm Collar— I W I MI D �.. i _'' ; �=iPli- 7a"7 �I — i B C r� 1�m 1 \\�IF•nI' .. ll V�Iri Finished i litiO ceiling face 1"/25 mm Min. Escutcheon 13/4'/44 mm Max. 25/1by75 mm Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm 2 7 "R"Minimum Bend Radius 50 175 7 5/e 12 Vs "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 193 320 2 "B"Mounting Screw Hole Location 50 2-23/5 Ceiling Hole Diameter"D" 50 60 NOTE • Dimensions are shown with ire escutcheon at middle of height adjustment range. victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS Sleeve and Skirt Pendent 7 z3 / 70mm 217 g \ _ ) II1imm: s/e% D1. 16 mm - '_ _ ��1 � ,� SkirtOrm'' Finished Sleeve ceiling face 7. 21/2764 mm Min. ■�•�� 47102 mm Max. 1:WI) j1 3�/n"/82 mm Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm "R"Minimum Bend Radius 2 7 50 175 "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 163 11,E 290 "B"Mounting Screw Hole Location 3 NB 79 Ceiling Hole Diameter 'D 13�<-2Ys 44-54 4.4 DIMENSIONS Concealed Pendent • i • i Smm• • . i t M�. 2 W."/ 1t\ A i 70mm i I D t OEM t /a"/ r Cup .1ei�1 16 rJn�m R yRy�Amiir 1 Ceiling cover plate with Vs' Finished total adjustment.Shown at ceiling face mid-range of adjustment. 3/a783 mm r Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm "R"Minimum Bend Radius 2 7 50 175 "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 91/2 141/2 247 369 "B"Mounting Screw Hole Location 63/4 157 • victaulic.com . 4.5 DIMENSIONS Concealed Pendent Alternative Bracket Location iii R ' 2 Ys"/ ! ✓ i =� 70 mm i . 25 mm A i = El _ D 8 Cup r Mil 16 mm . r ill- lilliiiii�o: Ceiling cover plate with'/+" Finished total adjustment.Shown at ceiling face 314/83mm mid-range of adjustment. Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm 2 7 "R"Minimum Bend Radius 50 175 9'/a 14%s "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 231 358 3'/z "B"Mounting Screw Hole Location 89 2 5/8-2 3 J{ Ceiling Hole Diameter"D" 67-70 4.6 DIMENSIONS Sleeve and Skirt Sidewall • . A B 41. _ 31V/79 mm Min. 3W/98 mm Max. 1"/25 mm R Skirt �VP- j4 Sleeve „I��' ' _ 3'fu"/82 mm OM 1_ 6 V 69 m nr mm 13/4"/44 mm Min.Dia. A Exterior wall 21/2764 mm Max.Dia. siding Hole in wall 3/4/16 mm (Siding thickness) Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm "R"Minimum Bend Radius 2 7 50 175 6'k 11' "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 163 290 3 Ye "B"Mounting Screw Hole Location 79 Ceiling Hole Diameter"D" 1'/4 2/a 44-54 victaulic.com • 4.7 DIMENSIONS Recessed Sidewall A �i 194d/40mm Min. B 2A"/59 mm Max. 1"/25 mm R� 2.707 //, 69 mm 4l Collar III!n12)S16"/59 mm �/I Escutcheon 2"/51 mm Min.Dia. % Exterior wall 2W/60 mm Max.Dia. -1,4 I.- siding Hole in wall 5/e"/16 mm (Siding thickness) Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm "R"Minimum Bend Radius 2 7 50 175 "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 0 13 203 330 "B"Mounting Screw Hole Location 1 3/1119 Ceiling Hole Diameter"D" 2-2'/s 51-60 4.8 DIMENSIONS Recessed Sidewall Alternative Bracket Location A 19Ar,"/40 mm Min. 1"/25 mm B 28is'/59 mm Max. R OUR =. Collar Iliii I, i !I �`_ 2sf6%59mm 111111 _tl! l 270"/ ' Vl Escutcheon 69 mm 2751 mm Min.Dia. i Exterior wall 2W/60 mm Max.Dia. -s{ 1.- siding Hole in wall We"/16 mm (Siding thickness) • Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm • "R"Minimum Bend Radius 2 7 • 50 175 "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 0 13 203 330 "B"Mounting Screw Hole Location 2 51 Ceiling Hole Diameter"D" 2 51 -60 victaulic.com • • 4.9 DIMENSIONS VB2 Recessed Pendent IR A _ See Chart rili Bracket Assembly 1i_1r Style VB2 1 2.3758 mm ,._ ,, . I I II_ I I 5/e716 mm i{ Typical !Vigil i l ceiling the ► If Finished 1 7"/43ceiling face tern Typical ceiling grid \_See note �� Ceiling escutcheon with 14719 mm total adjustment. Shown at maximum recess 24'/610 mm or 4871219 mm on Center Recessed Pendent Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm "R"Minimum Bend Radius 2 7 50 175 "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 61/2 163 l 11'/i 290 NOTE • Victaulic VicFlex Style VB2 Bracket assemblies shall be used only with Style VS1 recessed pendent sprinklers. 4.10 DIMENSIONS VB3 Concealed Pendent A ____tint___ Bracket Assembly See Chart Style VB3 /f-i/ 11�II _ 'fa, r7 _ _ I O3.0"/76 m1m0111 II I, H , , h , }� 5/8/16 mm1 01,„, ii i Typic[I calm dal i��=1.7743 mm Finished Typical ceiling grid \'_See note ceiling face Ceiling escutcheon with Ya"/6S mm total adjustment 247610 mm or 4871219 mm on Center Concealed Pendent Clearance Chart inches Dimension mm "R"Minimum Bend Radius 2 7 SO 175 7 sh 12% "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 193 320 victaulic.com • • 4.11 DIMENSIONS VB4 Sleeve and Skirt Pendent Min.1'k"/44 mm Bracket Assembly Max.2'h"/64 mm Style VB4 A 9,.1 Hole in ceiling i R� \1„► See Chart.. 'I IMiI!-II 10 3"/76 mm 1.7'/43 mm if �� ff 1 Typical to ceiling grid . M Mil See note—/p Skirt --- s/e715.9 mmll Sleeve '`�' Typical Finished • 3/sf/ ceiling tile Ceiling Face 82 mm 24"/610 mm or 4871219 mm on Center Sleeve and Skirt Pendent Clearance Chart7 Bend Radius inches inches mm mm "R"Minimum Bend Radius 2 7 51 178 • "A"Minimum Required Installation Space 5 10 127 1 254 J • NOTE • Victaulic VicF7exStyle VB2 Bracket assemblies shall be used only with Style VS1 recessed pendent sprinklers. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Freeze Protection alliiMiIUI 1 ,' ,•r i S Unheated �� 4) Space 1 a1l!!1♦IIli1 � Unheated Y Space �i i agh 6. I Heated i `� i Space i ► ' y Heated ava 400 Spau Exterior 4 mi1s' S plIV Exterior Ambient Temperature Exposed Minimum Barrel Length"V" Exposed to Discharge inches End of Sprinkler mm ,C 40°F/4°C 50°F/10°C 60°F/16°C 40 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 30 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 20 4 0 -7 100 0 0 10 8 1 0 -12 200 25 0 0 12 3 -78 300 75 0 -10 14 -23 350 100 25 -20 14 6 3 -29 350 150 75 • .. -30 16 8 4 _34 400 200 100 -- — --40 18 8 4 -40 450 200 100 -50 20 10 -46 500 250 150 -60 20 10 6 -51 500 1 250 150 NOTE • Exposed minimum barrel lengths are inclusive up to 30-mph/48-kph wind velocities. Maximum Allowable Number of Bends Sprinkler Length Maximum Allowable Number of 90°Bends at Maximum Allowable Number of 90°Bends at inches 2751mm Bend Radius for UL Listing 7/178mm Bend Radius for FM Approval mm 38 4 2 965 50 4 3 1270 58 4 4 1475 victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS • � • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install N� .sfi,„Ni any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equiva- lent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical dam- age, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the responsibility of the system designer to verify suitability of 300-series stainless steel flexible hose for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environments. • The effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on 300-series stainless steel flexible hose must be evaluated by the material specifier to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. • It is the responsibility of the owner of a building or their authorized agent to provide the sprinkler system installer with any knowledge that the water supply might be contaminated with or conducive to the development of microbiologically influenced corrosion (MIC), including as required by NFPA 13. Failure to identify adverse water quality issues may affect the VicFlex product and void the manufacturer's warranty. Failure to follow these instructions could cause product failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. DO NOT paint, coat, or firestop the outlet/inlet portion of the Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler. Braided hose and fitting portions of the Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler may be painted or coated, provided that the paint or coating is compatible with stainless steel material. This includes penetration through firestop-filled annular space of a firewall. The firestop material in direct contact with the flexible braided hose will not impede functionality of the Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler, provided that the components are installed in accordance with Victaulic's installation instructions. victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS (CONTINUED) Important Installation Notes: 1. Shall be installed only in accordance with NFPA 13 Standard for the the Installation of Sprinkler Systems and applicable FM Data Sheets. 2. Install and tighten swivel hex nut at inlet of sprinkler fitting only. 3. Do not remove deflector or inlet end of sprinkler. inlet ! Continuous Downward Slope Continuous Downward Slope aII I MOH Inlet I ! Heated Space 1 Unheated Space Outlet Heated Spate i unheated Spate 1 Outlet ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE Inlet ' Low Point 1 tq5 ce '''� p' U , Heat ce Unheated Att DrrUN i UNACCEPTABLE OutletUNACCEPTABLE victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS (CONTINUED) FOR DRY SYSTEMS ONLY: • The Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler's inlet shall be installed only into the outlet of a fitting (excluding elbows) or welded outlet that meets the dimensional requirements of ANSI B16.3 and ANSI B16.4, Class 125 and Class 150. Use a sample fitting to confirm proper engagement and to verify that there is no interference between the sprinkler and the fitting. Style VS1 Dry Sprinklers in an unheated space shall be installed with a continuous downward slope along its entire length from the branch line fitting to the sprinkler. No localized low points shall be present along the length of the Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler. Style VS1 Dry Sprinklers in an unheated space are not permitted to be installed into the top of the branch line piping. Style VS1 Dry Sprinklers shall be installed into the side or from the bottom of the branch line piping. In a heated space, if a portion of the Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler is installed from the top of a branch line and then extends into an unheated space, it shall be installed with a continuous downward slope along the entire length from the inside wall to the outlet of the sprinkler. No localized low points shall be present along the length of the sprinkler in the unheated space. Refer to the drawing below. I Downward Slope I • W Y qU l N a VI m N • = I L Inlet I as Outlet FOR WET SYSTEMS ONLY: • DO NOT install Victaulic° VicFlexTM Style VS1 Dry Sprinklers into any threaded elbow, threaded-by-thread coupling, or fitting that interferes with thread penetration. The inlet of the Victaulic° VicFlexTM Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler SHALL NOT bottom out in the fitting. Use a sample fitting to confirm proper engagement. • To ensure unobstructed flow during operation, the Victaulic° VicFlexT"' Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler shall be installed into a fitting that will prevent water and debris from accumulating at the dry sprinkler's inlet. • Verify that the exposed minimum barrel length in the heated space is measured and maintained in accordance with the table on page 1. In a heated space, if a portion of the Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler extends into an unheated space, it shall be installed with a continuous downward slope along the entire length from the inside wall to the outlet end of the dry sprinkler. No localized low points shall be present along the length of the sprinkler in the unheated space. Refer to the drawing above. victaulic.com • 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS ONE BEND TWO BENDS zx 2X Minimum Minimum Minimum Minimum I bend radius bend radius bend radius bend radius 90° OR OR Minimum bend radius Minimum Minimum I bend radius bend radius Minimum ——_ bend radius Minimum bend radius NOTE For out-of-plane(three-dimensional)bends,care must be taken to avoid imparting torsional stress on the sprinkler. ill Company Name Order No. Date G r. Address Ship _ • a;To: Company Name c r P. m Address m o X/ - State/Province Zip Code/Postal Code Z c) Phone No. Email State/Province Zip Code/Postal Code rn M Fax No. Tag m m a t— cn Quantity(as specified below): If units of different size,type or other option are required,please attach additional form(s)with their specification(s)separately. VicFlexTM Dry Sprinkler Model VS1 A - 3F - - - - - 4 - - - - T T Recessed Size Deflector Escutcheon Escutcheon Class Style Thread Style Temperature Response K Factor Finish Material Code Inches Style t A 3F= 3= 1"NPT B=Pendent A=135°F/57°C Q=Quick 4=K5.6 4=White W=white 380=38" 12=Recessed V35 8= 29 mm C=Horizontal C=155°F/68°C S=Std. N=VC250t Stainless Steel 500=50" 13=Sleeve and BSP Sidewall E= 175°F/79°C X=Stainless Stee 580=58" Skirt P-Concealed F=200°F/93°C a=Concealed 15=Concealed J=286°F/141°C #VC-250 sprinkler finish sold standard on the VicFlex Dry Sprinkler Model VS1. victaulic.com • • 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS (CONTINUED) 29,01:Victaulic Terms and Conditions of Sale 1-VICFI EX.VS1:Victaulic®VicFlex'""Style VS1 Dry Sprinkler Installation Instructions • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance,safety,and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede, Reference should always be made to the Viclaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,installation instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment guide,or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available Intellectual Property Rights in POF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty • product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patentor other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries Trademarks or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of • TION PRgr - 10.85 VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings © c®us VdS MED SERIES AQB BRAIDED FLEXIBLE HOSE ASSEMBLIES 775 VicFlex'"sprinkler fittings provide sprinkler installation on suspended ceiling grids,wood or Flex . metal stud/joist or hat furring channel hard-lid ceilings utilizing a flexible,stainless steel hose and steel bracket assembly. Refer to the Installation Manual for all applicable ASTM ceiling ' material and installation standards. The system requires no welding for assembly. Series AQB Components Hoses:Braided flexible stainless steel hose lengths:31,36,48,60,727790,914, 1220, 1525, 1830mm. Note:length includes branch-line nipple and 5.5714Omm straight reducer. • Hose Style: Series AH2 1' Nominal ID Braided Hose Series AH4 1' Nominal ID Braided Hose See chart below for applications • Brackets: Style AB1 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings,allows installation before ceiling tiles in place Style AB1 Adjustable for suspended and hard-lid ceilings,allows installation before ceiling tiles in place(regionally available) Style AB2 for hard-lid ceilings,allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment Style AB4 for hard-lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems,allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment Style AB7 for suspended ceilings Style AB8 for hard-lid ceilings(regionally available) Style AB9 for hard-lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems Style AB1O for Armstrong®TechZone'°ceilings • Sprinkler Reducers: 'h'and 34715 and 20 mm sprinkler connections and 5.57140mm, 97230mm, 137330mm straight lengths and short, long 90"elbows.Note:The short 90°elbow is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the long 90"elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. • Branch Connections: 1725mm or 44'/2Omm NPT/BSPT branch line nipples for attaching to rigid pipe. Regulatory Approvals and Listings/Bracket Features Style Style AB1 Style AB2 Style AB4 Style AB7 Style AB8 Style AB9 AB10 Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Brack- FM Approved(24"-48"widths)with Series AH2 or Series AH4 Braided Hose(Straight Reducers and 90°Elbows) • • • VdS Approved(24"-48"/700mm-1400mm widths)with Series AH2 or Series AH4 Braided Hose • • • • • • cULus Listed with Series AH2 Braided Hose(Straight 5.5"Reducers) • • FM Approved in 4"and 6"widths for Armstrong•TechZone"ceiling technical panels • Allows complete lateral alignment of sprinkler • • • • • Features the patented 1-Bee°'open gate center bracket • • • • • Features patent-pending center bracket(adjustable from below) • • Provides reference mark features for center of tile sprinkler positioning • • • • • • • Allows for standard ceiling tile installation after the VicFlex fitting assembly is installed in the ceiling grid • Features tamper resistant installation • • • • • • JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS— FITTINGS 1 0.8 5 VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings • TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Working Temperature: 225°F/107.2°C Maximum Working Pressure: • 200 psi/1375 kPa(FM Approval) • 175psi/1206kPa(Series AH2 braided hose-cULus Listed) • 1600 kPa/232 psi(VdS Approval Series AH2 or Series AH4) Connections: To branch line(inlet)via 1725.4 mm NPT/BSPT male thread OR To branch line(inlet)via 34720 mm BSPT male thread(VdS only) To sprinkler head(outlet)via 1/2' or 3/4715mm or 20mm NPT/BSPT female thread Minimum Bend Radius of Flexible Hose: •77178 mm(FM Approval-Series AH2 or Series AH4) •2'/51 mm (cULus Listed -Series AH2) •3776.2 mm(VdS Approved-Series AH2 or Series AH4) Maximum Number of Bends per Flexible Drop: See friction loss charts below Maximum K-Factor of Sprinkler to be Connected to Reducer: • K8.0/11,5(S.I.)(k715mm reducer)(cULus/FM) • K14.0/20,2(Si.)(3/4'/20mm reducer)(cULus/FM) • K8.0/11,5(S.I.)(44720mm reducer) (VdS) FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS— FITTINGS 10.85 VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Braided Flexible Hose: • Series AH2 Flexible Hose:Type 304L Stainless Steel Collar/Weld Fitting:Type 304L Stainless Steel Gasket Seal:Victaulic Grade EHP EPDM Isolation Ring: Nylon 66 Nut and Nipple: Zinc-Plated Grade 1020 Steel Reducers(l or'/4"): Zinc-Plated Grade 1020 Steel • Series AH4 Flexible Hose:Type 304L Stainless Steel Collar/Weld Fitting:Type 304L Stainless Steel Gasket Seal: EPDM per ASTM D2000 Isolation Ring: N/A Nut and Nipple: Zinc-Plated Grade 1020 Steel Reducers(1 or 3/4"):Zinc-Plated Grade 1020 Steel Bracket: • Style AB1/AB1 ADJ./AB2/AB4/AB7/AB8/AB9/AB10 Bracket Square Bar: Zinc-Plated Grade 1010 Steel End and Center Brackets:Zinc-Plated Steel per ASTM A109 Staked Center Bracket Wing Nut: Zinc-Plated Grade 1008 Steel End Bracket Screw: Zinc-Plated per ISO 898 Class 10.9 Steel Tamper-Resistant Screw: Zinc-Plated Grade 1016 Steel • FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS— FITTINGS 10.85 VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings c UL BS FRICTION LOSS DATA-SERIES AH2 BRAIDED HOSE FOR USE WITH STYLE LISTED AB1 AND AB10 VICFLEX BRACKETS AND STRAIGHT 5.5"REDUCERS Series AH2 Hose Length of - Equivalent Length of Maximum Number of 90° Stainless Steel Sprinkler Outlet 1733.7mm Bends at Flexible Hose K-Factor Size Sch.40 Pipe(C=120) 2'/51mm Bend Radius ...f, .., ,. _ _c .,... 31 5.6/8,1 '7/Straight 16/4.9 4 14.0/20,2 3/4"/Straight 17/5.2 4 36 5.6/8,1 'W/Straight 21/6.4 5 14.0/20,2 W/Straight 23/7.0 S 5.6/8,1 H'/Straight 32/9.8 8 48 14.0/20,2 ''/Straight 37/11.3 8 5.6/8,1 W/Straight 46/14.0 10 E0 14.0/20,2 W/Straight _ 46/14.0 10 - - - 5.6/8,1 1/2"/Straight 55/16.8 12 12 14.0/20,2 3 /Straight 53/16.2 12 SERIES AH2 BRAIDED HOSE EQUIVALENT LENGTH DESIGN GUIDE Equivalent length values at various numbers of 90 degree bends at 2"/51mm center line bend radius Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Outlet Hose Size 0 Bends 1 Bend 2 Bends 3 Bends 4 Bends 5 Bends 6 Bends 7 Bends 8 Bends 9 Bends 10 Bends 11 Bends 12 Bends 31 1 4 5.0/1.5 8.5/2.6 11.0/3.4 13.0/4.0 16.0/4.9 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A W 6.5/2.0 10.0/3.0 12.5/3.8 14.0/4.3 17.0/5.2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 36 Y' 10.5/3.2 13.5/4.1 16.0/4.9 18.0/5.5 19.0/5.8 21.0/6 4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 8<` 12.0/3.7 14.0/4.3 17.0/5.2 19.5/5.9 20.0/6.1 23.0/7.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 48 W 11.5/3.5 15.5/4.7 17.0/5.2 19.5/5.9 20.0/6.1 21.0/6.4 22.0/6.7 23 0/85 32.0/9.8 N/A N/A N/A N/A 16' 13.0/4.0 17.0/5.2 19.0/5.8 21.5/6.6 24.5/7.5 26.0/7.9 27.0/8.2 300/9.1 37.0/11.3 N/A N/A N/A N/A 60 h' 15.5/4.7 21.5/6.6 24.0/7.3 27.0/8.2 28.5/8.7 30.0/9.1 31.0/9.4 37.0/11.3 42.0/12.8 440/134 46.0/14.0 N/A N/A 84" 16.0/4.9 23.0/7.0 24.0/7.3 28.0/8.5 29.5/9.0 30.5/9.3 31.0/9.4 38.0/11.6 42.0/12.8 44.0/13.4 460/14.0 N/A.... ,N/A. 72 W28.5/8.7 30.0/9.1 32.0/9.8 36.5/11.1 375/11.4 40.5/12.5 41.0/12.8 42.0/12.8 46.0/14.0 49.0/14.9 52.0/15.8 54.0/16.5 55.0/16.8 W 24.0/7.3 32.0/9.8 32.5/9.9 35.0/10.7 35.5/10.8 40.0/12.3 40.5/12.3 41.0/12.5 46.0/14.0 50.0/15.2 51.0/15.5 52.0/15.8 53.0/16.2 Note: Values for use with 5.5'straight reducers. How to use this Design Guide- 1. For some systems,it may be advantageous for the designer to calculate the system hydraulics using shorter equivalent lengths associated with fewer than the maximum allowable number of bends. In this case,the designer may select a design number of bends for the job and use the associated equivalent length from the design guide to determine the system hydraulics. 2. It is possible that the actual installed condition of some of the flexible drops may have more bends than the designer selected.When this happens, the design guide may be used to find equivalent lengths based on the actual installed number of bends for particular sprinkler installations.The system hydraulics can be recalculated using actual equivalent lengths to varify the performance of the system. FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS - FITTINGS 10.85 VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings ® FRICTION LOSS DATA- SERIES AH2 AND SERIES AH4 BRAIDED HOSE Series AH2 Braided Hose for use with Style AB1, Series AH4 Hose for use with Style AB1,AB7, AB2,AB4,AB10 VicFlex Brackets. and AB9 VicFlex Brackets. Maximum Number of Maximum Number of Equivalent Length of 90'Bends at Equivalent Length of 90'Bends at Length of Stainless Steel Sprinkler Outlet 1733.7mm 77178mm 1733.7mm 7"/178mm Flexible Hose K-Factor Size Sch.40 Pipe Bend Radius Sch.40 Pipe Bend Radius 31 5.6/8.1 W/Straight 23.5/7.1 20.6/6.3 Yi/90"Elbow 23/7.0 21.7/6.6 36 S.6/8.1 1/2"/Straight 27.8/8.5 29.7/9.0 2 2 1/2i90"Elbow 277/8.4 29.8/9.0 tg 5.6/8.1 'h"/Straight 38.2/11.6 27.5/8.3 3 3 '''/i'90'Elbow 37.4/11.A 29.2/8.9 60 5.6/8.1 1/2"/Straight 42.4/12.9 35.7/10.9 W290.Elbow 43/13.1 72 5.6/8.1 'h./Straight 46.6/14.2 45.9/14.0 90.Elbow 48.5/14.7 Wi 47.5/14.5 31 8.0/11.5 IV/Straight 20.7/6.3 13.3/4.0 3,6i90'Elbow 20.5/6.2 36 8.0/11.5 3/4/Straight 25.0/7.6 21.7/6.6 IV/90.Elbow 24.6/7.5 2 2 48 8.0/11.5IV/Straight 35.5/10.8 21.2/6.4 3 3 N'/90"Elbow 34.7/10.6 22.2/6.7 .._.... . ... 60 8.0/11.5 W/Straight 39.6/12.1 27.9/8.5 4 4 3V,90'Elbow 40.1/12.2 28.9/8.8 72 8.0/11.5 34/Straight 43.5/13.2 38.8/11.8 4 4 3/a/90"Elbow 45.2/13.7 39.4/12.0 31 11.2/16.1 M./Straight 17.8/5.4 16.4/5.0 3/4"/90.Elbow 18/5.5 36 11.2/16.1 W/Straight 22.2/6.7 - 21.7/6.6 3/4'/90.Elbow 22.1/6.7 24 2 48 11.2/16.1 3/"/Straight 32.9/10.0 28.5/8.7 3 3 3W/90-Elbow 32.1/9.8 29.9/91 60 11.2/16.1 IV/Straight 36.8/11.2 34.7/10.5 3./90'Elbow 37.1/11.3 30.3/9.2 72 11.2/16.1 3/4"/Straight 40.5/12.3 38.6/11.6 4 4 3090'Elbow 41.9/12.7 38.6/11.7 31 14.0/20.2 IV/Straight 14.9/4.5 16.3/5.0 2 2 W/90.Elbow 15.5/4.72 19.9/6.1 36 14.0/20.2 3"/Straight 19.4/5.9 21.8/6.7 1Si90"Elbow 19.6/5.9 22 - - - 24.2/7.4 48 14.0/20.2 IV/Straight 30.3/9.2 28.3/8.6 4090.Elbow 29.5/8.9 60 14.0/20.2 y/Straight 33.9/10.3 34.9/10.6 3 90"Elbow 34.1/10.4 30.3/9.2 72 14.0/20.2 W/Straight 37.5/11.4 4 41.5/12.6 M./90"Elbow 38.6/11.7 38.6/11.7 4 FM NOTES: Series AQB systems have been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet,dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13,13R,and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5,and 2-8.FM 1637 and Vds standards for safety include,but are not limited to,pressure cycling,corrosion resistance,flow characterisitics,vibration resistance, leakage,mechanical and hydrostatic strength. Differences in equivalent lengths are due to varying test methods,per FM 1637 and Vds standards.Refer to these standards for additional information regard- ing friction loss test methods. FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS—FITTINGS 10.85 VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings PRODUCT DETAILS-Series AH2 Braided Hose Series AH4 Braided Hose • .... .., Item Description �'.....�� io:: iJ� !i! .. ..... � :r! � "�._ .. . �%. °Ll. 1 Flexible Hose r .• 2 Isolation Ring(series AH2 only) __rt,s,'; ��}}rr 3 Gasket r 14"n'firn�i .51,:'� -1 rni ,: i=:;: ' i...l.,' i .' L Fl 4 Nut i,x...._.�............_._ .,.. .-yh.4 {{'�xt;�i}» .'�7, y ,�.i:��•:ir'r,,� '�',' 5 Branch Line Nipple ? -� ` 3.•i i..,^r p .�'�\' 'a:iy3� v,%;ri ':a'% 0.�=..viM'>'n.+^' '`Y'i�S>l !1� _... — r .... . ' � ' � `1 sl ` 6 Braid ... : "Y...i 7 Collar/Weld Fittin. Series AH2 Flexible Hose-Braided(1125mm nominal diameter) Ce _iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii piiuiinulli l •I■IIsIUtj■i's^'iir'::%.o> :otwiIII 1.0--23/4-1.1 O Series AH4 Flexible Hose-Braided 11725mm nominal diameter) Standard NN� �'�IIIII rf I ��fl'�--- 5.57140 mm straight reducer optional 1111H, . I 9.0"/229 mm straight reducer ,iiII lllil 1 IiI lII hi 13.0'7330 mm straight reducer �I 6.3"/161 mm 4.87123 mm Short 90°elbow reducer Long 90°elbow reducer Note:The Short 90°elbow reducer is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the longer 90 elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS - FITTINGS 10.85 VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings VICFLEX BRACKETS STYLE AB1 A. • Suspended ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings 1 24"/610mm or4871219mm Square Bar" Y ' 2 Patented 1-Bee2.Center bracket 3 End Bracket(ad'ustable) *Both sizes FMNdS approved,cULus listed �- ��v'f" O CS STYLE AB1 ADJUSTABLE • Suspended Ceilings .% 4iji • Hard-Lid Ceilings l:l �; ItemA I Dessriphni 1 700mm or 1400mm Square Bar* 2 Patented 1-Bee''Center bracket r iI d 3 End Bracket(ad ustable) Q Both sizes FM/VdS approved. STYLE AB2 • Hard-Lid Ceilings p Qi AlpItil Item ri m 487 1 24"/610mm or 48%121919mm Square Bar" 411;11141141111111141111111011 Z Patent-Pending Center bracket 3 End Bracket(ad astable k r 49 *Both sizes FM/VdS approved. Note:5/32 or 4mm hex key required for assembly iy STYLE AB4 �. 4'�ii • Hard-Lid Ceilings with Hat furring channel grid system li Z 4, ' licm Description 1 247610mm or 4871219mm Square Bar" �'.(' '''‘ 4 �� 2 Patent-Pending Center bracket © I� li 3 Ad'ustable End Bracket for Hat Furrin.Channel _l� *Both sizes approved. .^ Note:s/„ 4mm h or 4mm hex key required for assembly � 1 1` FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS —FITTINGS 10.85 VicFlexM Sprinkler Fittings VICFLEX BRACKETS STYLE AB7 • Suspended ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings(FM Only) IP IC �l Iron D-._nl;l i,u 10 1 247610mm or 4871219mm Square Bar" 2 Patented 1-Bee-4'Center bracket ' 3 End Bracket(o•tional ad'ustable version-re•ional availabilit ) *Both sizes FM/VdS Approved. NA �e.� r 0 I 0 STYLE AB8 ` • Hard-Lid ceilings t ligl Item De,ttmtien 41 1 700mm or 1400mm Square Bar` 2 Patented 1-Bee'®Center bracket 3 End Bracket(ad ustable) *Both sizes VdS Approved •�O 0 STYLE AB9 �, ® �„ 10 • Hard-Lid ceilings with Hat furring channel grid 4.P system , ir \ \� Item Description 'C 1 247610mm or 4871219mm Square Bar " 2 Patented 1-Beeie Center bracket lr� 3 Ad'ustable End Bracket for Hat Furrin.Channel �� 'VV *Both sizes FM/VdS Approved- Ip ---,..., O y STYLE AB10 `*�� • Suspended ceilings + 4 . f� • Armstrongm TechZone [�� ,,Afir �� Item Dosc ri pliuni J`%1 � I ,I\ 4"/100mm,6"/152mm Square Bar* 2 Patented I-Bee'®Center bracket �I - \ 3 End Bracket(ad ustable) *Both sizes FM approved,cULus listed j.4# FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS—FITTINGS 10.85 VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings -----------SERIES AQB Braided Hose Assembly Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler -Clearances above ceiling tile at various center-line bend radii Hose Clearance Chart R ' See Chart Dimension ., ; Minimum Bend Radius"R" 2/50 3/80 4/100 5/125 6/150 7/175 I A ( See chart Minimum"A" 10.75/273 11.75/298.5 12.75/324 13.75/349 14.75/375 15,75/400 I'.rliiti 4) 1 gyp_ See ' Note 'U^•I t I�, � P 7/ fir-=ii.1 /.,/� " Jo i V2707%'/19 DAM MAX.RECESS ......_-._....-...... - Suspended Ceiling Grid with 90°Elbow(Long) Hose Clearance Chart 1 .___. (------: _Dimension Inches/mm A // A Min. 8 See Chart I I f 200 liiMi -'�I ,g . , 1 P 6-11 Note:Typical layout figures shown.Variations of ceiling grids and sprinkler heads are ,,�� .r A , permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. t V270774"/19 mm MAX.RECESS FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — FITTINGS 10.85 VicFIex" Sprinkler Fittings SERIES AQB Braided Hose Assembly Suspended Ceiling Grid with Hat Furring Channel i /• Hose Clearance Chart %/ R See Chart 11111111111111P Dimension - • / \ Minimum Bend Radius"R" 2/50 3/80 4/100 5/125 6/150 7/175 =_ Minimum"A" 10.3/262 11.3/287 12.3/313 13.3/338 14.3/363.5. 15.3/389 ��" A ,M. See Chart ,III ,III slims mr4 IL 'i. / — \ See Note €— IY KO 01 I Er sir 7ll N vela SY/117 mm MAX.RECESS Suspended Ceiling Grid with 90°Elbow(Short) Hose Clearance Chart 0113'�'I� ` inches/ran 8 III_ IIIII.1► A Min. 200 f- O —I MI A -�� _E,) � See Chart Ilk. I IT OI O LIU -o 1 •a Iil4t I ImigAe NOTE:Typical layout figures shown.Variations of ceiling grids and N. / sprinkler heads are permitted but may result in clearance differences v3802v;/12.7mm MAX.RECESS from the figures above. FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS—FITTINGS 10.85 VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings FLEXIBLE HOSE IN-PLANE BEND CHARACTERISTICS ONE BEND TWO BENDS THREE BENDS Minimum 2X 2X bend radius Minimum Minimum Minimum bend radius bend radius bend radius 90` OR OR Minimum Minimum bend radius bend radius Minimum Minimum bend radius bend radius Minimum bend radius Note:For out-of-plane(three-dimensional)bends,care must be taken to avoid imparting torsional stress on the hose. PROT�C7 ! PRODypTs. ITTIN ` O.O 5 FURL VicFlexTM Sprinkler Fittings MODEL NUMBER CORRELATION Series AH4 Hose Outlet Series AOB Hose Series AFB Hose Assembly Designation Size Assembly Designation Assembly Designation j AQB31HLD AFB31HLD AH4-31 3 AQB31TLD AFB31TLD +/ AQB36HLD AFB36HLD AH4-36 3/4 AQB36TLD AFB36TLD rh AQB48HLD AFB48HLD AH4-48 / AQB48TLD AFB48TLD y: AQB60HLD AFB6OHLD AH4-60 AQB6OTLD AFB6OTLD +/ AQ872HLD AFB72HLD AH4-72 AQB72TLD AFB72TLD WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. :::" : COSCO • Fire Protection Fire Prnteetinn and Life Safety Sire(inlists Section 2 . 9 Valving COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 NIBCO www.nibco.com AHEAD OF THE F I O W` Revision 5/21/2012 175 PSI WWP Bronze Globe Valves Dezincification Fire Protection Valve • Threaded Ends • Rubber Disc • Screw Over Bonnet Resistant 175 PSI/12.1 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water nv<::712 7.;c 3ifcr�`? UL LISTED ' " ° ' MATERIAL LIST Sr 't N PART SPECIFICATION 1. Handwheel Aluminum KT-65-UL 2. Handwheel Screw Carbon Steel Threaded Stainless Steel(1') 3. Stern Bronze ASTM 6584 Alloy C84400 or ASTM 6505 Alloy C84400 4. Packing Nut Bronze ASTM 6584 Alloy C83600 or ASTM B16 5. Packing Graphite Impregnated(Non Asbestos) 6. Bonnet Bronze ASTM 8584 Alloy C84400 7. Body Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 EPDM Rubber(1/4"-3/8") • 8 Seat Disc `•r • . Nitrite(1/2"-1") o 9. Seat Screw Stainless Steel P r C 10. Pack Washer Sheet Brass OPEN ,© r / s art' -OO KT-65-UL DIMENSIONS-WEIGHTS-QUANTITIES NPTx NPT Dimensions Size A B Weight Box Master In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. Qty. Ctn.Qty. 1/4 8 2.00 50 2.75 70 .48 .22 10 100 s/e 10 2.00 50 2.75 70 .45 .20 10 100 Y 15 2.28 58 3.12 79 .68 .31 10 60 s 20 2.28 58 3.12 79 .74 .34 10 60 1 25 3.12 79 4.50 114 1.68 .76 5 25 •UL Listed for Trim and Drain use(Subject 258)-sizes'".'".1'. Size 74"and Ye supplied as KT-65(Not UL Listed). NIBCO INC.WORLD HEADQUARTERS•1516 MIDDLEBURY ST.•ELKHART.IN 46516.4740•USA•PH:1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH.1 888.446 4226•FAX 1.888.336 4226•INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH:+1.574.295.3327•FAX:+1-574.2953455 NIBCO www.nibco.com AHEAD O F THE F r o W'` Revised 8/1/2003 400 lb. WWP Bronze Ball Valves Fire Protection Valve • Standard Port • Two-Piece Body • Blowout-Proof Stem • TFE Seats 400 PSI/27.6 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water ._ 4` • MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION T-580 1. Handle Nut Zinc Plated Steel Threaded 2. Handle Zinc Plated Steel Clear Chromate Plastisol Coated 3. Packing Gland Brass ASTM B 16 Alloy C36000 4. Packing TFE 5. Stem Silicon Bronze ASTM B 371 Alloy C69400 c or ASTM B 16 Alloy C36000 r., 6. Ball Brass ASTM B 16 Alloy C36000 `I or ASTM B 124 Alloy C37700 4�;; ell( /ram I i 7. Seat Rings TFE • _ _ 1 8 Body Bronze ASTM B 584 Alloy C84400 Bronze ASTM B 584 AlloyC8440D ;'" ' •�.. r 9. Body End Piece or Brass ASTM B 124 All C37700 `' t7.,. + i W or Brass ASTM B 124 AlloyC37700 � D Q1i A T-580 NPTx NPT DIMENSIONS-WEIGHTS-QUANTITIES Dimensions Size A B C D Port Weight Box Master In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. Qty. Ctn.Qty. 1/2 15 2.00 51 1.56 40 3.94 100 .38 8 .57 .26 10 60 3 20 2.28 58 1.72 44 3.94 100 .50 13 .72 .33 10 60 1 25 2.88 73 2.06 52 4.69 119 .75 19 1.25 .57 5 30 1 Y 32 3.41 87 2.31 59 4.69 119 1.00 25 1.65 .79 4 40 1 1 40 3.75 95 2.81 61 6.75 171 1.25 32 2.53 1.19 2 10 2 50 4.44 113 3.13 79 6.75 171 1.50 38 3.65 1.66 1 10 ® NIBCO INC.WORLD HEADQUARTERS•1516 MIDDLEBURY ST.•ELKHART•IN 46516-4740•USA•PH:1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH.1.888.4464226•FAX:1.888.336.4226•INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH.+1,574.295.3327•FAX:+1.574.295.3455 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE -- FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 1 0•8 1 FireLock® Butterfly Valve cor i SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR The Series 705 Butterfly Valve features a weatherproof actuator housing Approved forkill indoor or outdoor use,a ductile iron body and disc with EPDM seats. Designed for fire protection services only.Victaulic FireLock Series 705 Butterfly Valve is cULus Listed, li LPCB Listed, FM and VdS Approved for 300 psi/2068 kPa service.Contact Victaulic for details of agency approvals. • APPROVALS AND LISTINGS Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 705 Butterfly Valve 1111 2750mm up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 21/2"/65mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 76.1mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 3"/80mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 47100mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300ps1/2068kPa up to 300psV2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 57125mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 139.7mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300ps1/2068kPa 6"/150mm up to 300ps12068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300ps1/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 165.1mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psV2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 87200mm up to 300psV2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 107250mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 127300mm u.to 300•sV2068kPa u.to 300.si/2068kPa n/a u•to 300•si/2068kPa JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. _ Submitted By _ Spec Sect Para IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.81 FireLock® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12 End Face, 2-6'750- 150 mm: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12 Seal Retainer, 8- 127200-300 mm: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12 Coating: Black alkyd enamel Disc: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12,with electroless nickel coating con- forming to ASTM B-733 Seat: • Grade"E"EPDM Stems:416 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-582 Stem Seal Cartridge:C36000 brass Bearings:Stainless Steel with TFE lining Stem Seals: EPDM Stem Retaining Ring:Carbon steel Actuator: • 2-8'/50-200mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw,in a ductile iron housing • 10- 127250-300mm:Steel worm and cast iron quadrant gear,in a cast iron housing IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.8 1 FireLock® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR DIMENSIONS- Size Dimensions-Inches/millimeters <•e End to ��'�ler End A 8 C D E'""" ' " 8 DIA H 1 2' 2375 4.25 2.28 641 _ _ 4.00 4.22 4.50 2.12 c1111-N� 60 3 mm 60.3 108.0 57.9 162.8 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8 f 2�z' 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 _ _ 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 I l' 73 mm 73.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.E ID22 114.3 45.0 3.0 76.1 mm 76.1.10 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 143 45.0 FG 3' 3.500 3.77 2.53 779 _ 4.50 4.22 4.50 1.77 88.9 mm 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 - 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0 4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 _ _ 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 108 mm 108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 '' ' 4' 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 - 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 1143mm 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 •JC 0H 5.250 5.88 3.35 10.88 _ _ 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 zJp-,� I 133 mm 133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.E 157.2 160.0 65.5 5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 - - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 +---,� 139.7 mm 139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6 I 5' 5.563 5.88 3.35 10.88 - - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 `••1 141.3 mm 141 3 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 1 _ / 6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 _ 0.41 752 6.19 6.30 2.58 8 159 mm 159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 4-3�~ Li 6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 165.1 mm 1 165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 - 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 E-'"--A J..-D _..._. 6' I 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 _ 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90 Note: Optional 1/2"/15mm tap available. 168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 48.3 Contact Victaulic for details. 8' , 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33 219.1 mm 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 373 254.0 157.2 205.7 59.2 10' 10.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 12.25 8.10 9.00 _ 273 mm 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6 12" 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 2.80 14.25 8.10 9.00 _ 323.9 mm 323.9 165.1 186.9 422.7 58.4 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.6 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.81 FireLock® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 705 Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/ meters of straight pipe. e sire Actual Actual Nominal Outside Nominal Outside Size Diameter Equiv. Size Diameter Equiv. Inches Inches Feetim i Inches Inches Feet/m mm mm of Pipe ; mm mm of Pipe 2 2.375 6 6 6.625 14 50 60.3 1.8 150 168.3 4.2 21/2 2.875 6 14 159 mm 159mm 65 730 1.8 4.3 6 6.500 14 165.1 mm 76.1 mm 3.000 6.1 18 165.1 4.2 3 3.500 7 8 8.625 16 80 88.9 2.1 200 219.1 4.9 4 4.500 8 10 10.750 18 100 114.3 2A 250 273.0 5.5 ""-_ __....._._ - .. 12.750 19 108 mm 108 mm 8 12 �' 2.4 300 323.9 5.8 __... 5 5.563 12 125 141.3 3 7 133 mm 1 133 mm 12 3.7 139.7 mm 5.500 12 139.7 3.7 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE—FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.81 FireLock® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE Cv values for flow of water at+60 F/+16°C with a fully open valve are shown in the table below. For additional details, contact Victaulic. Formulas for Cv Values: AP = Q` Where: C,z Q=Flow(GPM/LPM) AP=Pressure Drop(psi/kPa) Q = C,,x �P C0=FlowCoefficient Size Cv Size C, Size C, :.1•(, . I Actual Nominal' Nominal Outside Size Diameter Inches Inches Q- Inches Inches •Inches Inches min min , (Full Open) mm mm (Full Open) rem mm (Full Open). 2 2.375 170 5 5.563 1200 8 8.625 60.3 125 : 141.3 200 219.1 3400 65 73 0 260 133 mm 133 mm 1200 10 10.750 5800 _.. ._...._ 250 2730 76.1 mm 3.000 260 139.7 mm 5.500 1200 12 12.750 76.1 139.7 300 323.9 9000 3 3.500 6 6.625 80 88.9 440 1800 _._._.__.... 150 168.3 4 . 4.500 100 114.3 820 159 mm 159 mm 1800 108 mm 108 mm 820 165.1 mm 6'5.1 1800 165.1 Formulas for Kv Values: OP = Q' Where: I(,' AP=Pressure Drop(psi) K =Flow Coefficient Q = I(,x 7 Size K., Size' K Size K Actual 1 Actual I Actual Nominal Outside Nominal Outside Nominal Outside Size ! Diameter Size Diameter Size Diameter Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches mm I mm (Full Open) mm mm (Full Open) mm mm (Full Open) 2.375 5 5.563 8 8.625 2 60.3 147 1040 725 141.3 200 219.1 2940 21/2 2.875 10 65 73.0 10.70 225 133 mm 133 mm 1040 250 27350 5020 76.1 mm 7600 225 139.7 mm j 5.500 1040 12 12.750 7790 139.7 300 323.9 3 3.500 6 6.625 80 88.9 380 1560 __. 150 168.3 4 4.500 - _- 100 114.3 710 159 min 159 min 1560 108 mm 108 mm 710 165.1 mm 6.5.1 165.1 1560 • IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.81 FireLock® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR SWITCH AND WIRING 1.The supervisory switch contains two single pole,double throw, pre-wired switches. 2.Switches are rated: 10 amps® 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps @ 125 VDC 0.25 amps CP 250 VDC 3.Switches supervise the valve in the"OPEN"position. 4.One switch has two#18 insulated wires per terminal,which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below).The second switch has one#18 insulated wire per termi- nal.This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations, such as an indicating light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve is installed. 5.A#14 insulated ground lead(green)is provided. Switch#1 =S1 For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel Switch#2=S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction Normally Closed:(2) Blue S1 Common:(2)Yellow Normally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe S2 Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common:Yellow with Orange Stripe RV'lI'Nl g,l/ FINE PIMA III FN NEXT IF LNLI�i(,N , CU'RW%NUSI (`RNf%11lJICAI(IN Cn1ClI , ' $l'F4PWUNY _ .IP.CJII CONTACT MTN, la AT IY-AYIt ®I (CWNFICA'NlCllFS zay� CS/A1115YP, = Q:S AI iN+VDC EWE , VT:':hV15 (N1 VW. Switch 1:!lead,pier el,nlnai Switch T:1 lead pair Terminal NOTE: The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal(yellow-S1 and yellow-with-orange stripe-52)and the normally closed terminal (blue-S1 and blue-with-orange stripe-S2). In this example,the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open. When the valve is fully open,the indicator light and alarm will go out.Cap off any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe). Only S1 (two leads per terminal)may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70(NEC). IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTEC I r ' Firel cck® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the installation sheet included with the valve.Verify you have the latest revision by visiting our website at www.victaulic.com. Further reference can be found in the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook. tPl pots ' •, i s 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves 0 aOe LPCB SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS SERIES 717 Series 717 FireLock check valve is a CAD-developed design that is hydrodynamically efficient. 4011 . A totally rubber encapsulated disc on 4-12.100-300mm sizes provides superior corrosion resistance.This single disc design incorporates a spring assisted feature for non-slamming operation. For systems requiring a Riser Check option refer to publication 10.09. The 47100mm and larger sizes are provided with upstream and downstream drains and a welded-in nickel seat design.All sizes of Series 717 can be installed in the vertical or horizontal position to provide leak-free sealing under conditions as low as five feet of head. Each valve is factory tested to 500psi/3440kPa. Grooved ends allow fast,easy installation with just two Victaulic couplings or the valve may be mounted to flanged(ANSI CL.150)equipment using either to Victaulic Style 741 Vic-Flange® or Style 744 FireLock flange adapters on either end. Approval/Listing Service Pressures ,Sirs, ULC UL 21765mm up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 250ps1/1725kPa up to 17bar/246.5psi - _ --- 76.1mm - - - up to 17bar/246.5psi up to 16bar/232•si _ 3780mm up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 250psi/1725kPa - up to 17bar/246.5psi up to_16bar/232psi 47100mm up to 350psi/2413kPa ' up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 350psi/2413kPa up to 17bar/246.5psi up to 16bar/232•si 5%125mm up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 17bar/246.5psi up to 16bar/232psi 139.7mm - - - up to 17bar/246.5psi up to 16bar/232psi 67150mm up to 350psi/2413kPa up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 350psV2413kPa up to 17bar/246.5psi up to 16bar/232•sl ---- 165.1mm - - - up to 17bar/246.5psi 8/200mm up to 350psi/2413kPa _up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 350psi2413kPa up to 17bar/246.5psi up to l6bar/232psi 107250mm up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 17bar/246.5psi u•to 16bar/232psi 12"/300mm u•to 250•si/1725kPa up to 250psi/1725kPa up to250psi/1725kPa up to 17bar/246.5psi u•to l6bar/232•si DIMENSIONS 14- Size Dimensions-Inches/millimeters Wgt.Ea. A Approx. ' Actual 0 1 [ Nominal Outside Ill 'ill Size Diameter L Inches Inches E to E rem mm A B C D E I J K P R kg ',, TYPICAL 2•fe-3"/65-SO MM 3.6 2Y: 2.875 3.88 4.26 3.57 - _ - - - - tt 65 73.0 99 108 91 1.6 -r(t R N-A© ? --- mm 3.000 3.88 4.26 3.57 - - _ _ 3.6 76.1 mm 376.1 99 108 91 1.6 j - - vd __-80__- 88.917 108 129 106 - - - - - - 4.5 2.0 101111144 4 4.500 9.63 6.00 3.88 2.75 3.50 2.00 4.50 3.50 3.35 20.0 100 114.3 245 152 99 70 89 51 114 89 85 9.1 114T-K-JBJ' . 0 5 5.563 10.50 6.80 4.50 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27.0 125 141.3 267 173 114 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 CD '/z"NPT Upstream Drain - - - O 'h"NPT Downstream Drain 139.7mm 5.500 10.50 6.80 4.50 _ 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27-0 139.7 267 173 114 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 a 2'NPT(Drain Optional) 6 6.625 11.50 8.00 5.00 - 4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0 TYPICAL 4-B"/100-200MM 150 168.3 292 203 127 114 61 169 120 99 17.2 A----ry 165.1 mm 6.500 11.50 8.00 5.00 - 4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0 r 165.1 292 203 127 114 61 169 120 99 17.2 `�� II III II 8 8.625 14.00 9.8B 6.06 5.05 5.65 2.15 8.85 5.65 5.75 64.0 UI200 219.1 356 251 154 128 144 55 225 144 146 29.0 10 10.750 17.00 12.00 7.09 5.96 6.69 2.15 10.92 6.73 100.0 I Ill 250 273.0 432 305 180 151 170 55 277 171 45.4 N-K---sl tA.I i 0 12 12.750 19.50 14.00 8.06 6.91 7.64 2.51 12.81 7.73 - 140.0 8 -1.-J:f 300 323.9 495 356 205 176 194 64 925 196 63.5 O'h"NPT Upstream Drain ®'h"NPT Downstream Drain TYPICAL 10-12"/250-300 MM JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. 2 1-3765-80mm sizes PPS coated. 4- 127100-300mm sizes painted black enamel. Body Seat: 21/2-3"/65-80mm sizes PPS coated.4-127100-300mm integrally welded on nickel alloy. Disc Seal or Coating: • Grade"E" EPDM EPDM(Green color code).Temperature range-30°F to+230F/-34°C to+110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids,oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold+86°F/+30°C and hot+180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Discs: • 21/2-3"/65-80mm Aluminum bronze conforming to ASTM B-148 with Grade"E" Seal. • 4- 12'7100-300mm ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12,fully encapsulated in Grade"E" elastomer. Shaft: 21/2-3765-80mm Type 416 stainless steel.4-12"/100-300mm Type 316 stainless steel. Spring:All sizes Type 302/304 stainless steel. Shaft Plug:21/2-3765-80mm only;SAE Hex Socket Type conforming to ASTM A-576,cadmium plated to military specifications QQ-P-416A,class 3 type 2.4-127100-300mm only;carbon steel zinc plated to ASTM B-633. Pipe Plug:4-127100-300mm only;carbon steel zinc plated to ASTM B-633. IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 FLOW CHARACTERISTICS The chart below expresses the flow of water at 65N=/18M through a full open valve. 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 F FF FE 'fib ^q b • 2.0 ro a ti a h e O 1.0 0.9 0 0.8 w 0.7 j 0.6 O 05 w 0.4 K 0.3 0.2 0.1 10 20 30 40 5060 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,090 20,000 800 3,000 8,000 FLOW RATE-G.P.M. • IN STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 1 0.08 FirpILock® Check Valves SERIES 717 INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II IIIIIIIIIIIII COSCO Fire Protection ��lr�rinn turd Life Sufetl, Spetiulists Section 2 . 16 Integral Inspector ' s Alarm Test and S stem D rain Y COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free: 800-983-6383 Model 1011A TESTANDRAIN® Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve for Systems Requiring Pressure Relief Valve i TEST 0 0 • S•;vKE IPUSH d. 0 xC Sizes: 34" 1" VA" 11 " 2rfl The AGF Model 1011A TESTANDRAIN® provides the test and express drain functions for wet fire sprinkler systems on multi-story installations requiring pressure relief(NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R).The Model 1011A features a Model 7000 Pres- sure Relief Valve with drain pipe. The Model 1011A is available in a full range of sizes (3/4" to 2") with NPT connections (BSPT available). The Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve (UL/FM)features a flushing handle and a 175 PSI factory rating (other pressure ratings available). • Complies with NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R Requirements • Compact, Single-Handle Ball Valve • Tamper-Resistant Test Orifice and Sight Glasses • 300 PSI rated. • Specifiable orifice sizes: 3/8" (2.8K), 7/1s" (4.2K), 1/" (5.6K), 17/32" (8.0K), %" (11.2K, ELO), 3/4" (14.0K, ESFR), and K25 • Relieves Excess System Pressure caused by Surges or Temperature Changes • Shipped with Relief Valve and Bypass Drain Ports Plugged to Expedite Pressure Testing • Locking Kit Available Repair kits are available for all TESTANDRAIN® valves. Kit includes: Adapter Gasket (1), Ball (1), Valve Seats (2), Stem Packing (1), and Stem Washer (1). Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90%and 105%of their rating.The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure above 80%of that rating.The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for maintenance.Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNOT be isolated from the system when the system is operational.A relief valve should NEVER have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility SS-M1011 A_V001-2019 8/19 TESTANDFAIN5 is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. GDRAIN®Model 1011A TESTAN F co LISTED APPROVES 44› Model 1011A 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve, Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve Factory Rated at 175 PSI with other setting available Dimensions Model 1011A - Front View SIZE A B C D E F G H A E { I INLET 3A., 79/1s" 11h" 2�6" 35/6" 33/6" 1t3/16" 4�6" 63/s" �I = (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) O TO F • I' 1" 79A6" 11/" 23/16" 3s/6" 33/6" 113/16" 4V16" 63/e" DRAIN1 /nT :'0r il(191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) HI. �� :� 11/4" 71�6" 111/16" 29/16" 41/4" 3`a/8" 1156" 59/1s" 71�" i r4 . ::__ it(201 mm) (43 mm) (65 mm) (108 mm) (91 mm) (51 mm) (141 mm) (192 mm) 1 y2" 813/46" 113/is" 31A" 51/2s" 37/6" 24" 81/4" 101/2" (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) �. 2„ 815/16" 113/16" 31/4" 51/16" 37/s" 25/s" 81/4" 10/8" Model 1011A - Plan View (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) A The Model 1011A provides the following... TO 1 B fflej From the 2019 Edition of NFPA 13 DRAIN I Chapter 16.10.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. + jLJri'll". Chapter 16.10.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s)- 1 t • v�J� &16.10.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 16.10.4.2. I... Chapter 16.10.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.16.4.1 (Wet Pipe System)test connection is permitted to terminate into a Orifice Sizes drain capable of accepting full flow... using an approved sight test 3/e", V,6", y", 17/32",3/4" ELO', connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice 3/a" ESFR",and K25" giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 16.14.1.2 The test connection valve shall be accessible. Materials Chapter 16.14.1.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location... downstream of Handle Steel the waterflow alarm. Stem Rod Brass Chapter 16.14.2.1 (Dry Pipe System)a trip test connection not less than 1" in Ball C.P. Brass diameter,terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice, Body Bronze to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Valve Seat Impregnated Teflon's Chapter 16.14.2.2 The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less Indicator Plate Steel than 1",at least one of which shall be brass. Relief Valve Bronze Chapter 8.1.2.1 -a wet pipe system shall be provided with a listed relief valve not less than 1/2" in size and set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in Bypass Bypass Fittings Brass Tubing Nylobraid excess of the maximum system pressure,whichever is greater. Chapter 16.9.8.3` A listed relief valve of not less than y" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure-reducing valve set to operate at Approvals a pressure not exceeding rated pressure of the components of the UL and ULC Listed: system. (EX4019&EX4533) �� Chapter A.16.9.8.3 -consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the FM Approved �� (pressure relief)valve NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM MADE IN USA Patent # 4741361 and Other Patents Pending AGAGF Manufacturing Inc. Job Name: 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355Phone Architect: F Fax:61 -240-610-240-4900 610-240-4906 Engineer: I www.testandrain.com Contractor: 'Available on 1'/4"to 2"size units only•"Available on 1 yr"and 2"size units only data sha %-i} ARGCO GUARANTEED Fire Sprinkler Pressure Gauges I ' RZS3 f tpD 0-300 psi water 1.1 f j� 225 ;: 0-300 psi air 0-300 psi air/water ��y 25 Fib � 340 4f If �S w fk ar=f i ( 3. fl" Application: Fluid medium which does not clog connection port or corrode copper alloy. Specifically designed for the fire sprinkler industry. Size: 4" (100 mm) Accuracy ±3/2/3%of span- 11/2 (ASME B40.1 Grade B) Working Range Steady: 3/4 of full scale value Fluctuating: 2/3 of full scale value Short time:full scale value Approvals UL listed (UL-393) Operating Temperature FM approved Ambient:-40°F to 140°F(-40°C to 60°C) Media: max. 140°F(+60°C) Standard Scale Temperature Error PSI Additional error when temperature changes from reference temperature of 68°F (20°C)+0.4%for every 18° F(10°C) rising or falling. Percentage of span. Window Standard Features Acrylic, ultrasonically welded to case Connection Material:copper alloy Standard Series •Type 110.10sp Lower mount(LM)-not available for 11/2 size 1/4" NPT limited to wrench flat area Bourdon Tube: Material:copper alloy C-type Order Options Movement:Copper alloy, silicone dampened water Dia:White plastic with stop pin-black&red lettering air/water Pointer: Black aluminum air Case: Black polycarbonate The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use,or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM ,••••••• COSCO Fire Protection Fire Protection and life Safety Spe4 iuli�t� Section 2 . 18 Water Flow Alarm Vane Type COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 VSR PPOTTER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD UL,CUL and CSFM Listed,FM Approved,LPCBApproved,For CE Marked(EN12259-5)I VdS Approved model use VSR-EU Service Pressure: 450 PSI(31 BAR)-UL Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM(15-38 LPM)-UL Maximum Surge: 18 FPS(5.5 mis) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT(Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30V DC Resistive 1 — 10 mAmps min.at 24VDC s Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2"conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable tilio for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: • NEMA 4/1P54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fitting. • Temperature Range: 40°F-120°F,(4.5°C-49°C)-UL • Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-l3 Specifications subject to change without notice. One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Ordering Information Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number 2" DN50 VSR-2 1144402 21/2" DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425 ns . col�� ►'•-‘. 3" DN80 VSR-3 1144403 • Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in 3 1/2" - VSR-3 1/2 1144435 accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. • Shock hazard.Disconnect power source before servicing.Serious 4" DN100 VSR-4 1144404 injury or death could result. 5" _ VSR-5 1144405 • Risk of explosion.Not for use in hazardous locations.Serious 6" DN150 VSR-6 1144406 injury or death could result. 8" DN200 VSR-8 1144408 CAUTION Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit,stock no.0090148 Replaceable Components:Retard/Switch Assembly,stock no.1029030 Waterflow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterflow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air,or short retard times. General Information Enclosure The Model VSR is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2"thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm).LPC screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 nun thru 200 mm). See Ordering cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used Information chart. to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. systems.The VSR contains two single pole,double throw,snap action switches and an adjustable,instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM(38 LPM)or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-1211/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401146-REV L PAGE 1 OF 4 3/09 P POTFTERVSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW e The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Installation (see Fig. 1) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 mm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow or within 24"(60 mm)of a valve or drain. NOTE:Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill(see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole;do not bend or crease it.Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow.Take care not to damage the non-corrosive bushing in the saddle.The bushing should fit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque (see the chart in Fig. 1).The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. A CAUTION Do not trim the paddle.Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device from operating and will void the warranty. Fig.1 I I Retard Adjustment DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR ��II� o ANEXTENDEDPEAJOD OF TIME The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from , � 0 to the max setting(60-90 seconds).The time delay should be set at l� the minimum required to prevent false alarms 'III I. CSJ' �IIh ALTERNATELY "%' li'1 CAUTION ��11 ,I110,f ' Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered. /I UV Refer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size. /` Correct Incorrect MOUNT ON PIPE SO . ARROW ON SADDLE V POINTS DIRECTION 4143 3 1.00� OF WATERFLOW V V Oil MIL1-1 11 ROLL PADDLE IN Wir DIRECTION O . _.j 4* F OPPOSITE DIRECTION ADAPTERDAPTER WATERFLOW I OF WATERFLOW `1 \ (Flowing water activates. k-- 2amro+2vun MAX. \ device in one direction only.) DN50 ONLY '� USE(2)5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE ]IyG 11�6-11 Two.IIGrvIF Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements Model Nominal Pipe Nominal Pipe Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size U-Bolt Nuts Size O.D. Schedule 10(UL) Schedule 40(UL) BS-1387(LPC) DN(VDS) Torque inch mm inch mm inch mm inch rum inch nun inch mm inch rum ft-lb n-m VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 0.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 VSR-2 1/2 2.5 - 2.875 73.0 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 - - - - 1.25+.125/-.062 33.0+2.0 VSR-2 1/2 - DN65 3.000 76.1 - - - 0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DNRO 3.500 88.9 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 VSR-3 1/2 3.5 - 4.000 101.6 0.120 3.05 0.226 5.74 - - - 20 27 VSR-4 4 DNI00 4.500 114.3 0.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2 VSR-5 5 - 5.563 ]41.3 0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 - - - - 2.00t.125 50.8t2o VSR-6 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0 VSR-8 R DN200 8.625 219.1 0.148 3.76 0.322 R.18 0.248 6.3 0.177 4.5 NOTE:For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401146-REV L PAGE 2 OF 4 3/09 • P POTTER VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW e The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Fig,2 Fig.3 Fig.4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping To remove knockouts:Place screwdriver at Break out thin section of cover when Plate Terminal inside edge of knockouts,not in the center. wiring both switches from one conduit 44111., entrance. " - 1 Ad raj • I ir �O N �� ,,,,„.., G Cyr [MC P146 16 'v \�� An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped 1 t r- ��\��/ ':'-''' -`' i�i _�[�:; around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The �\ 0%y wire must be severed,thereby providing supervision of the I� connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under NOTICE = the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device Do not drill into the base as this creates '/ inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. metal shavings which can create �1111110 Do not strip wire beyond 3/8"of length or expose an uninsulated electrical hazards and damage the conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block.When using device.Drilling voids the warranty. stranded wire,capture all strands under the clamping plate. Fig.5 Typical Electrical Connections II _ ml Notes: �. II• I POWER SOURCE L 1i;•+t, SUITABLE FOR BELL 1. The Model VSR has two switches,one can be used to operate a central = 19 station,proprietary or remote signaling unit,while the other contact = II ' �. 1=-`, ��1 no' • . . pe lllg mu. a MI) i��o i•• is used too rate a local audible or visual annunciator. —n 2. A condition of LPC Approval of this product is that the electrical I 1 �• IN II entry must be sealed to exclude moisture. 1'+', WATERFLOW ZONE 3. For supervised circuits,see"Switch Terminal Connections" i`= �^T,. III EOLR ON FIRE PANEL 1;-� drawing and warning note(Fig.4). y 11 1 `+ Testing The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction(manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided,the inspector's test valve shall always be used for test purposes.If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system,application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM(38 LPM)is required to activate this device. NOTICE Advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. Fig.7 Mounting Dimensions 5.56 in Fig.8 3.50 in 200 in (141.2mm) GREEN GROUND -(89.0 mm) (50.8 mm) A SCREWS 2.34 inIII �� (59.4 mm)� /�pa ,I 41111 iFS DIA. EPEE - l��ff-- U-BOLT NUT +5.25 in _ U-BOLT WASHER PIPE SADDLE \ICI 1111/1" - om ■ q�,I �PIPE own uwe-N :' PLASTIC PADDLE ' =� � - U-BOLT NOMINAL PIPE DIA..1.75 in(+44.5 MM)FOR DN 50-DN 65 2-2.5 in 0 owo Wr.-u - NOMINAL PIPE DIA.+2.125 in(+54.0 MM)FOR DN AO-DN 200 3-8 in PRINTED IN USA MFG.45401146-REV L PAGE 3 OF 4 3/09 PPOTTER VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Maintenance Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterflow switch should provide years of trouble-free service, The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable.In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly,please order replacement retard switch assembly stock#1029030(see Fig.6).There is no maintenance required,only periodic testing and inspection. Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement(See Fig.6) NOTICE The Retard/Switch Assembly is field-replaceable without draining the system removing or removing the waterflow switch from the pipe 1. Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterflow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service. 2. Disconnect the power source for local bell(if applicable). 3. Identify and remove all wires from the waterflow switch. 4. Remove the(2)mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base.Do not remove the(2)retard housing screws. 5. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem. 6. Install the new retard assembly.Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base. 7. Re-install the(2)original mounting screws. 8. Reconnect all wires.Perform a flow test and place the system back in service. Fig.6 REMOVE(2)ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO BASE I BREAKOUTTHIN SECTION OFCOVER WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. (2)ORIGINAL MOUNTING rSCREWS RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY t �I .111111.111M - / \ �i / (2)LOCATING PINS 1 i DO NOT REMOVE�" i MI (2)LOCATING PIN-\ I ' (2)RETARD HOUSING ! ; ■ N''�'- ,•"....... BOSSES IN BASE SCREWS jl�`/�' __!) tlli 11 I- II III fi_ 11 `` same 'lc), �1 ,i►• DWG#1146-10 Removal of Waterfow Switch • To prevent accidental water damage,all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterflow detectors are removed or replaced. • Turn off electrical power to the detector,then disconnect wiring. • Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. • Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers,roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterflow detector saddle. • Lift detector clear of pipe. PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401146-REV L PAGE 4 OF 4 3/09 I COSCO I Fire Protection I he 1'rntr<riot, trod Life Safety 5petlutists Section 2 . 19 Exterior Alarm COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 P POTTER BELLS The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC UL,ULC,and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6"(150mm),8"(200mm)and 10"(250mm) Voltages Available: 24VAC f 120VAC 12VDC(10.2 to 15.6)Polarized 24VDC(20.4 to 31.2)Polarized Service Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm ¢ , . _ Environment: Indoor or outdoor use(See Note 1) -40°to 150°F(-40°to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells-4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells-Terminal strip ODLO © Finish: Red powder coating * Optional: Model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire,burglar or general Notes: signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel 1. Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure ratings.The unit mounts on a standard 4"(101 mm)square electrical box measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX-1 Standard 464. UL temperature range is-30°to 150°F(-34°to 66°C). deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof 2. Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a backbox model BBK-1,Stock No. 1500001. conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. 3. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. Size inches Voltage Model Stock Current Typical dB at Minimum dB at (nun) Number Number (Max.) 10 ft.(3m)(2) 10 ft.(3m)(1) 6(150) 12VDC MBA126 1750070 .12A 85 76 8(200) 12VDC MBA128 1750080 .12A 90 77 10(250) 12VDC MBA1210 1750060 .12A 92 78 6(150) 24VDC MBA246 1750100 .06A 87 77 8(200) 24VDC MBA248 1750110 .06A 91 79 10(250) 24VDC MBA2410 1750090 .06A 94 80 6(150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8(200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10(250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .17A 94 78 6(150) 120VAC PBA1206 1806120* .05A 92 83 8(200) 120VAC PBA1208 1808120* .05A 99 84 10(250) 120VAC PBA12010 1810120* .05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. *Does not have ULC listing. 111, A WAR N'N c In outdoor or wet installations,bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox,BBK-1 or BBX-1.Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure.If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture,it may fail or create an electrical hazard Potter Electric Signal Company,LLC•2081 Craig Road,St.Louis,MO,63146-4161•Phone:800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833•www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5400776-REV Y PAGE 1 OF 2 5/08 P POTTER BELLS The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC Bells Dimensions Inches(mm) Wiring(rear view) Fig. 1 Fig.3 A.C.BELLS 10"{ rj WHIr[IINIAli WHITE(OUT) (250) 8" (20(1) 6.. FROM CONTROL PI PANEL OR (150) PRECEDING BELL '1 \ rBLACK(CV) _ BLACK(OUT/ CAUTION: WHEN ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWN. (68) DWOI 776-1 NOTES: I.WHEN USING AC BELLS.TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELY AFTER LAST BELL. 1,END-OF-LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ON AC BEI I.S. DW'G#3763 Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches(mm) Fig.2 FACP r_i_ Box has one threaded 1/2"conduit entrance 4¢ rt -- III (146) O 3(86) (127) To Next Device or End-of-Line L _ • Resistor �� L ` 1 NB'. [.._ 3 3/e" (41) (86) 4 I/4" MOP na] (MD Installation 1. The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13,72,or local AHJ.The top of the device shall be no less than 90"AFF and not less than 6"below the ceiling. • 2. Remove the gong. 3. Connect wiring(see Fig.3). )1111P:a 4. Mount bell mechanism to backbox(bell mechanism must be �D mounted with the striker pointing down). 5. Reinstall the gong(be sure that the gong positioning pin,in the mechanism housing,is in the hole in the gong). �5'� 6. Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can BBX-I I. be heard where required(bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). fir! WARN Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating. PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5400776-REV Y PAGE 2 OF 2 5/08 '-•••••: COSCO Fire Protection t f� Safety Specialists Section 2 .20 Dry-Pipe Valve System COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 Worldwide www.tyco-fire.com triciat Contacts Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve External Resetting General Description The TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves are differential valves used to • automatically control the flow of water i into dry pipe fire protection sprinkler systems upon operation of one or more automatic sprinklers. The DPV-1 also provides for actuation of fire alarms t ' r upon system operation. The Model ' • t. DPV-1 features are as follows: • • External reset. • 250 psi(17,2 bar)pressure rating. • Unique offset single clapper design enabling a simple compact valve to minimize installation labor. • Ductile iron construction to ensure Available Sizes and End Connections a lightweight valve to minimize ship- ping cost. Nominal Valve Size • A variety of inlet and outlet End Connection 2-1/2 in. 3 in. 4 in. 6 in. connections. (DN65) (DN80) (DN100) (DN150) • Compact, Pre-Trimmed, and Semi- Flange x Flange N/A N/A Assembled, easy to operate valve Flange x Groove N/A N/A • • trim. Groove x Groove • • Simple reset procedure through the •=Available elimination of priming water. N/A=Not Available Dry pipe sprinkler systems are used in unheated warehouses, parking NOTICE Dry Pipe Valve garages, store windows, attic The Model DPV-1 DryPipe Valves The TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe spaces, loading docks, and otherValves shall be installed in the verti- areas exposed to freezing tempera- described herein must be installed cal orientation only (supply at bottom tures, where water filled pipe cannot and maintained in compliance with flowing upward)and are rated for use at be utilized. When set for service, the this document, as well as with the a maximum service pressure of 250 psi dry pipe sprinkler system is pressor applicable standards of the National (17,2 bar). Valve and trim dimensions ized with air (or nitrogen). The loss of Fire Protection Association,in addition are shown in Figure 6. pressure through an operated auto- to the standards of any other authori- matic sprinkler in response to heat ties having jurisdiction.Failure to do so Flanged connections are available may impair the performance of these and drilled per ANSI, ISO,AS, and JIS from a fire permits the DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve to open and allow a flow of devices. specifications as shown in Table A. water into the sprinkler system piping. The owner is responsible for main- The grooved outlet connections, as Table B establishes the minimum taming their fire protection system s standard are cut inaccordance with required system air pressure that and devices in proper operating con- steed pip groove are specifications for for includes a safety factor to help prevent dition. Contact the installing contrac- witheal pipe. They pipeuitable for use false operations that might occur due for or product manufacturer with any are groovedtedorend couplingse protec- to - water supply fluctuations. questions. listed or approved for fire tion system service. Available• combi- nations of inlet and outlet connections Technical Data are described in the Ordering Proce- IMPORTANT dure section and in the Available End Refer to Technical Data Sheet Approvals Connection and Sizes table on page 1. TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to UL and C-uL Listed regulatory and health information. FM Approved Trim port connections of valves having NYC Approved flanges drilled to ANSI,AS,or JIS spec- Page 1 of 20 DECEMBER 2020 TFP1020 TFP1020 Page 2 of 20 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REF. 1 Valve Body 1 NR 2 Air and Water Seat 1 NR 3 Handhole Cover...1 NR 4 Handhole Cover Gasket 1 (b) 1110 11 5 1/2-13 UNC x 1"Hex Head Cap Screw: �� e&3 Inch 12 Valves 5 CH 6 4 Inch Valve 6 CH — 6 Clapper 1 (a) / C)l 13 7 Clapper Facing.. ..1 (a)or(b) �a 7 RESET 8 Clapper Facing `\ CLAPPER 14 PLUNGER Retaining Plate... .1 (a) \\ _ ASSEMBLY Q� PARTS 9 2-1/2 and 3 Inch Valves: 4/ 8 1/4"x 3/8'Long \V� 15,18 #10-32 Shoulder �` 9111 Screw 5 (a) � I 16 41nch Valve: 1/4-20 UNC x 1/2" Socket Head Cap 17 Screw 7 (a) 10 Clapper Hinge 1 Pin 1 (a) 11 Reset Knob 1 (c)or(d) 12 Reset Spring 1 (c) tilkiil 13 Reset Bushing . ... 1 (c) 14 Reset Bushing O-Ring 1 (b),(c)or(e) 15 0ese Plunger O-Ring 1 (b)or(c) 16 Reset Plunger 1 (c) 17 Reset Latch Subassembly 1 (c) _a, 18 Dow Corning FS3452 Flourosilicone C 1 Grease,1.5 g 1 (b)or(c) / 4If NR: Not Replaceable c � 2 3 CH:Common Hardware " 0 REPLACEMENT PARTS Jj 4,O NO.DESCRIPTION P/N ` / ® 4,O (a) Clapper Assembly Includes Items 6-10: 0 2-1/2 Si 3 Inch Valves. . 92-312-2-203 r 4 Inch Valve 92-312-2-403 �� ® (b) Repair Parts Kit ��e 0 Includes Items 10 � 4,7, 14,15,&18: 5 2-1/2&3 Inch Valves. . 92-312-1-204 4 Inch Valve 92-312-1-404 (c) Reset Plunger Parts Kit Includes Items 11-18.. 92-312-1-405 (d) Reset Knob,Item 11.. . 92-312-1-406 (e) Reset Plunger 0-Ring,Item 15 92-312-1-407 FIGURE 1 - PART 1 OF2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE 2-1/2, 3, AND 4 INCH(DN65, DN80, DN100)ASSEMBLIES TF1020 Page 3 of 20 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REP.PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REP.PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REP.PART 1 Valve Body 1 NR 5 Socket Head Cap 8 Hex Head Cap Screw 2 Air and Water Screw 5/8-11 UNC x 1".. .6 CH Seat 1 NR 3/8-16 UNC x 1 . ..8 NR 9 Clapper 1 (a) 3 Water Seal 6 Handhole Cover.. .1 NR 10 Clapper Facing... .1 (a)or(b) 0-Ring 1 NR 7 Handhole Cover 11 Clapper Facing 4 Air Seal 0-Ring.. ..1 NR Gasket 1 (b) Retaining Plate....1 (a) 12 Socket Head Cap 4N Screw / lb 1/4-20 UNC x 1/2':.9 (a) 14 13 Clapper Hinge Pin..1 (a) 14 Reset Knob 1 (c)or(d) 15 Reset Spring 1 (c) \ \„ 9 15 16 Reset Bushing ....1 (c) . _____„---„..„1:,,,,,,, ,` ' 17 Reset Bushing -----____ t - 10 Cl 16 0-Ring 1 (b), (c)or(e) CLAPPER 18 Reset Plunger / 0-Ring 1 (b)or(c) vn RESET �s � -a 11 ASSEMBLY 17 PLUNGER 19 Reset Plunger 1 (c) — 1 PARTS 20 Reset Latch / 9 18,21 Subassembly 1 (c) o 12 ..mod 21 Dow Corning FS3452 Flourosilicone 19 Grease,1.5 g 1 (b)or(c) o NR:Not Replaceable 20 CH:Common Hardware REPLACEMENT PARTS ��g ��' NO. DESCRIPTION P/N (a) Clapper Assembly Includes Items 9-13... 92-312-2-603 (b) Repair Parts Kit 2 ` o Includes Items 1 7,10,17,18,21 92-312-1-604 (1 :::------.l� (c) Reset Plunger Parts Kit/ ��\� Includes Items 14-21 . . 92-312-1-405 4/ f —� �� (d) Reset Knob,Item 14.. . 92-312-1-406 �� O (e) Reset Plunger '�� ` � 0-Ring,Item 18 92-312-1-407 Ill 411011 �I\ ��. 4 pang 4 1 o\��\ 5 1 „ II 6 0 0111110:0„, **** ------- -6, -- , „-,>,0 1 13 -WOO 1 o 0 kC FIGURE 1 -PART 2 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE 6 INCH(DN150)ASSEMBLY TFP1020 Page 4 of 20 Flange Drilling Specification Dim.A Nominal Dimensions in Inches and(mm)Nominal Bolt Circle Valve ANSI B16.11 ISO 7005-2 JIS B 2210 AS 2129 /o^` Diameter Size (Class 125) (PN16)2 (10K) (Table E) Dim. Dim. Qty. Dim. Dim. Qty. Dim. Dim. Qty. Dim. Dim. Qty. o o Dim.B A B N A B N A B N A B N I ) Bolt Hole 4 in. 7.50 0.75 7.09 0.75 6.89 0.59 7.00 0.71 c o Diameter (DN100) (190,5) (19,0) 8 (180,0) (19,0) 8 (175,0) (15,0) 8 (178,0) (18,0) 8 ©-� Qty.N 6 in. 9.50 0.88 9.45 0.91 (�9,0) 8 (235,0) (22 0) 8 Number of (DN150) (241,3) (22,2) 8 (240,0) (23,0) 8 (240,0) Bolt Holes 1. Drilling same as ANSI B16.5(Class 150)and ANSI 616.42(Class 150) 2. Drilling same as BS 4504 Section 3.2(PN16)and DIN 2532(PN16). TABLE A SELECTION OF FLANGE DRILLING SPECIFICATIONS ifications are NPT threaded per ANSI Pre-trimmed valve assemblies also 4 in.(DN100)FxF 77 lb(36 kg) Standard B1.20.1. Trim port connec- include the following equipment: 6 in.(DN150)GxG 95 lb(44 kg) tions of valves having flanges drilled • Model BFV-300 butterfly valve 6 in.(DN150)FxG 1o8lb(50 kg) to ISO are available either threaded per ISO 7-1 or NPT threaded per ANSI • Figure 577 grooved coupling 6 in.(DN150)FxF 121 lb(56 kg) Standard B1.20.1. Valves with NPT • PS10-2 waterflow alarm switch Air Supply threaded ports will readily accept the • PS40-2 low airpressure alarm switch Table B shows the system air pres- trim arrangements shown in Parts 2 sure requirements as a function of the and 3 of Figures 3,4,and 5. Order the above equipment sepa- water supply pressure.The air(or nitro- Model DPV-1 Valve assemblies are rately when ordering trim packages gen) pressure in the sprinkler system shown in Figure 1.The Body and Hand- separately. is recommended to be automatically hole Cover are ductile iron.The Hand- Note: When the system pressure is maintained by using one of the follow- hole Cover Gasket is neoprene, and greater than 175 psi(12,1 bar),provision ing pressure maintenance devices, as the Clapper Facing is EPDM. The Air/ shall be made to replace the standard appropriate: Water Seat Ring is brass, the Clapper order 300 psi(20,7 bar)Water Pressure • Model AMD-1 Air Maintenance is bronze or aluminum bronze,and both gauge with a separately ordered 600 Device(pressure reducing type) the Clapper Retaining Plate and Latch psi(41,4 bar) Water Pressure Gauge. are bronze.The Hinge Pin is aluminum • Model AMD-2 Air Maintenance bronze,and the fasteners for the Hand- Weights Device(compressor control type) hole Cover are carbon steel. The following are the nominal weights • Model AMD-3 Nitrogen for Pre-Trimmed Valve Assemblies, Model (highpressure reducing Maintenancea type) Valve Trim Semi-Assembled Trim, and DPV-1 ( g gyp ) Installation dimensions are provided Valves without trim. The Pressure Relief Valve provided with in Figure 6, and Valve Trim and Pre valve trim is to Trimmed Valve Assemblies are shown Pre-Trimmed DPV-1 Valve the a valprve trimure isof approximately factorysetto relieve45 psi in Figures 3,4, and 5. Assemblies: at(3,1 bar). If the normal system air pres- The valve trim,ordered separately or as 2-1/2 in.(DN65)GxG 87 lb(40 kg) sure is less than or exceeds 40 psi(2,8 a pre-trimmed valve assembly, forms 3 in.(DN80)GxG 90 lb(42 kg) bar), then the pressure Relief Valve a part of the laboratory listings and must be reset to relieve at a pressure approvals of the DPV-1 Valve and is 4 in.(DN100)GxG 121 lb(56 kg) that is in accordance with the authority necessary for the proper operation of 4 in.(DN100)FxG 135 lb(64 kg) having jurisdiction. the DPV-1 Valve. Quick Opening Device 4 in.(DN100)FxF 145 lb(69 kg) P 9 Trim packages or pre-trimmed valve The Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve may assemblies include the following 6 in.(DN150)GxG 175 lb(81 kg) optionally be equipped with an elec- equipment: 6 in.(DN150)FxG 195 lb(90 kg) tronic or mechanical dry pipe valve • Water Supply Pressure Gauge accelerator. Select the VIZOR Elec- tronic Dry Pipe Valve Accelerator • System Air Pressure Gauge Standard Galvanized (4 and 6 in. sizes only) as described • Air Supply Connections Semi-Assembled DPV-1 Trim: in Technical Data Sheet TFP1105, or the Model ACC-1 Mechanical Dry Pipe • Main Drain Valve 2-1/2 in.(DN65) 23 lb(11 kg) Valve Accelerator (2-1/2 through 6 in. • Low Body Drain Valve 3 in.(DN80) 23 lb(11 kg) sizes) as described in Technical Data 4 in.(DN100) 30 lb(14 kg) Sheet TFP1112. • Alarm Test Valve The VIZOR or the ACC-1 is used to • Automatic Drain Valve 6 in.(DN150) 30 lb(14 kg) reduce the time to valve actuation fol- • Drip Funnel DPV-1 Valve (Without Trim): lowing the operation of one or more automatic sprinklers. In some cases • Connections For Optional Quick 2-1/2 in.(DN65)GxG 37 lb(17 kg) the use of a quick opening device Opening Device(Accelerator) 3 in.(DN80)GxG 38 Ib(18 kg) such as the VIZOR or the ACC-1 may 4 in.(DN100)GxG 57 lb(26 kg) be required to meet the requirements of the National Fire Protection Association 4 in.(DN100)FxG 67 lb(31 kg) to meet water delivery times. TF1020 Page 5 of 20 Maximum System Air FLOW RATE IN LITRES PER MINUTE(LPM) Water Supply Pressure (1 GPM=3.785 LPM) Pressure Range 500 700 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000 psi psi ., 90 Illlllllll ylu II II! it I Ill II li I r 20 10 m -.■■■■„ 0,60 60 15-23 a 7.0 ir� ■■r�■ 0,50 = 0,40 80 20-28 z 5.0 - - ■n■i 7i 100 25-33 w ! - �' - 0,30 cc 4.0 ■ nm 120 30-38 ¢ I I�'� 1, •�•p: ; 145 35-43 O 3.0 -��`■ • AIM_ , liii 0,2° °� 165 40-48 iM �'1_ 4 1 1111 m —�- ,, 'V 1 ■EM—_ 185 45-53 Lu w 2.0 \ V II 'Ill zE a ■I. i o �:- .. ■■. a 205 50-58 . o .. .■.li O 225 55-63 zcc co o • II UC O A •... i`Oo , i- i1 M iri 0,08 o-- 250 60-68 O 1.0 ' ■ •Z Io�� co TABLE B z —� ■ U{! S 1 EIS °.06 d SYSTEM AIR PRESSURE a 0.7 ■ a j U :_ • min 0,05 w Il O — cc,— REQUIREMENTS oc o ■_ • ■�■■ 0,04 a a p 0.5 ■ { i= imtui _ i-, ===.1 0,03 z Operation 04 I �1111 0.3 . I I 1111 0,02 z0 The TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve /--y— - _i Lip" is a differential type valve that utilizes a substantially lower system(air or nitro- a 0.2 ! , '-S gen) pressure than the supply (water) z I "III 0,01 pressure, to maintain the set position o shown in Figure 2A. The differential z 01 11 am nature of the DPV-1 is based on the 100 200 300 500 700 1000 2000 3000 area difference between the air seat FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE(GPM) and the water seat in combination with The approximate friction losses.based on the Hazen and Williams formula and expressed in equivalent length of the ratio of the radial difference from schedule 40 pipe with C=100 and flowing at typical flow rates,are as follows: the Hinge Pin to the center of the Water 2-1/2 in.valve at 250 GPM flow=2.2 ft 4 in valve at 600 GPM flow=6-9 ft Seat and the Hinge Pin to the center of 3 in.valve at 350 GPM flow=4.9 ft 6 in.valve at 1500 GPM flow=22.0 ft the Air Seat.The difference is such that GRAPH A 1 psi (0,07 bar) of system air pressure MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVES can hold approximately 5.5 psi (0,38 NOMINAL PRESSURE LOSS VS. FLOW bar)of water supply pressure. Table B establishes the minimum bly closed against a water supply pres- After a valve actuation and upon sub- required system air pressure that sure of 100 psi (6,9 bar). It is for this sequent closing of a system main reason that the plunger of the Auto- control valve to stop water flow, the includes a safety factor to help prevent false operations that occur due to water matic Drain Valve must be depressed Clapper Assembly will latch open as supply fluctuations. during several of the resetting steps, shown in Figure 3D. Latching open of as well as during inspections, making the DPV-1 will permit complete drain- The Intermediate Chamber of the certain that the Automatic Drain Valve ing of the system (including any loose DPV-1 is formed by the area between is open. scale)through the main drain port. the Air Seat and Water Seat as shown in Figure 2B. The Intermediate Chamber When one or more automatic sprinklers During the valve resetting procedure normally remains at atmospheric pres- operate in response to a fire, air pres- and after the system is completely sure through the Alarm Port connection sure within the system piping is relieved drained,the external reset knob can be through the open sprinklers.When the easily depressed to externally unlatch and the valve trim to the normally open Automatic Drain Valve,see Fig.3,4,or air pressure is sufficiently reduced, the Clapper Assembly as shown 5. Having the Intermediate Chamber, the water pressure overcomes the dif- in Figure 2E. As such, the Clapper as shown in Figure 2B, open to atmo- ferential holding the Clapper Assem- Assembly is returned to its normal set sphere is critical to the DPV-1 Valve bly closed and the Clapper Assembly position to facilitate setting of the dry remaining set,otherwise the full result- swings clear of the water seat, as pipe sprinkler system,without having to shown in Figure 2C,This action permits remove the Handhole Cover. ing pressure of the system air pressure on top of the Clapper Assembly cannot water flow into the system piping and be realized. subsequently to be discharged from any open sprinklers. Also, with the For example, and assuming a water Clapper Assembly open, the interme- supply pressure of 100 psi (6,9 bar), if diate chamber is pressurized and water the system air pressure is 25 psi (1,7 flows through the alarm port as shown bar) and there was 15 psi (1,0 bar) in Figure 2B at the rear of the DPV-1 pressure trapped in the Intermediate Valve to actuate system water flow Chamber,the resulting pressure across alarms. The flow from the alarm port the top of the Clapper would only be 10 is also sufficient to close the otherwise psi (0,7 bar). This pressure would be normally open Automatic Drain Valve in insufficient to hold the Clapper Assem- the valve trim. TFP1O2O Page 6 of 20 Installation • Care must be taken to make sure • It is best practice to install an appro- that components such check valves, priately rated and listed relief valve General Instructions strainers, and globe valves are upstream of the Model DPV-1 Dry operation of the Model DPV-1 installed with the flow arrows in the Pipe Valve, between the inlet of the Proper p proper direction. DPV-1 Valve and any check valves or Dry Pipe Valve depends upon its trim back flow preventers,to ensure tran- being installed in accordance with the • Drain tubing to the drip funnel must sient increases in water pressure do instructions given in this Technical Data be installed with smooth bends that not cause unintended operation of Sheet.Failure to follow the appropriate will not restrict flow. the DPV-1 Valve. trim diagram may prevent the DPV-1 • The main drain and drip funnel drain Valve from functioning properly, as may be interconnected provided a • Installation of an Air Maintenance well as void listings,approvals,and the check valve is located at least 12 in. Device, as described in the Techni- manufacturer warranties. (300 mm)below the drip funnel.The cal Data Section, is recommended. Failure to latch open the Clapper Low Body Drain Valve, as shown in • An Inspector's Test Connection as Assembly prior to a system hydro- Fig.3,4,or 5,may be piped so as to required By NFPA 13 must be pro- static test may result in damage to the discharge into the Drip Funnel or to vided on the system piping at the Clapper Assembly. a separate drain. most remote location from the Model The DPV-1 Valve must be installed in a • Suitable provision must be made DPV-1 Valve. readily visible and accessible location. for disposal of drain water. Drainage • Conduit and electrical connections The DPV-1 Valve and associated trim water must be directed such that it are to be made in accordance with will not cause accidental damage to the requirements of the author- must be maintained at a minimum tern- property or danger to persons. ity having jurisdiction and/or the perature of 40°F(4°C). • Unused pressure alarm switch and/ National Electric Code. Heat tracing of the DPV-1 Valve or its or water motor alarm connections • Before a system hydrostatic test is associated trim is not permitted. Heat must be plugged. performed in accordance with NFPA tracing can result in the formation of 13 system acceptance test require- hardened mineral deposits that are • The Pressure Relief Valve provided meets,the Clapper Assembly is to be capable of preventing proper operation. with the Valve Trim is factory set to manually latched open as shown in The Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve is to relieve at a pressure of approximately Figure 2D;the Automatic Drain Valve 45 psi (3,1 bar), which can typically as shown in Figures 3, 4, or 5 is to be installed in accordance with the fol- be used for a maximum normal sys- g lowing criteria: be temporarily replaced with a 1/2 tern air pressure of 40 psi (2,8 bar). in. NPT plug,the 3/32 in.Vent Fitting • All nipples,fittings,and devices must The Pressure Relief Valve may be (Item 13, Figure 3; Item 15, Figure be clean and free of scale and burrs reset to a lower or higher pressure; 4; or Item 15, Figure 5) is to be tern- before installation. Use pipe thread however, it must be reset to relieve porarily with replaced a 1/4 in. NPT sealant sparingly on male pipe at a pressure which is in accordance plug, and the le Cover Bolts threads only. with the requirements of the author- are to be tightened using a cross- ity• The DPV-1 Valve must be trimmed having jurisdiction. draw sequence. in accordance with Figures 3, 4, or To reset the Pressure Relief Valve, 5, as applicable. If the DPV-1 is to first loosen the jam nut and then be equipped with a Dry Pipe Valve adjust the cap accordingly — Accelerator, refer to the Technical clockwise for a higher pressure Data Sheet TFP1105 for the VIZOR setting or counter-clockwise for a Electronic Dry Pipe Valve Accel- lower pressure setting.After veri- erator or TFP1112 for the Model fying the desired pressure setting, ACC-1 Mechanical Dry Pipe Valve tighten the jam nut. Accelerator. TF1020 Page 7 of 20 Valve Setting Step 5.As necessary,replace all sprin- to the Care and Maintenance section kiers that have operated.Replacement under Automatic Drain Valve Inspection Procedure sprinklers must be of the same type to determine/correct the cause of the and temperature rating as those which leakage problem. Steps 1 through 11 are to be performed have operated. Step 10. Partially open the Main when initially setting the Model DPV-1 Control Valve. Slowly close the Main Dry Pipe Valve;after an operational test NOTICE Drain Valve as soon as water dis- of the fire protection system; or, after In order to prevent the possibility of charges from the drain connection. system operation due to a fire. a subsequent operation of an over NOTES:If the DPV-1 is equipped with heated solder type sprinkler,any solder Depress the plunger on the Automatic Drain Valve to make sure that it is open a Dry Pipe Valve Accelerator, refer to type sprinklers which were possibly its resetting instructions before reset- exposed to a temperature greater than and absencetha there is nor water dischargingg from their maximum rated ambient must be TheAutomatic of water is an from ting the DPV-1.Refer to TFP1105 for the the Drain Valve is an indica- VIZOR or TFP1112 for the ACC-1. replaced. tion of a properly set water seat within Based on the instructions provided, Step 6.Push down on the Reset Knob the DPV-1 Valve. If water is discharg- reset the Accelerator at the appropriate as shown in Figure 2E to allow the ing, refer to the Care and Maintenance time during the resetting of the DPV-1. Clapper Assembly to re-seat. section under the Automatic Drain Unless otherwise noted, see Figure Step 7. Pressurize the system with air Valve Inspection to determine/correct 3, 4, or 5 to identify functional trim (or nitrogen) to 10 psi (0,7 bar), and the cause of the leakage problem. components. then individually open all auxiliary drain If there are no leaks,the DPV-1 Valve is valves in the system piping to drain ready to be placed in service and the Step 1. Close the Main Control Valve, any remaining water in trapped sec- Main Control Valve must then be fully and close the Air Supply Control Valve. tions. Close each drain valve as soon opened. If the DPV-1 is equipped with a Dry as water ceases to discharge. Pipe Valve Accelerator, remove the Dry Note: After setting a fire protection Pipe Valve Accelerator from service in Also partially open the Low Body Drain system, notify the proper authorities accordance with the Technical Data Valve to assure that the riser is com- and advise those responsible for moni- Sheet (TDS) instructions, refer to TDS pletely drained. Close the Low Body toring proprietary and/or central station TFP1105 for the VIZOR or TDS TFP1112 Drain Valve as soon as water ceases alarms. for the ACC-1. to discharge. Step 11. Once a week after a valve is Step 2.Open the Main Drain Valve and Step 8. Refer to Table B and then reset following an operational test or all auxiliary drains in the system.Close restore the system to the normal system operation, the Low Body Drain the auxiliary drain valves after water system air pressure as necessary to Valve (and any low point drain valves) ceases to discharge. Leave the Main hold the DPV-1 Valve closed. should be partially opened (and then Drain Valve open. Step 9. Depress the plunger on the subsequently closed) to relieve drain- backStep 3. Depress the plunger of the Automatic Drain Valve to make sure water. Continue this procedure until drain-back water is no longer Automatic Drain Valve to verify that it is it is open and that there is no air open and that the DPV-1 Valve is corn- discharging. present. pletely drained. The absence of air discharging from Step 4. Open the Optional Alarm the Automatic Drain Valve is an indica- Control Valve, as applicable, if it was tion of a properly set air seat within the closed to silence local alarms. DPV-1 Valve. If air is discharging, refer a. TFP1020 Page 8 of 20 AIR PRESSURE WATERFLOW TO SYSTEM TO SYSTEM I Z CLAPPER CLAPPER 1"NPT ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY AIR SUPPLY j ist4, IN SET FULLY OPEN PORT POSITION \oi aft � i 'z. CLAPPER LATCH IN , �I PIVOTS TO ALLOW —-- 1/2"NPT .:�• CLAPPER ASSEMBLYill WATER TO FULLY OPEN SUPPLY 47//////////////////////i..,, i PRESSURE e;t,,,,A ,.�"F� 3/4" NPT ALARM --r—T— /ioivii/ &ALARM 13PORT OPEN TO �_ �. l �_�� TEST PORT ATMOSPHERE —� 1��02 03 NMALARM PORT WATERFLOW CLAPPER TO ALARM ASSEMBLY FROM FROM WATER SUPPLY AIR WATER SUPPLY SEAT FIGURE 2A4411111111 FIGURE 2C SET POSITION WATER ,, OPERATED POSITION �'��SEAT ^ ALARM^^ 03 PORT DRAIN FROM DRAIN FROM SYSTEM SYSTEM VALVE111 INTERMEDIATE COMPLETE I WATERWAY CHAMBER I PUSH HERE TO RESET FIGURE 2B VALVE SET POSITION INTERMEDIATE RESET CHAMBER KNOB CLAPPER = ki\s,:g ASSEMBLYLATCHED = RESET IMOPEN ��r1111\6. '.' ASSEMBLY � Ru. CLAPPER ,,,�i ILATCHJJJ//J//// � '�� PIVOTS TO J iJ//JJJJ CLAPPER UNLATCH J %//////////////////�!//L..,, ilf LATCH CLAPPER �,l ��-t��US itipmf �i wiii / ASSEMBLY im y% — T— Viiv,A:.v 04 �� MAIN DRAIN PORT: 1-1/4"&3 NPT'(2-1/2 INCHIN CLAPPER 3/4"NPT NM 05 &3 INCH VALVES) NM ASSEMBLY LOW BODY I RESEATED DRAIN 2 NPT(4 INCH VALVE) PORT WATER SUPPLY •DN40 FOR VALVES WITH WATER SUPPLY SHUT OFF ISO THREADED PORTS SHUT OFF FIGURE 2D FIGURE 2E DRAIN POSITION RESET POSITION FIGURE 2 - PART 1 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVES 2-1/2, 3, AND 4 INCH(DN65, DN80,AND DN100) SET AND OPEN POSITIONS TF1020 Page 9 of 20 AIR PRESSURE WATERFLOW TO SYSTEM TO SYSTEM 114 CLAPPER ASSEMBLYIt FULLY OPEN 1"NPT 7CLAPPER LATCH ��`- AIR ORT SUPPLY 7,.. PIVOTS TO ALLOW \I j CLAPPER ASSEMBLY 01 GEE . TO FULLY OPEN ��a �_ 3/4'NPT ALARM \\ CLAPPER .' 03 PORT OPEN TO '.k`"�7 ASSEMBLY ATMOSPHERE IN SET 4 1 1 POSITION liii// %1'.. '��im;�•,.-, ,�, 1/2" NPT `4♦ _ /�y�Imo WATER SUPPLY 0..'' , // / 02 PRESSURE H _� �t�� E ALARM iiIII ^I TEST PORT ALAORT IIIll WATERFLOW Iftim CLAPPER al TO ALARM ASSEMBLY AIR FROM FROM WATER SUPPLY I �`T �' WATER SUPPLY FIGURE 2A �� ALARM FIGURE 2C WATER `�'T SET POSITION /�/��///r//yy�� pOpT OPERATED POSITION SEAT W_.` DRAIN FROM Ufa03 DRAIN FROM SYSTEM SYSTEM INTERMEDIATE VALVE COMPLETE I CHAMBER WATERWAY FIGURE 2B PUSH HERE SET POSITION TO RESET CLAPPERw INTERMEDIATE VALVE ASSEMBLYCHAMBER LATCHED ir RESET OPENRESET _ KNOB- ASSEMBLY3/4"NPTLOW BODY � CLAPPER '?4,1 DRAINLATCH j PORTIPIVOTS TO 04UNLATCH11 CLAPPER ' %/////////////////%�/�//%,ASSEMBLY ; ��&mil\��N.--.`?' 2"NPT ~�/_ /i��//// , ,��a ' MAIPODRTRAIN I�Ir CLAPPERfa LATCH III •II IIII CLAPPER 05I„I� ASSEMBLY RESEATED WATER SUPPLY WATER SUPPLY SHUT OFF SHUT OFF FIGURE 2D FIGURE 2E DRAIN POSITION RESET POSITION FIGURE 2-PART 2 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVES 6 INCH(DN150) SET AND OPEN POSITIONS TFP1020 Page 10 of 20 NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 3 PART 3 FOR TRIM ARRANGEMENT WITH BILL OF MATERIALS LOW AIR AND COMPONENT PART NUMBERS. PRESSURE 2. TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED;COMPONENTS SUCH AS GAUGES AND ALARM SYSTEM SWITCHES MAY REQUIRE ASSEMBLY IN TRIM AT INSTALLATION. SWITCH AIR SUPPLY 1 INCH NPT SYSTEMcoi�I / CO(NTRMALLYROL VE CONNECTION AIR SUPPLY OPEN) FOR LOCAL PRESSURE I tr" SPRINKLER �� GAUGE So•1 ,— WATERFLOW 2-1/2 INCH(DN65) u � �/\ �� or 3 INCH(DN80) ..- a 0-11 So 1/2 INCH NPT '��? � MODEL DPV-1 �i ALARM CONNECTION ,rl �� +�� T- '!�, DRY PIPE VALVE ( a♦�'��FI ' SWITCH AIR SUPPLYFOR ' e t�-'_Z„.t (GxG ONLY) 1, /16_ (v GROOVED i 'r7 4-4/0-J. �i�� I MAIN it l os COUPLING ALARM ' r l�! (. n \ DRAIN VALVE ��r� y\� TEST VALVE I n (NORMALLY , (NORMALLY 9 1/2 INCH NPT CLOSED) CLOSED) CONNECTION SYSTEM 3/4INCH NPT SYSTEM FOR OPTIONAL WATER CONNECTION SHUT-OFF 1-1/4 INCH NPT ACCELERATOR SUPPLY TO DRAIN VALVE CONNECTION PRESSURE (NORMALLY TO DRAIN AUTOMATIC GAUGE LOW BODY OPEN) DRAIN VALVE DRAIN VALVE 1-1/4 INCH NPT (NORMALLY CONNECTION DRIP CLOSED) TO DRAIN FUNNEL FIGURE 3-PART 1 OF 3 2-1/2 AND 3 INCH(DN65 AND DN80)MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE PRE-TRIMMED ASSEMBLY AIR SUPPLY 1/2 INCH NPT 1/2 INCH NPT NOTES: CONTROL VALVE CONNECTION CONNECTION 1. INSTALL TRIM ASSEMBLIES IN (NORMALLY OPEN) FOR OPTIONAL FOR OPTIONAL ALPHABETICAL ORDER. ACCELERATOR AUTOMATIC AIR PRESSURE SWITCH 2. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE PORT 1/2 INCH NPT DRAIN VALVE IDENTIFICATION. CONNECTION / a 3. ROUTE 1/4"TUBING TO DRIP FOR SYSTEM JXC FUNNEL AIR SUPPLY H `I hire SYSTEM '��'' I AIR SUPPLY MAIN ��' �� ' �/` - PRESSURE DRAIN VALVE 1/2 INCH NPT D A (NORMALLY �,:;;>),- GAUGE CONNECTION CLOSED) FOR WATERFLOW G\ ,1�' E \ PRESSURE ALARM G -� 1�' • SWITCH VA.,. p.,1 , 04 �� 1 r. 1-1/4 INCH NPT DRIP �:c FUNNEL f 14 lye CONNECTION , l 44,, ,,.. �hi ; y 1-114 INCH NPT TO DRAIN —_` 1 �. r ' CONNECTION 4 �y"to TO DRAIN II V 2-1/2INCH(DN65) 1 INCH NPT OZ or 3 INCH(DN80) CONNECTION 1 ;, 0 C 04 MODEL DPV-1 FOR LOCAL C 4pe '`� DRY PIPE VALVE SPRINKLER ! fi ',l\ I (GxG ONLY) 4 F �/�"� LOW BODY ALARM �; B �A' DRAIN VALVE TEST VALVE "c' SYSTEM (NORMALLY (NORMALLY WATER SUPPLY 3/4 INCH NPT CLOSED) CLOSED) PRESSURE CONNECTION GAUGE TO DRAIN FIGURE 3-PART 2OF3 2-1/2 AND 3 INCH(DN65 AND DN80)MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF SEMI-ASSEMBLED TRIM TF1020 Page 11 of 20 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 1 250 psi/1750 kPa 13 3/32"Vent 28 1"xi'x 1/2" Air Pressure Fitting 1 92-032-1-002 Reducing Tee 1 CH Gauge 1 92-343-1-012 14 1/4"Tube, 29 Not Used 2 300 psi/2000 kPa 18"Long 1 CH PIPE NIPPLES: Water Pressure 15 1/4" Plug 2 CH 30 1/4"x 3" 2 CH Gauge 1 92-343-1-005 16 1/2"Plug 2 CH 31 1/2"x Close 4 CH 3 1/4"Gauge Test 17 1"Plug 1 CH 32 1/2"x 1-1/2" 8 CH Valve 2 46-005-1-002 18 1/2"Union 1 CH 33 1/2"x 2" 1 CH 4 Model AD-1 19 1/2"x 1/4"Reducing 34 1/2"x 4-1/2" 1 CH Automatic Bushing 1 CH 35 1/2"x 6" 1 CH Drain Valve 1 52-793-2-004 20 1/2"90°Elbow....3 CH 36 3/4"x Close 1 CH 5 1/4" Pressure 21 3/4"90°Elbow.. ..1 CH 37 3/4"x 1-1/2" 1 CH Relief Valve 1 92-343-1-020 22 1-1/4"90°Elbow. ..1 CH 38 3/4"x 2-1/2" 1 CH 6 1/2"Ball Valve . .. .2 46-050-1-004 23 1/2"Cross 2 CH 39 1"x Close 1 CH 7 3/4"Angle Valve.. .1 46-048-1-005 24 1/2"x 1/2'x 1/4" 40 1-1/4"x Close ... .1 CH 8 1-1/4"Angle Valve .1 46-048-1-007 Reducing Tee 1 CH 41 1-1/4"x 4" 1 CH 9 1/2"Swing 25 1/2"Tee 1 CH COMPONENTS INCLUDED ONLY IN Check Valve 2 46-049-1-004 26 1/2'x 1/4"x 1/2" PRE-TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES: 10 Drip Funnel Reducing Tee 2 CH Connector 1 92-211-1-005 27 1/2"x 1/2"x 3/4" 42 Model BFV-300 11 Drip Funnel Reducing Tee 1 CH Butterfly Valve, Bracket 1 92-211-1-003 2-1/2"(DN65) 1 59300G025WS 12 Drip Funnel 1 92-343-1-007 3"(DN80) 1 59300G030WE 45 43 Figure 577 Coupling, Q____ 2-1/2"(DN65) 1 57725ACP 16 3"(DN80) 1 57730ACP 44 Waterflow Pressure 20 Alarm Switch, 1 Model PS10-2 1 25710 9 32 19 45 Low Air Pressure 6 32 30 Alarm Switch, 5 32 eigr 23 Model PS40-2 1 25730 32 24 20 17 32 15 34 02 39 3 .40 28 44 �' 33 2-1/2 INCH(DN65) �`�� ' 0 16 4 or 3 INCH(DN80) � MODEL DPV-1 25 31 27 4"' , DRY PIPE VALVE r3 �.;,. 31 .. e0�� (GxG ONLY) LOCATION all FOR OPTIONAL s '� 23 36 18 c ELECTRICALLY , �� 10 //�e1.0 41 ilk �//�� g ti ' SUPERVISED 32 o V � 31 N.O.ALARM 20 Q3 S�� 22 CONTROL 11 clEir �� 05 40 it r 26 U VALVE 1 �� (y '• ire' o 0 ra 100 13 = 12 37 0 `► NOTES: (GREEN 14 21 43 1. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE TINT) C_ '� PORT IDENTIFICATION. 'et .v.38 7 0 •"�l� 42 2. ROUTE 1/4"TUBING,ITEM 14, 31 �lire-; /, " '41110 TO DRIP FUNNEL, ITEM 12. 6 �4r �,� 1`), Pik 3. ALL FITTINGS AND NIPPLES 132 (f) 35 e—� '„�+'40ARE GALVANIZED. 26 °k 2 �� •� 4. CH:COMMON HARDWARE 30 ,:;y.. 5. ITEMS 42-45 INCLUDED 3 • ONLY IN PRE-TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES AS APPLICABLE;OTHERWISE SEPARATELY ORDERED. FIGURE 3- PART 3 OF 3 2-1/2 AND 3 INCH(DN65 AND DN80)MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF VALVE TRIM TFP1020 Page 12 of 20 1. SEE FIGURE 4 PART 3 FOR TRIM ARRANGEMENT WITH BILL OF MATERIALS LOW AIR AND COMPONENT PART NUMBERS. PRESSURE 2. TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED;COMPONENTS SUCH AS GAUGES AND ALARM SWITCH SYSTEM SWITCHES MAY REQUIRE ASSEMBLY IN TRIM AT INSTALLATION. AIR SUPPLY 1/2 INCH NPT SYSTEM 4 INCH(DN100) / CONTROL VALVE CONNECTION (NORMALLY AIR SUPPLY MODEL DPV-1 '4 ` _ OPEN) FOR SYSTEM PRESSURE DRY PIPE VALVE • l � AIR SUPPLY GAUGE (FxG SHOWN) �-� 4eft, 3/4 INCH NPT �JI �� CONNECTION \ 1 \ ,, / J k FLANGE ADAPTER 1 INCH NPT 1 �( l;, / FOR WATER ff CONNECTION ' OR GROOVED �7 FOR LOCAL ,,t►•\ `t� ,,I 1"� �. `1�\MOTOR ALARM �`" /? COUPLING SPRINKLER-- �1 . / Gi �� w ,i Pl, WATERFLOW Iteo ..)v Lc MAIN ��L* �._� � 4 PRESSURE 3/4 INCH NPT •a�" ''� DRAIN VALVE +N 1 .-:�/t 41 ALARM CONNECTION i �•� 1.• '/ �� (NORMALLY (, �� 7-.1— ` CLOSED) �4 &) `' `?,i7t 1/2 INCH NPT SWITCH TO DRAIN / s Ntg `�1 ! CONNECTION M / .I, FOR OPTIONAL TEST VALVE 2 INCH NPT , ACCELERATOR (NORMALLY SYSTEM CONNECTION CLOSED) LOW BODY SYSTEM SHUT-OFF TO DRAIN AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE WATER VALVE DRAIN VALVE (NORMALLY SUPPLY (NORMALLY CLOSED) PRESSURE OPEN) 1-1/4 INCH NPT GAUGE CONNECTION DRIP TO DRAIN FUNNEL FIGURE 4-PART 10F 3 4 INCH(DN100)MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE PRE-TRIMMED ASSEMBLY I ii, 1/2 INCH NPT AIR SUPPLY CONNECTION CONTROL VALVE FOR OPTIONAL (NORMALLY i,1r,— .,.,. ACCELERATOR OPEN) 1/2 INCH NPT MAIN T/ iv � 's CONNECTION SYSTEM DRAIN VALVE g r/ 1/2 INCH NPT AUTOMATIC AIR SUPPLY (NORMALLY CONNECTION DRAIN VALVE FOR OPTIONAL AIR PRESSURE PRESSURE CLOSED)FOR WATERFLOW SWITCH GAUGE SLOPE PRESSURE ALARM D i '--- DOWN eAA DOWN /ifi � �► 3/4 INCH NPT 1 �� '� CONNECTION ►' ��1� �� FOR WATER -IV) �of s A = --- )r / MOTOR ALARM �r �•�vaiq /.y;, ! p3 p5 Ow" 1��re ��0 Li �- 2 INCH NPT �>�;r. 1/2 INCH NPT �� I° �1 ' �-,,, i� CONNECTION CONNECTION ti1, � �� 01 F,•)� �i TO DRAIN FOR SYSTEM 11, 40 m AIR SUPPLY (�` , - tei,,46 � i 4 INCH(DN100) ALARM ' p1 02 MODEL DPV-1 TEST VALVE DRY PIPE VALVE (NORMALLY i\ \\ (FxG SHOWN) CLOSED) 1 A*� 1 INCH NPT NOTES: 3/4 B CONNECTION 1. INSTALL TRIM ASSEMBLIES IN SYSTEM INCH NPT FOR LOCAL ALPHABETICAL ORDER. CONNECTION SPRINKLER TO DRAIN WATER SUPPLY 2. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE PORT PRESSURE GAUGE LOW BODY IDENTIFICATION. DRIP DRAIN VALVE 3. ROUTE 1/4"TUBING TO DRIP FUNNEL. FUNNEL (NORMALLY 1-1/4 INCH NPT CLOSED) 4. SLOPE ASSEMBLY B DOWN TOWARD CONNECTION BACK OF VALVE TO FACILITATE TO DRAIN SUFFICIENT LOW BODY DRAINAGE. FIGURE 4-PART 2OF3 4 INCH(DN100)MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF SEMI-ASSEMBLED TRIM TF1020 Page 13 of 20 �� 47 NOTES: (-4,„ � 16 48 1. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE K • 28 18 PORT IDENTIFICATION. �� ' `�.i"'F/A ' 4 5 / 6 2. ROUTE 1/4"TUBING,ITEM 16, l' 34 1 (GREEN 27 TO DRIP FUNNEL,ITEM 14. 3. SLOPE 3/4"ANGLE VALVE, SLOPE 9 29 S. 34 INS 18 12 ITEM 9,DOWN TOWARD 14 BACK OF VALVE TO DOWN 34 26 FACILITATE SUFFICIENT 8 34 LOW BODY DRAINAGE. 19 l 36 011 34 27 4. ALL FITTINGS AND NIPPLES LOCATION '"� �� 1 ARE GALVANIZED. FOR OPTIONAL 4' 30 5. CH:COMMON HARDWARE ELECTRICALLY // We 21 SUPERVISED v� ell�� l��e 32 17 13 6. ITEMS 45-48 INCLUDED N.O.ALARM 30 3 ONLY IN PRE-TRIMMED CONTROL 41stt ��' l` `�—�� VALVE ASSEMBLIES AS VALVE % 39 40 ••'% /�Fe \lam APPLICABLE;OTHERWISE f � 10 7 SEPARATELY ORDERED. 0 it 39 04 23 3 �1 30 ell�ll 40 .4> 4INCH(DN100) 24 34 i 34 43 i MODEL DPV-1 `��1a��I o 01 ( , F��i DRY PIPE VALVE 33 �C �<�r 9 42 31 91� s=14„I (1( , (FxG SHOWN) IN 25 ( e �� 7 20 �o: �' (,�i Q� Iril11 dj 38 OZ � / PA 33 .0 46 S5' 37 aA�� o'410 OS j 11 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N r`I` 22 •, 3 ,•�-�® 44 1 250 psi/1750 kPa �� Air Pressure 28 °�, 4 ONO 45 Gauge 1 92-343-1-012 35 32 r?,"�!1;-, 77 �� 1 it 2 300 psi/2000 kPa a��a Water Pressure �� Gauge 1 92-343-1-005 (0.., 3 1/4"Gauge Test NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N �.• i Valve 2 46-005-1-002 4 1/4" Pressure 21 1/2"x 1/4'Reducing Relief Valve 1 92-343-1-020 Bushing 1 CH 5 1/2"Angle Valve.. . 1 46-048-1-004 22 1/2"Union 1 CH NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 6 Model AD-1 23 3/4"Union 1 CH 41 3/4"x 2' 1 CH Automatic 24 1/2"90°Elbow....1 CH 42 3/4"x 3" 1 CH Drain Valve 1 52-793-2-004 25 1/2"45°Elbow.. ..1 CH 43 1"x 4" 1 CH 7 1/2" Ball Valve ... .1 46-050-1-004 26 1/2"Cross 1 CH 44 2"x 4-1/2' 1 CH 8 1/2"Swing 27 1/2"Tee 2 CH Check Valve 1 46-049-1-004 28 1/2"x 1/4"x 1/2" COMPONENTS INCLUDED ONLY IN 9 3/4"Angle Valve. ..1 46-048-1-005 Reducing Tee 2 CH PRE-TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES: 10 3/4"Swing 29 1/2"x 1/2"x 1/4" 45 Model BFV-300 Butterfly Check Valve 1 46-049-1-005 Reducing Tee 1 CH Valve,4"(DN100)..1 59300G040WS 11 2"Angle Valve . ... 1 46-048-1-009 30 3/4"x 1/2"x 3/4" 46 Butterfy Valve 12 Drip Funnel Reducing Tee 3 CH Assembly Component: Connector 1 92-211-1-005 31 1"x 1"x 1/2" GxG DPV-1 Valves, 13 Drip Funnel Reducing Tee 1 CH Figure 577 Coupling, Bracket 1 92-211-1-003 PIPE NIPPLES: 4"(DN100) 1 57740ACP 14 Drip Funnel 1 92-343-1-007 32 1/4"x 3" 2 CH FxF,FxG DPV-1 Valves, 15 3/32"Vent 33 1/2"x Close 2 CH Figure 71 Flange Adapter, Fitting 1 92-032-1-002 34 1/2"x 1-1/2" 7 CH 4"(DN100) 1 7140S 16 1/4"Tube, 35 1/2"x 2" 1 CH 47 Waterflow Pressure 24"Long 1 CH 36 1/2"x 2-1/2' 1 CH Alarm Switch, 17 1/4" Plug 2 CH 37 1/2"x 3" 1 CH Model PS10-2 1 25710 18 1/2" Plug 2 CH 38 1/2"x 3-1/2" 1 CH 48 Low Air Pressure 19 3/4"Plug 1 CH 39 3/4"x Close 2 CH Alarm Switch, 20 1"Plug 1 CH 40 3/4"x 1-1/2" 2 CH Model PS40-2 1 25730 FIGURE 4-PART 3OF3 4 INCH(DN100)MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF VALVE TRIM TFP1020 Page 14 of 20 NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 5 PART 3 FOR TRIM ARRANGEMENT WITH BILL OF MATERIALS LOW AIR AND COMPONENT PART NUMBERS. PRESSURE 2. TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED;COMPONENTS SUCH AS GAUGES AND ALARM SYSTEM SWITCHES MAY REQUIRE ASSEMBLY IN TRIM AT INSTALLATION. AIR SUPPLY CONTROL VALVE SYSTEM (NORMALLY AIR SUPPLY '► � OPEN) PRESSURE / 1/2 INCH NPT CONNECTION GAUGE SYSTEM /, � �(. LOW BODY FOR SYSTEM - WATER ` ICI'" DRAIN VALVE AIR SUPPLY " -„0 »�� (NORMALLY \mil , /^/ PRESSURE 7 i'-',) CLOSED) GAUGE 1 INCH NPT /.__-•� ;N, ��r �1 -,;_ 1.g,:. �/ i �ri AUTOMATIC CONNECTION /' I FOR LOCAL I) GROOVED �� DRAIN VALVE SPRINKLER COUPLING 11 7 '0). �/ -OP i/'� OR FLANGE rl�`1''• ` IC�� 141 - 1/2INCH NPT �. \8 �'. DRIP FUNNEL---'—'''''-' 1cC� ADAPTER T� ��i1 J-44.�� kftiv CONNECTION \� l / ( IC ,Iv!,) `� FOR OPTIONAL MAIN ��1/ �� '.� ACCELERATOR DRAIN VALVE ALARM (NORMALLY 2 INCH NPT \ TEST VALVE II 1-1/4 INCH NPT CLOSED) CONNECTION 6 INCH(DN150) SYSTEM (NORMALLY WATERFLOW 3/4INCH NPT PRESSURE CONNECTION TO DRAIN MODEL DPV-1 SHUT-OFF CONNECTION ALARM DRY PIPE VALVE VALVE FOR WATER SWITCH (GxG SHOWN) (NORMALLY MOTOR ALARM OPEN) FIGURE 5-PART 1 OF 3 6 INCH(DN150)MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE PRE-TRIMMED ASSEMBLY 1/2 INCH NPT 1/2 INCH NPT NOTES: B * CONNECTION CONNECTION 4. SLOPE 3/4"ANGLE VALVE AND (* FOR OPTIONAL FOR SYSTEM 3/4"x 4-1/2'NIPPLE(OF ASSEMBLY B) �i _� SYSTEM AIR PRESSURE AIR SUPPLY INTO DRIP FUNNEL TO FACILITATE `'i�n SWITCH SUFFICIENT LOW BODY DRAINAGE. tl(,!/ AIR SUPPLY AIR SUPPLYDRIP PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE LOW BODY 1/2 INCH NPT FUNNEL— GAUGE \ If0? (NORMALLY DRAIN VALVE CONNECTION SLOPE �'`!� ✓r/�%/ OPEN) (NORMALLY FOR OPTIONAL TO FIT 1 INCH NPT _ �,?or' 1 , CLOSED) ACCELERATOR CONNECTION - 1/2 INCH NPT FOR LOCAL / CONNECTION SPRINKLER �y A . AUTOMATIC FOR WATERFLOW X.094 .. DRAIN VALVE PRESSURE ALARM �/C // \ SWITCH ;46 01 0 o rel�� • B 3/4 INCH NPT M • 01 , \ CONNECTION DRA NAIN VALVE � �(��- \ �p FOR WATER (NORMALLY I �'" Og �� ''`lam MOTOR ALARM CLOSED) �•` n 17� Ire 2 INCH NPT A'V 0 tr. �(� CONNECTION 6 INCH(DN150) . �l V�� TO DRAIN MODEL DPV-1 ' DRIP --- DRY PIPE VALVE .� ) • FUNNEL �f� C NOTES: (FxF SHOWN) a�;- O//�% .� ♦ �� 02 'Ni 1♦% 1. INSTALL TRIM ASSEMBLIES IN , ''' 11 ALPHABETICAL ORDER. \ ALARM 2. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE PORT 1-1/4 INCH NPT/ �(/� SYSTEM TEST VALVE IDENTIFICATION. CONNECTION WATER SUPPLY (NORMALLY 3. ROUTE 1/4"TUBING TO DRIP TO DRAIN PRESSURE CLOSED) FUNNEL. GAUGE FIGURE 5- PART 2 OF 3 6 INCH(DN150)MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF SEMI-ASSEMBLED TRIM TF1020 Page 15 of 20 9 (0) BACK OF 4 NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE 4. ALL FITTINGS AND NIPPLES 42 1� ti(� VALVE 29 = PORT IDENTIFICATION. ARE GALVANIZED. 1 11 `q _,Ni t!1r�c 35 2. ROUTE 1/4"TUBING, ITEM 16, 5. CH:COMMON HARDWARE 14 ;;' - err, 5 TO DRIP FUNNEL,ITEM 14. 6. ITEMS 45-48 INCLUDED a 18 3. SLOPE 3/4"ANGLE VALVE, ONLY IN PRE-TRIMMED WA ^ y,/lv,1 SLOPE 48 ,��1� ITEM 9,AND 3/4"x 4-1/2" VALVE ASSEMBLIES AS TO FIT ,ill 35 NIPPLE, ITEM 42,INTO APPLICABLE;OTHERWISE 1 26 AO �\> DRIP FUNNEL,ITEM 14,TO SEPARATELY ORDERED. 21 �� 89. FACILITATE SUFFICIENT 15 %i. `^ 40 LOW BODY DRAINAGE. (GREEN LOCATION 3 35 r TINT) FOR OPTIONAL °` 9 " �(e ,,, �� 35 18 ELECTRICALLY 17 °'=�� ( 35 30 �� 6 27 � SUPERVISED ,,` 33 it �� 43 42 16 f0 47 N.O.ALARM 0 11 20 27 rpi, to 35 CONTROL ll J*i� 32 y� `�t, 31 28 37 like VALVE ,�IJI)), 1 ` J fr, _ 1 /f 44 (� O a All�� ! 40 10 31tiV(� 0 40 a»�» C ��ry -Ir- ., l_ %- lip t,rili.11 40 �'; 41 19 6 INCH(DN150) �, », 23 y /�r(p v© MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE* , p3 42 12 (�(L? (GxG SHOWN) , C 1 I 40 �rre / 13 31 �S. l 35 ,° 24 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N , / . 39 �\ 1 250 psi/1750 kPa ,'� 02 22 14 7 38 %� 34 Air Pressure 36 35 • 25 Gauge 1 92-343-1-012 �„ 2 300 psi/2000 kPa 2 r, �' r 28 a Water Pressure ��-- �rr, ,�� Gauge 1 92-343-1-005 �0� � ��1 3 1/4"Gauge Test �.�1 'Llo Valve 2 46-005-1-002 -*� ;s 33 4 1/4" Pressure 46 1� 3 Relief Valve 1 92-343-1-020 17 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 5 1/2"Angle Valve...1 46-048-1-004 45 35 1/2"x 1-1/2" 8 CH 6 Model AD-1 �� ! 36 1/2"x 2" 1 CH Automatic l�� 37 1/2"x 2-1/2' 1 CH Drain Valve 1 52-793-2-004 / 38 1/2"x 3" 1 CH 7 1/2" Ball Valve ....1 46-050-1-004 39 1/2"x 6" 1 CH 8 1/2"Swing ` Check Valve 1 46-049-1-004 $' ��r 40 3/4"x 1-1/2" 5 CH 9 3/4"Angle Valve...1 46-048-1-005 ,,• / 01 41 3/4"x 2" 1 CH 10 3/4"Swing �� 42 3/4"x 4-1/2" 2 CH Check Valve 1 46-049-1-005 43 1"x 4' 1 CH 11 2"Angle Valve 44 2"x 4-1/2" 1 CH ... .1 46-048-1-009 12 Drip Funnel COMPONENTS INCLUDED ONLY IN Connector 1 92-211-1-005 PRE-TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES: 13 Drip Funnel NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 45 Model BFV-300 Butterfly Bracket 1 92-211-1-003 25 1/2"45°Elbow. ...1 CH Valve,6"(DN150)..1 59300G060W5 14 Drip Funnel 1 92-343-1-007 26 1/2"Cross 1 CH 46 Butterfy Valve 15 3/32"Vent 27 1/2"Tee 2 CH Assembly Component: Fitting 1 92-032-1-002 28 1/2"x 1/4"x 1/2" GxG DPV-1 Valves, 16 1/4"Tube, Reducing Tee 2 CH Figure 577 Coupling, 24"Long 1 CH 29 1/2"x 1/2"x 1/4" 6"(DN150) 1 57760ACP 17 1/4"Plug 2 CH Reducing Tee 1 CH FxF,FxG DPV-1 Valves, 18 1/2" Plug 2 CH 30 3/4"90°Elbow.. ..1 CH Figure 71 Flange Adapter, 19 3/4"Plug 1 CH 31 3/4"x 1/2"x 3/4" 6"(DN150) 1 7160S 20 1"Plug 1 CH Reducing Tee 3 CH 47 Waterflow Pressure 21 1/2"x 1/4"Reducing 32 1"x 1"x 1/2" Alarm Switch, Bushing 1 CH Reducing Tee 1 CH Model PS10-2 1 25710 22 1/2" Union 1 CH PIPE NIPPLES: 48 Low Air Pressure 23 3/4"Union 1 CH 33 1/4"x 3" 2 CH Alarm Switch, 24 1/2"90°Elbow. ... 1 CH 34 1/2"x Close 1 CH Model PS40-2 1 25730 FIGURE 5-PART 3OF3 6 INCH(DN150)MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF VALVE TRIM TFP1O2O Page 16 of 20 7-1/8" 4 8-3/8" 14-7/8" 9-1/4" f (180 mm) I (213 mm) (380 mm) (235 mm) ! • It !- �'© 2-1/2&3 1NCGH - / VALVE Eme .. 20-7/16" � (520 mm) �l 16-1/8" .,1I,■'1 in �� •ill TIIM1 1..��=' I 2-1/2or3INCH ±�r� •--r b �'11.1• �i*ii■III VALVES ( _. A42 pCI 17*3 I� _� r 4 a a- tti 12" _ 9-5/8" __..._ _ 12" 14" (300 mm) 1 (245 mm) (300 mm) (355 mm) ! III f ©! '� �� 41NCH —� ! ��a .!S! �j i1• II "_..-I IF (DN100) ' VALVE .. (555 mm) ,-. • • nom � l All �_ g(*) ll FxF:18-3/16" (462 mm) `1011111103. /.-• �_-�iWM�. :21 - FxG:18-1/4'(464 mm) �I••.,*�-. 6 -• 41101=�� r'1 ''it's. GxG:18-5/16'(465 mm) I--T ja _M N.I�ll!mmi _ ' ■m nn ,- .—J� t` :II �� 1 —.MIN— pill%� II '...... lr 11-1/2" 11-3/8' 15" 14-3/4" — _(290 mm) I_ (289 mm) (380 mm) (375 mm) — ■ C 6 INCH ! � �� (DN150) �11M ■ ! / VALVE 24-1/2"(620 mm) 1 — MI;illa (©n ;i 21-7/8" 1—iiii ��4 . e�I '' -':tji�;1 (555,6 mm) i- I /lliillI z _ ME;� A- =QMi m- -. ` .-- 1 i3 ! 4 -1 -M N _'1r� I■ ■ FIGURE 6-PART 1 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS, PRE-TRIMMED VALVE TF1O2O Page 17 of 20 6-3/4" 8" 14-7/8" - 9-1/4" (170 mm) U (200 mm) (380 mm) (235 mm) ! I ` © 2-1/2&3 INCH •M; *.1: ...II. .� O• �'i - •• (4207/mm �—■��•i�i�l`� (DN65&DN80) f ) . VALVE :�1r! 12 114" �.4,41.41112LIVA— .11i1I1L..1 (311,2 mm) 'i '2-1/2 or 3 INCH i VALVES IttL 6" n (150 mm) �� lir 12" _ 6" (300 mm) (150 mm) -"- (300 mm)-- (355 5 mm) �+�_- I ! © � 4INCH QQisi`i1�7�ij *i ■ 17-1/4" ' ' •' (DN100) (440• mm) �' h' I _ -� VALVE L .�� :I _ -j; FxF: 13-5/8"(346,1 mm) '■' ... I FxG: 13-11/16"(347,7 mm) *VI ��1• • • MI% I GxG: 13-3/4"(349,3 mm) an 1 == irs■� i , L .= 2-1/2"(65 mm) _ t 11-1/2" _ 7-1/4" 15" 14-3/4° (290 mm) (190 mm) (380 mm) (375 mm) I II 6 INCH 1 © 1.1immomi, (DN150) VALVE '■' Nilk . (475 mm) MC j F (4F0ox6rF,,G4FxxmGGm)+: ,Will:L � • I I. lilt•ytM DQIC II� 1 ' i 1f �� ■• M MMIIMMM,Oil - 4-1/2° •mx=1 CEP (115 mm) - 1- FIGURE 6- PART 2 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS, VALVE AND SEMI-ASSEMBLED TRIM TFP1020 Page 18 of 20 4„ 6 1 ■ II ■ MODEL DPV-1 VALVE MODEL DPV-1 VALVE i ■�■� WITH TRIM WITH TRIM :air,��1�1 1� lip•.; . ,.*� li�D. ■ INSTALL DRAIN KIT \ • P SUB-ASSEMBLIES IN ■ riea ALPHABETICAL ORDER, REUSE ITEM C DRIP FUNNEL ■!■ I IMI 1--� �n� INCLUDED WITH STANDARD , r , I + `Oj AEI VALVE TRIM ri___ *In obi - .db. -IREMOVE AND DDISCARD DRIP _man P ��--I FUNNEL BRACKET ii / f I 1 1 1 lir C C - • maw pI 1111 REMOVE AND DISCARD i I,III�I A A •I III' a wI/ 3/4"x 4-1/2" LOW \IuI�: I I� ! BODY DRAIN NIPPLE, REPLACE WITH ITEM 1, 2 INCH NPT B 3/4'x 90°STREET ELBOW B 2 INCH NPT CONNECTION (6'VALVE ONLY) CONNECTION TO DRAIN TO DRAIN FIGURE 7 OPTIONAL DRAIN KIT INSTALLATION Care and Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- Step 2. Open the system Inspector's ommended to be inspected, tested, Test Connection. and maintained by a qualified Inspec- Step 3. Verify that the DPV-1 Valve Maintenance lion Service in accordance with local has operated, as indicated by the flow The following procedures and inspec- requirements and/or national codes. of water into the system and that all tions should be performed as indicated, The operational test procedure and waterflow alarms operate properly. in addition to any specific requirements waterflow pressure alarm test pro- Step 4.Close the system Main Control of the NFPA,and any impairment must cedure will result in operation of the Valve. be immediately corrected. associated alarms. Consequently, Before closing a fire protection system notification must first be given to the Step 5. Reset the DPV-1 Valve in main control valve for maintenance owner and the fire department,central accordance with the Valve Setting work on the fire protection system that station,or other signal station to which Procedure. it controls,permission to shut down the the alarms are connected. Note: It is recommended that the affected fire protection system must be Annual Operation Test Procedure requirement of NFPA 25 to annually obtained from the proper authorities Note: Unless otherwise noted, see inspect the inside of the valve be per- and notify all personnel who may be Figure 3, 4, or 5 to identify functional formed at this time and prior to reset- affected by action. trim components. ting the DPV-1 Valve. Refer to the Automatic Drain Valve Inspection sub- The owner is responsible for the Proper operation of the DPV-1 Valve section Steps 2 through 5 for instruc- inspection,testing,and maintenance of - for example, opening of the DPV-1 tions with regard to the inspection of their fire protection system and devices Valve during a fire condition-should be the Clapper Facing. in compliance with this document, as verified at least once a year as follows: well as with the applicable standards Quarterly Waterflow Alarm Test of the National Fire Protection Associa- Step 1. If necessary, prevent water Procedure tion such as NFPA 25,in addition to the from flowing beyond the riser by per Testing of the system waterflow alarms standards of any authority having juris- forming the following steps: should be performed quarterly.To test diction. Contact the installing contrac- a. Close the Main Control Valve. the waterflow alarm, open the Alarm tor or sprinkler manufacturer regarding b. Open the Main Drain Valve. Test Valve, which will allow a flow of any questions. water to the Waterflow Pressure Alarm c. Open the Main Control Valve one Switch and/or Water Motor Alarm. turn beyond the position at which Upon satisfactory completion of the water just begins to flow from the test,close the Alarm Test Valve. Main Drain Valve. d. Close the Main Drain Valve. TF1020 Page 19 of 20 Automatic Drain Valve Inspection Step 3. Disassemble the Clapper Nominal Handhole The Automatic Drain Valve should be Facing Retainer from the Clapper Cover Bolt valve Sizes Torque inspected monthly (per NFPA 25) by so that the Clapper Facing can be in. lb-ft depressing the plunger and check- removed and inspected. Make sure (DN) (N,m) ing to ensure that the Automatic Drain that the Clapper Facing does not show Valve is not discharging water and/or signs of compression set,damage,etc. 2-1/2 20 air. A discharge of water and/or air is Replace the ClapperFacing(DN65) (27) an indication that the air and/or water any signs of wer. if there is 3 20 seats are leaking, which could subse- (DN80) (27) quently cause a false operation should Step 4. Clean the Clapper Facing, the intermediate chamber become Clapper, and Clapper Facing Retainer, 4 ) (27) inadvertently pressurized. and then reassemble the Clapper ( DN1oo Assembly. 6 45 If leakage is present, take the DPV-1 Step 5.Reinstall the Clapper Assembly (DN150) (61) Valve out of service(for example,close with its Hinge Pin. the main control valve, open the main TABLE C drain valve,close the air supply control Step 6. Install the Handhole Cover: HANDHOLE COVER BOLTS valve,remove the Dry Pipe Valve Accel- a. Align the Handhole Cover Gasket RECOMMENDED TORQUE erator from service, as applicable, in and Handhole Cover in the proper accordance with the Technical Data orientation with the valve body Water Pressure Inspection Sheet(TDS)instructions, (refer to TDS as shown in Figure 1, and hold in The Water Pressure Gauge is to be TFP1105 for the VIZOR or TDS TFP1112 place. inspected monthly (per NFPA 25) to for the ACC-1), and open the Inspec- ensure that normal system water pres- tor's Test Connection to relieve the b. Apply LOCTITE No.242 or equiv- sure is being maintained. system air pressure to 0 psi (0 bar) as alent to the Hex Bolt threads. indicated on the System Air Pressure c. Insert the Hex Bolts through Air Pressure Inspection Gauge), and then after removing the the Handhole Cover Gasket The Air Pressure Gauge is to be Handhole Cover, perform the follow- and Handhole Cover, and hand- inspected monthly (per NFPA 25) to ing steps: tighten into the valve body. ensure that normal system air pressure Step 1. Make sure that the Seat Ring q is being maintained. is clean and free of any nicks or signifi- d. Usinga crossdraw sequence to cant scratches. assure uniformity,wrench-tighten the Hex Bolts to the recom- Step 2. Remove the Clapper Assem- mended torque values as shown bly from the valve by first pulling out in Table C. the Hinge Pin. e. Inspect to assure all the Hex Bolts are securely tightened. TFP1020 Page 20 of 20 Limited Pre-Trimmed DPV-1 Assemblies Optional 600 PSI Water Pressure without Butterfly Valve Gauge: Specify:4 in.DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed Valve Specify: 600 PSI Water Pressure Warranty Assembly without Butterfly, (specify) Gauge, P/N 92-343-1-004 For warranty terms and conditions,visit End Connection, P/N(specify): Accessories www.tyco-fire.com. Flange x Flange 52-310-4-040 Refer to Technical data Sheets describ- Flange x Groove 52-310-4-440 ing the following accessories, as Ordering Specify:6 in.DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed Valve applicable. Assembly without Butterfly, (specify) Specify: Description, P/N(specify): Procedure End Connection, P/N(specify): Model PS10-2 Potter Electric Waterflow Flange x Flange 52-310-4-060 Pressure Alarm Switch 25710 Contact your local distributor for avail- Flange x Groove 52-310-4-460 (Refer to Potter Electric Technical Data Sheet) ability. When placing an order indicate Standard Galvanized Model PS40-2 Potter Electric Low Air the full product name and Part NumberPressure Alarm Switch 25730 (P/N) Semi-Assembled DPV-1 Trim (Refer to Potter Electric Technical Data Sheet) Note: Valves with NPT threaded ports Model WMA-1 Standard DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve are intended for use with the Standard Water Motor Alarm 52-630-1-001 ANSI standard outside diameter(O.D.) Galvanized Semi-Assembled DPV-1 (Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP921) size withgrooved or ANSI drilled Valve Trim as described in Figures 3, 4 Model AMD-1 pipe g Air Maintenance Device 52-324-2-002 flange end connections and NPT and 5 of this document. (Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1221) threaded ports. Specify: 2-1/2 and 3 in. DPV 1 Model AMD-2 Specify: (specify size) Model DPV-1 p y Air Maintenance Device 52-326-2-001 p y: ( p y Semi-Assembled Galvanized Trim, (Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1231) Dry Pipe Valve with(specify)End Con- P/N 52-309-2-005 Model AMD-3 nections, P/N (specify): Nitrogen Maintenance Device 52-328-2-001 Specify: 4 in. DPV-1 Semi-Assembled (Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1241) Groove x Groove, Galvanized Trim, P/N 52-309-2-001 ANSI 2,88 in.(73,1 mm)O.D.Grooves: Replacement Valve Parts 2-1/2 in.(DN65)G x G 52-312-1-925 Specify: 6 in. DPV-1 Semi-Assembled Specify: (description) for use with Groove x Groove, Galvanized Trim, P/N 52-309-2-002 ANSI in.(88,9 mm)O.D.Grooves: (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe 3 in.(DN8N80)G x G 52-312-1-930 Optional Drain Kit Valve, P/N, see Figure 1. Groove x Groove, Includes swing check valve,fittings and Replacement Trim Parts ANSI 4.50 in.(114,3 mm)O.D.Grooves: pipe nipples to connect the drip funnel for use with 4 in.(DN100)G x G 52-312-1-940 Specify: (descrition(description) Flange x Groove, directly to the main drain in 4 and 6 (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe ANSI Flange x ANSI 4.50 in.(114,3 mm)O.D. in. valve trim assemblies as shown in Valve, P/N,see Figures 3, 4,or 5. Groove: Figure 7. 4 in.(DN100)F x G 52-312-1-440 Other DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves Flange x Flange, Specify: (specify size) Model DPV-1 Notes: Other DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves ANSI Flanges: Dry Pipe Valve Drain Kit, P/N(specify): are valves ordered with any combi- 4 in.(DN100)F x F 52-312-1-040 4 in.Valve 52-309-2-104 nation of flange drilling, pipe groove Groove x Groove, 6 in.Valve 52-309-2-106 ANSI 6.62 in.(168,3 mm)O.D.Grooves: outside diameter(0.D.), or port thread 6 in.(DN150)G x G 52-312-1-960 Drain Kit Replacement Check Valve specification not offered as Standard Flange x Groove, Specify: Swing Check Valve, 1-1/4 in., DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves. ANSI Flange x ANSI 6.62 in.(168,3 mm)0.D. Groove: P/N 46-049-1-007 Valves with NPT threaded ports are 6 in.(DN150)F x G 52-312-1-460 intended for use with the Standard Gal- Optional Electronic Accelerator: Flange x Flange, vanized Semi-Assembled DPV-1 Valve ANSI Flanges: VIZOR Electronic Dry Pipe Trim described in Figures 3, 4 and 5. sin.(DN150)F x F 52-312-1-060 Accelerator(with Trim) Valves with ISO threaded ports are Pre-Trimmed DPV-1 Assemblies Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1105. intended for use with special order trim with Butterfly Valve Specify: VIZOR Electronic Dry Pipe that is provided by local distributors Specify: 2-1/2 in. DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed Accelerator for use with the 4 or 6 in. to meet the specific needs of certain Valve Assembly,Grooved End Connec- TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve localities.Please contact your local dis- tions, P/N 52-310-3-925 Trim, P/N 52-312-3-001 tributor regarding valves and valve trim Specify:3 in.DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed Valve Optional Mechanical Accelerator: for specific localities. Assembly, Grooved End Connections, Model ACC-1 Dry Pipe Accelerator Specify: (specify size) Model DPV-1 P/N 52-310-3-930 Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1112. Dry Pipe Valve with(specify)End Con- nectionsSpecif :4 in.DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed Valve Specify: Model ACC-1 Dry Pipe and (specify NPT or ISO) Ythreaded ports Assembly, (specify) End Connection, Accelerator, P/N 52-311-1-001, P/N (specify): and Galvanized Accelerator Trim Flange x Flange 52-310-3-040 for Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve, Flange x Groove 52-310-3-440 P/N 52-311-2-010 Groove x Groove 52-310-3-940 Specify:6 in.DPV-1 Pre-Trimmed Valve Assembly, (specify) End Connection, P/N(specify): Flange x Flange 52-310-3-060 Flange x Groove 52-310-3-460 Groove x Groove 52-310-3-960 11 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446I Telephone+1-215-362-0700 {�f1 f� •))r� 02020 Johnson Controls.All HOC;reserved All specifications and other Information shown were current as of document revision date and Sr.subject to change without notice. Johnson ,I NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION Ana NFPA are registered I,adema,ke of National ore Protection Association. Controls LOCTITE is a registered hadema,k of Henkel Corporation:TEFLON Is a registered trademark of DuPont Victaulic® FireLock NXTTM Preaction Trim ✓ctaulrc' Series 769N 31.82 1%1 Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 1 1/—87DN40— DN200 Pressure Class • Up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/20 Bar Minimum Air Pressure • 13 psi/90 kPa/.90 bar Acutation Options • Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator • Series 767 Electric/Pneumatic Actuator • Series 798 Double-Pneumatic Actuator • Electric Release • 24V DC Normally closed solenoid Release Mechanism • Non-Interlocked • Single Interlocked • Double Interlocked Valve Configurations • Bare • Pre-trimmed • Vic-Quick Riser: Pre-trimmed and includes: • Shut Off Valve (11/2"/DN40: Series 728 Ball Valve, 2"—8"/DN50— DN200: Series 705 FireLock'"" Butterfly Valve) • Pre-set alarm pressure switch • Pre-set high or low air pressure switch (Dry Pilot Only) • Drain Connection kit • Fire-Pac Series 745 (refer to Victaulic publication 30.23) victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued) Application: • For use on fire protection systems only 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS `0'° ® � ® a»� prEN 12259-9:2004 CerI1LPCB ref.104k/06 104k/07 104k/08 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Clapper: Aluminum bronze Latch: Aluminum bronze Shafts: Stainless 17-4 Clapper Seal: Peroxide cured EPDM Bushings/Seat 0-rings: Nitrile Springs: Stainless steel Diaphragm: Peroxide cured EPDM with fabric reinforcement m e' y _ ) ,-"" ir t 2".1 11 1 I r ��i,�.• 10�\l it v. c. 4 (o� 0 994110 / '' 0 U The 11/27DN40 and 2'/DN50 valve sizes contain washers under the heads of the cover plate bolts. Item Description Item Description 1 Valve Body 11 Cover Plate 2 Clapper 12 Cover Plate Gasket 3 Clapper Seal 13 Cover Plate Bolts 4 Seal Ring 14 Latch 5 - Seal Washer 15 Latch Spring 6 Seal Retaining Ring 16 Latch Spring Bushing and 0-Ring(Qty.2) 7 Seal Assembly Bolt 17 Diaphragm 8 Clapper Spring 18 Diaphragm Cover j 9 Clapper Shaft 19 Diaphragm Cover Cap Screws(Qty.8) victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) ❑ Standard Trim Package: Non-Interlocked • Pneumatic Release: The pneumatic release system uses a supervisory pilot line to detect a release event. When EITHER a pilot sprinkler or a system sprinkler operates, the water in the diaphragm chamber is released and the valve operates. • Pneumatic/Electric Release: The Victaulic Electric Release System uses an electric solenoid valve, approved electric panel and a compatible detection system. The valve operates when the water in the diaphragm chamber is released when Either an electric detection or a system sprinkler operates. Single Interlocked • Electric Release: The Victaulic Electric Release System uses an electric solenoid valve, approved electric panel and a compatible detection system. The valve operates when the water in the diaphragm chamber is released when a release system event occurs. • Pneumatic Release: The pneumatic release system uses a supervisory pilot line to detect a release event. Only when a pilot sprinkler operates will the water in the diaphragm chamber be released and the valve operate. Double Interlocked • Electric Release: The electric/pneumatic/electric release uses two electric detection devices, a fire detection device and a low pressure switch installed in the sprinkler system. The valve will actuate ONLY when BOTH a fire detection event and loss of system pressure occurs. • Pneumatic/Electric Release: The pneumatic/electric preaction system uses both a pneumatically pressurized sprinkler system, and an electric release system, (composed of an approved solenoid valve, electric panel and an appropriate sensor). The valve will activate ONLY when there is a pressure loss in the sprinkler system AND the electric detection of a release event. • Pneumatic/Pneumatic: The pneumatic/pneumatic system uses one Series 798 Double Pneumatic Actuator to control the Series 769N Actuated Valve. The valve will operate ONLY when there are sprinklers activated in both the pilot line and the sprinkler system. • All required pipe nipples and fittings - standard galvanized finish • All standard trim accessories • All required gauges • Series 755 Manual Release Panel ❑ Optional Trim Package: Black Trim for Foam Systems— If the valve is intended for use in a foam system, black trim must be ordered, per NFPA requirements. Specify this requirement on the order. victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) Optional Accessories: ❑ Alarm Pressure Switch—Alarm pressure switches activate electrical alarms at the control panel when the 769N valve actuates and flows water into the system piping. (Note: an open sprinkler may not actuate a 769N valve but any low air alarms should operate.) ❑ Air Supervisory Pressure Switch—Air Pressure Supervisory Switches are used to monitor low and high system air pressure and are factory pre-set. ❑ Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator—The Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is required when the Series 769N Preaction trim is installed in large systems to improve response time. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.64. ❑ Series 760 Water Motor Alarm—The Series 760 Water Motor Alarm is a mechanical device that sounds when the 769N valve actuates and is filling the system and discharging any water through any open sprinklers. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.32. ❑ Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device—The Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device is designed to provide a continuous alarm for systems equipped with a mechanical device. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.33. ❑ Series 75D Water Column Kit—The Series 75D Water Column Kit is designed to minimize residual water in the riser from collecting above the clapper. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.34. ❑ AutoConvert Kit—The AutoConvert Kit includes the Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator, latching solenoid, strainer, 3-in-1 strainer/check/restrictor assembly, air pressure gauge and assembly trim. It is ordered separately and can be installed on any FireLock NXT'"' Single Interlock or Double Interlock Preaction system that includes a solenoid. ❑ Air Supply System—The air supply system contains all components for establishing and maintaining air in the system. The compressor ball valves, and required trim are included in the air supply system. ❑ Air Compressor Refer to Victaulic publication 30.22. ❑ Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Refer to Victaulic publication 30.35. ❑ Fire Alarm Control Panels ❑ Drain Connection Kit ❑ Redundant Electric Solenoid made by alternate manufacturer required by LPCB approval. 1 Orange shaded areas Identify components that we 43 epssnnal ryuipmmt T"es.comments are standard `S� when Me VORanemblyI,antlered. ' . Gtay s"ad.d areas ldenteycompenmtsthat astoptbnal `t'1 <gulPment 'r1 r J a�i? IL.,,„,„,.:::,:0-;,11' i 6 i , i • 14. r. y � e A" •• ". rA y . 1 ,vim 0�IIV)* 1pr. ._.__J (Olt> r --C).. -, 1 110 f d � �a •11 L / _ i ,. 'ice i i �I f:, r i victaulic.com • 4.0 DIMENSIONS A 4"/DN100 valve with single-interlocked pneumatic release preaction trim is shown below 11/2-2"/DN40- DN50 configurations contain 3/4"/19 mm drain valves 21/-3"/DN65- DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4"/31 mm drain valves 4-8"/DN100- DN200 configurations contain 2750mm drain valves I ir „, ai H y q a .i; li !1 ` . • • Al A 1; ihWt. •• ��"i Cr`WI .,irk ixi 1 I - 1. A MI * F K C E Full Open Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual -� I Outside Without' With Nominal Diameter Al Alz B3 C D4 D14 E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches ! inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb lb DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 12 1.900 9.00 16.37 34.25 , 9.25 16.25 11.00 9.00 3.25 10.25 24.00 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 1 48.3 j 229 416 870 235 413 279 229 83 260 610 152 7.6 19.5 , 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 34.25 9.25 17.50 11.00 9.00 3.25 10.25 24.00 6.00 ! 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 870 235 445 279 229 83 260 610 l 152 7.7 19.5 216 2.875 12.61 16.51 35.75 11.25 20.00 12.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 26.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 908 286 508 318 241 102 248 . 660 II 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 35.75 I 11.25 20.00 12.50 9.50 4.00 ' 9.75 i 26.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 908 286 • 508 : 318 241 102 248 660 165 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 12.61 16.51 35.75 11.25 20.00 12.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 26.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN80 88.9 320 419 908 286 508 318 i 241 102 248 660 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 36.50 13.50 22.25 13.50 I 11.00 4.75 8.50 28.00 8.00 59.0 95.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 927 343 565 343 279 121 216 711 203 26.7 I 43.0 6.500 16.00 22.13 36.75 14.00 24.50 I 13.25 11.00 4.50 8.25 28.50 8.25 80.0 t 116.0 165.1 406 562 933 356 622 337 279 114 210 724 210 36.2 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 36.75 14.00 24.50 13.25 11.00 4.50 8.25 28.50 8.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 168.3 406 562 933 356 622 337 279 114 210 724 210 36.2 52.6 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 39.50 14.75 27.00 13.50 I 12.25 4.75 8.25 31.25 9.25 122.0 158.0 DN200 219.1 445 585 1003 375 686 ,] 343 311 121 210 794 235 55.3 71.6 ' The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. 3 For systems with the optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator,add 11.50 inches/292 mm to the"B"dimension to account for the additional height. 4 The"D"and"Dl"dimensions are not fixed measurements,The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. NOTES • The drawings shown above reflect the single-interlocked pneumatic release trim with Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator.In addition,these dimensions can be applied to all other trim configurations featured within this manual. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shaded in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions.This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS A 4'/DN100 valve with electric autoconvert dry release preaction trim is shown below 11 -2"/DN40- DN50 configurations contain 3/4719 mm drain valves 21/-3"/DN65- DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4"/31 mm drain valves 4-8"/DN100- DN200 configurations contain 2"/50 mm drain valves A a I _,., mil ,_ [• •7 IH lmla�- f If•i m .z. II ' Di m� Nr_ I'r 0 0 A ' •w`• .k. � �'!' Al :1II h i�!��Ir/i..'.INNI raw' 'If ' '.. -..\ � i - \II''Jir v K r f C E Size Dimensions I Weight Each Actual Outside Without With Nominal Diameter Al Al2 B3 C I D i D1 E F G I H K Trim Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches I inches . inches i inches inches inches . inches lb lb DN mm mm mm mm I mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ; mm kg kg 1 1 1.900 9.00 16.37 38.00 ' 15.50 25.00 16.25 9.50 3.25 10.25 27.75 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 48.3 229 416 965 394 635 413 241 83 260 705 152 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 I 13.83 38.00 15.50 25.00 16.25 9.50 3.25 10.25 27.75 6.00 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 965 I 394 635 413 241 83 260 705 152 7.7 19.5 2% 2.875 12.61 16.51 40.75 16.00 24.00 15.00 9.50 4.00 9.75 31.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 1035 406 610 381 241 102 248 787 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 40.75 16.00 24.00 15.00 ' 9.50 4.00 9.75 31.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 I 1035 406 610 381 241 102 248 787 165 18.7 29.5 3 3500 12.61 16.51 I 40.75 16.00 24.00 15.00 9.50 4.00 l 9.75 31.00 650 41.0 65.0 DN80 88.9 320 419 1035 406 610 381 241 102 248 787 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 42.50 15.25 22.50 14.75 11.00 4.75 8.50 34.00 7.50 59.0 95.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 1080 387 572 375 279 121 216 864 191 26.7 43.0 6.500 16.00 22.13 42.50 15.25 26.00 15.25 11.00 4.50 8.25 34.25 8.25 80.0 116.0 165.1 406 562 1080 387 660 387 279 114 210 870 210 36.2 : 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 42.50 15.25 26.00 15.25 I 11.00 I 4.50 8.25 34.25 8.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 168.3 406 562 1080 387 660 387 279 114 210 870 210 36.2 52.6 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 44.50 18.50 30.00 16.00 12.25 4.75 ' 8.25 36.25 9.25 122.0 158.0 DN200 219.1 'I, 445 585 1130 470 762 406 311 121 210 921 235 55.3 71.6 ' The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. 3 For systems with the optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator,add 9.50 inches/241 mm to the"B"dimension to account for the additional height. NOTES • The drawings shown above reflect the electric AutoConvert dry release trim.In addition,these dimensions can be applied to the redundant solenoid valve configuration. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shaded in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions.This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS A 47DN100 valve with double-interlocked electric/pneumatic autoconvert dry release preaction trim is shown below 1 1/-2"/DN40- DN50 configurations contain 3/4"/19 mm drain valves 21/2-3"/DN65- DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4"/31 mm drain valves 4-87DN100- DN200 configurations contain 2"/50mm drain valves Li ti .. i \U abet �i,-r7i 'A 1 •it Nn,• =R-�li= [il:.' del% E_ " C 41 ■ a � H • • + I �t�.Lu .r,„__=_,..1. Q • Il.t 7w DI �O " . .410 A : 1y� o �rf•�a:,-Al D ,.. _ G ilia 4] F t C E > Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual Outside Without With Nominal Diameter Al Al2 B3 C D D1 E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches inches inches j inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb lb DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ' mm mm kg kg 11/ 1.900 9.00 ' 16.37 36.50 17.50 20.25 13.50 9.00 3.25 10.25 26.25 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 48.3 « 229 416 927 445 514 343 229 83 260 667 152 { 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 36.50 17.50 20.25 13.50 9.00 3.25 10.25 26.25 6.00 i 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 927 445 514 343 229 83 260 667 152 7.7 19.5 2/2 2.875 12.61 16.51 38.25 17.50 20.75 13.50 9.50 4.00 , 9.75 28.50 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 972 445 527 343 241 102 248 724 165 18.7 29.5 - 3.000 12.61 16.51 38.25 17.50 20.75 13.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.50 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 972 445 1 527 343 241 102 248 724 I 165 18.7 ! 29.5 3 3.500 12.61 16.51 38.25 17.50 20.75 13.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.50 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN80 88.9 320 419 , 972 445 527 343 241 102 248 724 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 ' 19.85 39.00 14.25 20.25 12.50 11.00 4.75 8.50 I 30.50 7.50 59.0 95.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 991 362 514 318 279 121 216 775 191 26.7 43.0 6.500 16.00 22.13 40.25 15.00 20.75 13.00 11.00 4.50 8.50 31.75 8.25 80.0 116.0 165.1 406 562 1022 381 527 330 279 114 216 806 210 36.2 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 40.25 15.00 20.75 13.00 11.00 4.50 8.50 31.75 8.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 168.3 406 562 1022 381 527 330 279 114 216 806 210 36.2 52.6 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 41.75 16.00 21.50 13.50 12.25 4.75 8.25 33.50 9.25 122.0 158.0 DN200 219.1 445 585 1060 406 546 343 ` 311 121 210 851 235 55.3 71.6 ' The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. 3 For systems with the optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator,add 9.50 inches/241 mm to the"B"dimension to account for the additional height NOTES • The drawings shown above reflect the electric AutoConvert dry release trim.In addition,these dimensions can be applied to the redundant solenoid valve configuration. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shaded in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions.This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS A 4"/DN100 valve with double-interlocked pneumatic/pneumatic release preaction trim is shown below 11/2-2"/DN40- DN50 configurations contain 3/4719 mm drain valves 21/2-37DN65- DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4"/31 mm drain valves 4-8"/DN100- DN200 configurations contain 2"/50 mm drain valves A _ e Ilk girl-. .111 B 1,�1 A ((�h�l)� mil►]_ y l %V��,'.a � IiUul� n �lr 14, Ill„ :i ter• • A II. I•.L J�� J Iu��I -i. ^d /5 �► ' =C• yl� Al 1 lii ai1', @il �O:O "' : - , I'i , f i - . - v k-F4. TK C E D2 Full Open Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual Outside Without With Nominal Diameter Al Al2 B3 C D D14 D24 E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb lb DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 1 1 1.900 9.00 16.37 36.00 9.25 I 21.25 11.00 23.50 9.25 3.25 10.25 25.75 6.00 16.7 43.0 D N40 48.3 229 416 914 235 540 279 597 235 83 260 654 152 4 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 1 36.00 I 9.25 21.25 11.00 23.50 9.25 3.25 10.25 25.75 6.00 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 914 235 540 279 597 235 83 260 654 152 7.7 19.5 21/2 2.875 12.61 16.51 37.75 11.25 22.50 1250 24.75 9.50 ' 4.00 9.75 28.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 959 286 572 318 629 241 102 248 711 165 I 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 37.75 11.25 22.50 12.50 24.75 9.50 4.00 9.75 I 28.00 6.50 41.0 ' 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 959 286 572 318 629 241 102 248 711 165 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 i 12.61 16.51 37.75 11.25 22.50 12.50 24.75 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN80 88.9 320 959 286 572 318 629 241 102 248 711 165 18.7 29.5 i 419 _._ - 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 38.50 13.50 23.75 13.50 26.25 10.00 4.75 8.50 30.00 8.00 59.0 111.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 978 343 603 343 667 254 121 216 762 j 203 26.7 50.3 6.500 16.00 22.13 39.25 14.00 24.50 13.25 27.75 11.00 4.50 8.25 31.00 8.25 80.0 132.0 36.2 59.8 210 705 279 114 787 210 165.1 406 562 997 356 622 337 I _ 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 39.25 14.00 24.50 13.25 27.75 11.00 4.50 8.25 31.00 8.25 1 80.0 ; 132.0 DN150 168.3 406 562 997 356 622 [ 337 705 279 114 210 787 210 ' 36.2 I 59.8 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 41.25 14.75 27.00 13.50 29.75 12.25 4.75 8.25 33.00 9.25 122.0 -, 174.0 DN200 219.1 445 585 1048 375 686 343 756 311 121 210 838 235 55.3 78.9 1 The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. 3 For systems with optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerators,add 11.50 inches/292 mm to the"B"dimension to account for the additional height. 4 The"D"and"Dl"dimensions are not fixed measurements.The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. NOTES • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shaded in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions.This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. • victaulic.com • 5.0 PERFORMANCE Hydraulic Friction Loss The chart below expresses the flow of water at 65W/18M through an open valve. 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 ^' 4 a. 1.0 ,-' ity ,;# e e cc 0.9 0 0.8 41 OJ re 0.6 y 0.5 cn 0.4 w .3 am 0 0.2 0.1 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 800 3,000 8,000 FLOW RATE-GPM Frictional Resistance Cv Values: The chart below expresses the frictional resistance of Cv values for flow of water at+60°F/+16°C through a Victaulic Series 769N FireLock NXT''. fully open valve are shown in the table below. Preaction Trim in equivalent feet of straight pipe. Formulas for Cv values Where: --- - - - - -- 4P=02/Cv2 _ .Flow Coefficient Cv Size ---- Q=Cv x 1I�P 0(Flow) GPM Actual Equivalent Nominal Outside Diameter Length of Pipe AP(Pressure Drop) psi inches inches feet DN mm meters - Size 1 Full Open 11/2 1.900 3.00 DN40 48.3 0.914 Actual Outside 2 2.375 9.00 Nominal Diameter Flow Coefficient DN50 60.3 2.743 inches inches C 21/2 2.875 8.00 DN mm Ks, 73.0 2.438 _{ 11/2 1.900 60 3.000 8.00 DN40 48.3 52.0 DN65 76.1 2.439 r i 44 3 3300 17.00 DN50 60.3 95.0 DN80 88.9 5.182 21/2 2.875 180 4 4.500 21.00 73.0 156.0 DN100 114.3 6.401 3.00 6.500 22.00 DN65 i 76.1 165.1 6.706 1556.6. 0 _ -------_-__ --- - 3 3.500 200 6 6.625 22.00 DN80 88.9 173.0 DN150 168.3 6.706 8 8.625 50.00 DN100 114.3 302.8 DN200 219.1 15.240 _.._ 6.500 1000 165.1 865.0 6 6.625 1000 DN150 168.3 l 865.0 8 8.625 1500 j DN200 219.1 1297.5 victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued) Air Supply Requirements • Minimum: 13 psi/90 kPa/.9 bar regardless of the system water pressure • Maximum Recommended: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 bar • Sizing the compressor: • Engineer/system designer is responsible • Entire system must be charged to the required air pressure within 30 minutes to meet NFPA requirements • An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation • Compressor filling the system too fast: • May be necessary to restrict the air supply • Ensure that air exhausted from an open sprinkler or manual release valve is not replaced by the air supply system as fast as it is exhausted • Compressor Requirements • Base or Riser Mounted Compressors: • "On" or "low" pressure setting: 13 psi/90 kPa/.9 bar • "Off" or "high" pressure setting: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 bar • Victaulic Series 7C7 riser mounted and pre-set for pressure requirements (refer to Victaulic publication 30.22). • If the compressor is not equipped with a pressure switch, the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with pressure switch should be installed (refer to Victaulic publication 30.36). • Shop Air or Tank-Mounted Air Compressors: • Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly should be installed (refer to Victaulic publication 30.35) • 13 psi/90 kPa/.9 bar should be used as the set point for the air regulator • The compressor cut-in (turn-on) pressure setting should be at least 5 psi/34kPa/34 bar above the set point of the air regulator. • Exploded View Trim: Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly (refer to Victaulic publication 30.35) • Compressor Requirements and settings for systems installed with Series 746 or Series 746-LPA dry accelerators • A tank-mounted air compressor with a Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be used to supply air to system installed with a Series 746 or Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. • In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank-mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection, since air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. Electrical Release Requirements • Verify that an approved control panel is installed for proper system operation. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued) Autoconvert Requirements • System must be installed in conjunction with a Notifier RP-2001 family panel, System Sensor PDRP-2001, or a Potter 4410RC panel to be in compliance with FM Approvals. • AutoConvert Trim: In the event of an AC power loss, the AutoConvert module latches from Closed to Open with a quick electrical pulse. To stay open, no further current draw is required as would be needed in a normally open solenoid. This opened pathway allows the included Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator to operate as a dry actuator, putting the preaction system into a Non-Interlocked condition. In this case, an electrical release from the FACP and an air loss in the system or the system air loss would allow the Series 769N valve to actuate, filling the pipe with water. Upon an AC power return, the Auto-Convert module senses the restoration and latches the path from the Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator closed, returning the preaction valve to its standard release method. 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING •/A /__ ,i • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic v �7, products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment,or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat,and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.)standards, or equivalent standards,and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level,oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. victaulic.com • 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 30.22.FireLnckT""Comnre.ssor Package Series 7C7 Scan for reference documents. 30.23:FireLockTM Fire-Pac Series 745 30.32:FireLockTM Water Motor Alarm Series 760 LJ 30.33:Suoolempntal Alarm Kit Series 75B j 30.34:Automatic Water Column Drain Kit for FireLock NXTT"Valves Series 75D 1 ti •1 30.35:FireLock°"Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757 3�r 30 36:FireLockTM Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757P ■ 0 30,41:Firel ockTM Manual Pull Station Series 755 I•i 30.61:FireLockTM Double-Pneumatic Actuator Series 798 30.62:FireLockTM I ow Pressure Actuator Series 767 30 63:FireLockTM Electric Solenoid Series 753E 30.64.Firel ace"Dry Accelerator Series 746-LPA 30.65:FireLockTM Low Pressure Actuator Series 776 30 84 Firel ock NXTT"AutoConvert Trim Assembly for Preaction Devices I-769NPreaction I-769 N.Preaction/DPA I-769N Preaction/EPA 1-769N,Preaction/AC-Elec J-769N.Preaction/AC-EP • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard safety,and warning instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation,advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to Installation alter,vary,supersede,or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation of sale,installation guide,or this disclaimer. instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Warranty under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of Its subsidaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual Trademarks property right.The terms"Patented`or`Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Air Maintenance Device UL Listed and FM Approved For Dry Pipe Sprinkler Systems, * =_=== ** �•-- ` AIR PRODUCTS Air Supervised Preaction Systems, & Manufactured by: General Air Products, Inc. Dry Pilot Actuated Deluge Systems 118 Summit Drive, Exton, PA 19341 Call 1 -800-345-8207 for assistance or visit our website for information on these and all of our products www.GENERALAIRPRODUCTS.corn Product Description Operation The enclosed Automatic Air Maintenance Device is a UL The Air Maintenance Device provides a continuous but Listed and FM Approved assembly of valves, nipples, restricted air supply to the piping system. fittings, and actuators to automatically control the air pressure in the piping of dry pipe sprinkler systems, The activation of only one sprinkler in a dry pipe system, preaction sprinkler systems, or dry pilot actuated deluge will cause the system pressure to diminish to the point systems. where the dry pipe valve will "trip", thereby filling the system piping with water. The Air Maintenance Device is designed to automatically feed air into the system piping at the required volume and Small piping system air leaks will be compensated for by pressure from an air source such as: the automatic air feed provided the air leaks do not exceed the restricted air supply. 1. An air compressor 2. An air receiver tank Technical Data 3. A plant air system (owner's air) When an air receiver tank or plant air is utilized as the air Model: AMD-1, AMD-1ALT; AMD-2,AMD-2ALT;AMD-3 Style: With Air Regulator (AMD-1,AMD-1ALT) supply source, the pressure regulator in the Air With Air Pressure Switch (AMD-2, AMD-2ALT, Maintenance Device AMD-1 and AMD-1ALT AMD3) automatically regulates the air pressure to the Approvals: UL, FM designated level. The outlet pressure of the regulator is Factory Operation Test: field adjustable. 100°/a at 35 psi air (AMD-1,AMD-1ALT) When an electrically-driven air compressor is utilized as 100% at 30 &40 psi air (AMD-2,AMD-2ALT, the air supplysource, the AMD-3) pressure switch in the Air Maintenance Device AMD-2, AMD-2ALT and AMD-3 automatically causes the air compressor to cut-in or Ordering Information cut-out at the minimum and maximum air pressures desired, respectively. The cut-in and cut-out pressures Mfgr. Source: General Air Products, Inc. are field adjustable. Weight: 7 lbs. (AMD-1, AMD-1ALT) 11 lbs. (AMD-2, AMD-2ALT, AMD-3) The automatic air supply is directed through a restricted When placing an order, indicate the full product name. orifice in the air maintenance device so that upon Please specify the quantity, model and style. activation of a sprinkler, the air supply will not interfere with the operation of the dry pipe valve, by continuing to Guarantee supply high volumes of pressurized air to the piping system. General Air Products, Inc. will repair and/or replace any products found to be defective in material or It is a recommended safeguard that a low pressure switch workmanship within a period of one year from the date of and alarm be installed on dry pipe systems or other air shipment. Please refer to the current price list for further supervised piping systems. This will cause an alarm to details of the warranty. sound if the pressure falls below a predetermined level. AMDMSTR.3 01/16/13 Design Data AMD-1 Includes Non-Listed Pressure Gauge An Air Maintenance Device should be permanently The AMD-1 includes a non-listed pressure guage for use connected to all dry pipe sprinkler systems to avoid the with the regulator. Gauge ships uninstalled. To install, possibility of false valve "trips" which may result from remove the 1/8" plug on the regulator and install the small piping leaks gradually lowering system air pressure gauge into the open port. pressure. Plant Air Supply and Air Maintenance Device(AMD-1) An Air Maintenance Device may also be utilized to The plant air supply is mechanically connected to the trim automatically control the air supply to the piping system of the dry pipe valve through an Air Maintenance Device of an air supervised preaction system or to the pilot lines equipped with an air pressure regulator. The pressure of a dry pilot actuated deluge valve. regulator continuously regulates the incoming air and There are several methods of providing a constant and maintains the outgoing air pressure at the pressure controlled supply of air to a sprinkler system as follows: setting of the regulator, usually within and accuracy of 1 psi. The outgoing air pressure setting is field adjustable Air Compressor and Air Maintenance Device Model from 5 to 75 psi. The minimum pressure in the plant air (AMD-2) supply must be greater than the design air pressure required by the dry pipe system since the air pressure The air compressor is connected electrically and regulator will only regulate pressure downward. mechanically to the trim of the dry pipe valve, through an Air Maintenance Device equipped with a pressure switch. Installation The air pressure switch continuously senses the air pressure in the piping system and turns the compressor General on if the pressure drops below the cut-in setting and turns the compressor off if the pressure rises above the cut-out The Air Maintenance Device must be installed in the air setting. The cut-in pressure is usually set at the design supply line leading to the dry pipe valve trim, preaction air pressure for maintaining the dry pipe valve in the system piping or dry pilot system piping. The air flow closed position. The cut-out pressure should be set through the Device must be in the direction shown by the approximately 10 psi above the cut-in pressure. arrows on the units. Note: If the dry pipe valve is equipped with an Note: The minimum pipe size is 1/2" diameter, although accelerator, this method of air maintenance is not 3/4" diameter piping will provide a more rapid initial recommended. The accelerator is sensitive to a 3 to 5 psi system fill. air pressure drop at a rate of approximately 1 psi in 10 seconds-see AMD-1. Note: In particularly humid environments, a manual desiccant air dryer (P/N AD3400) should be properly Air Compressor with Air Receiver Tank and Air installed between the compressor and the dry pipe valve Maintenance Device (Model AMD-1) to remove moisture from the compressed air supply. Condensed moisture that is allowed to back up into the The compressor-tank unit is equipped with an integral compressor cylinder may cause compressor damage. pressure switch that controls the pressure in the tank, Cold room / freezer room installations must have a maintaining the tank pressure at a level 10 to 15 psi pre-packaged Dry Air Pac M which includes an AMD-1. above the designed air pressure demand of any dry pipe Consult factory for correct installation procedures. system supplied by the air compressor tank unit. The compressor-tank unit is mechanically connected to the Model AMD-1 (Pressure Regulator) (see Fig. 1) trim of the dry pipe valve, through an Air Maintenance Device equipped with an air pressure regulator. The Step 1. Close the 1/4" ball valves (#8) and open the pressure regulator continuously regulates the incoming bypass valve (#7) in the Air Maintenance Device and air(from the air receiver tank)and maintains the outgoing open the air supply valve in the dry pipe valve trim. air pressure at the pressure setting of the regulator, usually within an accuracy of 1 psi. The outgoing air Step 2. Open the air supply control valve from the plant pressure setting is field adjustable from 5 to 75 psi. If the air system or air receiver tank to pressurize the system. dry pipe valve is equipped with an accelerator, this method of air-maintenance is recommended. Step 3. When the system is pressurized, check the air pressure gauge to verify the the pressure is at the design pressure requirement for the system. (Continued) AMDMSTR.3 01/16/13 UL Listed and FM Approved Step 5. Open any valve connected to the piping system (such as the three-way valve for the air gauge on the dry ** =— = — pipe valve trim)just enough to slowly reduce the air =- pressure. Close it immediately when the pressure switch AIR PRODUCTS cuts-in and note the cut-in pressure. Verify the the cut-in Manufactured by: General Air Products, Inc. and cut out pressures meet the minimum design 118 Summit Drive, Exton, PA 19341 requirements for the system air pressures. Installation (continued) Note: If necessary, adjust the cut-in or the cut-out pressure. Loosen the hex-nut on the cover of the pressure switch and remove the cover. Adjust the cut-in Model AMD-1 (Pressure Regulator) pressure by turning the Pressure Adjustment Screw in the proper direction. Adjust the pressure differential Caution: Care must be taken NOT to overpressure (difference between cut-in and cut-out pressure) by the system above the regulator setting when using turning the Pressure Differential Screw. Consult Factory if the quick fill line. in any doubt. Note: If necessary to adjust the system pressure ensure Step 6. Close the bypass valve (#17) and open the two the pressure gauge is installed in the regulator port. Move 1/4" ball valves(#18).The Air Maintenance Device is now the locking nut away from the body of the regulator and in service. turn the adjustment screw IN to increase the system pressure and OUT to reduce system pressure (see Fig. 1). Care and Maintenance When reducing from a higher to a lower setting, first reduce to some pressure less than desired, then bring up The Air Maintenance Device does not require any to the desired point. regularly scheduled maintenance. However, it is recommended that proper operation and condition be After achievingthe desired periodically verified as follows: pressure setting, lock the pressure setting by tightening the locking nut. 1. Verify that the 3/4" bypass valve is closed, the two 1/4" Step 4. Close the bypass valve (#7) and open the two ball valves are open and the air supply control valve in 1/4" ball valves (#8). The Air Maintenance Device is now the dry pipe valve trim is open. in service. 2. Verify that the cut-in and cut-out pressures are at the Model AMD-2 (Pressure Switch) (see Fig. 2) proper setting, if applicable. Step 1. An electrical power circuit should be installed 3. Verify that the regulated pressure is at the proper using the pressure switch to control the compressor setting, if applicable. motor in accordance with the National Electric Code 4. Accumulated moisture should be removed from the and/or the requirements of the local Authority Having drip leg on the air supply line and the desiccant in the air Jurisdiction. Consult factory for specific dryer should be replaced, if applicable. recommendations. Step 2. Close the 1/4" ball valves (#18) and open the 5. The strainer should be cleaned. bypass valve (#17) in the Air Maintenance Device and open the air supply valve in the dry pipe valve trim. Step 3. Energize the branch circuit to the pressure switch to start the compressor and pressurize the system. Step 4. When the system is pressurized, the pressure switch will cut-out and stop the compressor. Note the cut-out pressure. AMDMSTR.3 01/16/13 0PRESSURE GAUGE PRESSURE MAIN LINE 1 REGULATOR 1 FLOW a i_ .... 'I LOCKING I L 8 NUT [I] 1 /8 - / ADJUSTMENT JII 1 SCREW III mi r l_ J1 - -_1._ �- �y_ � � FLOW° BYPASS LINE \7 AMD1 FIGURE 1 (---- pm, MAIN LINE FLOW (7= ---17-Th" .-1--)n--- I I I Il \\\� 18 18 - G J -LJ- FLOW° 17 BYPASS LINE AMD2 FIGURE 2 MIN! M s811N aIIMIk ====== == = 800-345-8207 +�-! 'im. 11111111111/MI NM AM/ UM INIIN www.generalairproducts.com ** AIR PRODUCTS Part Number: AMD-1 _ 8 1 . Inlet (from Compressor) 7 ToE: 11 >-- I ._I—, 2. Fill Valve I 3. Fill Line ( 9 �., 4. Outlet (to System) 6 5. Maint. Line Ball Valve I 1 6. Maint. Line Union 10 7. Y-Strainer 8. 1 /8" Press. Gauge Port 0 5 5 9. Regulator I Y III 10. PressureSetScrew I 11 . Restrictive Orifice I I 2 __ _��_ 1 Check Valve 1-1-_ O 3 * Pressure Guage Included I I —1_ — — 4 * Rated at 175 PSI MWP 1 UL Listed / FM Approved Air Maintenance Device -11/ //wf Sp page 2 ' ' '_ AIR PRODUCTS OLT Plus Series - Single Phase, Tank Mounted Air Compressors for Dry Pipe Sprinkler Systems i.1."r tank compressorThisoilless is UL1450mounted listedair Ilk ' Plus for use in sprinkler systems. Series . dk- ... i - UL1450 listed - Customized Motor Windings - Oil Less Piston Compressor - Integrated Air Intake Filters p - UL Listed Pressure Switch - Fully automatic, direct drive '. 111 -ASME Coded Tank - Max Pressure: 60 PSI - Bubble tight air check valve - 30" Stainless Steel Flex Hose - Permanently lubricated bearings - Vibration Isolation Pads - Specifically designed to fill the sprinkler system to 40 PSI in 30 minutes System i Model , Average Motor Recommended Dimensions Tank Size Weight Capacity* Number CFM** HP Wire Size + L1:11 H (gal.) (Ibs) 125 gal. OL12516ACT 1.52 1i6 12 34" 13" 27' 10 76 250 gal. OL25033ACT 3.03 1/3 12 34" 13" 27" 10 77 365 gal. OL36550ACT 4.43 1/2 12 34" 15" 25' 10 84 430 gal. OL43075ACT 5.21 3/4 10 34" 15" 25" 10 96 615 gal. OL615100ACT 7.46 1 6 34- 15" 25" 10 96 915 gal. OL915150ACT 11.10 1 1/2 6 38" 16" 28" 20 135 1225 gal. OL1225200ACT 14.85 2 10 38" ' 16" 1 29" I 20 145 Accessories: Notes: Air Maintenance Device - Part#AMD-1 * System Capacity based on 70°F system temperature. The AMD-1 is required for supplying air to a dry pipe ** Average CFM is the average free air delivery from system when using a lank mounted unit.The AMD-1 regulates the volume of air being delivered to the system. 0 to 40 PSIG + Recommended Wire Sizes based on 100ft run. consult factory for longer or shorter runs. Motor Line Starters - Thermal Overload Protection Single Phase VOLTAGE-All Single Phase Units: 115V 208/230V Size Model Up to 2 HP: 115/208-230 VAC / 3 to 5 HP: 208-230 VAC 1/3 HP 1 HP 00 MGOOA Maximum 1 HP 2 HP 0 MGXOA HP __ -•- r' 2 HP 3 HP 1 MG01A it 3 HP 5 HP 1P MG15A © o When Ordering a Motor Starter you must specify HP, Voltage 1 ' ` and Phase that is supplied to the motor. 'L' 'a www.generalairproducts.com 1-800-345-8207 __ ...MB. -* �� a AIR PRODUCTS OLT Plus Series - Single Phase Tank Mounted Fire Protection Air Compressor Electrical Cut Sheet OLTThis oilless tank mounted air Plus compressor is UL1450 listed Series for use in sprinkler systems. Factory Amperage (amps) Recommended Wire Size Model Nominal Wired Based on Run Length (gage) Number HP Voltage Voltage FLA Sip 25 FT 50 FT 100 FT 115 5 35 12 12 12 OL12516ACT 1/6 115 208 2.3 16.1 12 12 12 230 2.5 17.5 12 12 12 115 7.4 51.8 12 12 12 OL25033ACT 1/3 115 208 3.5 24.5 12 12 12 230 3.7 25.9 12 12 12 115 10 70 12 10 8 OL36550ACT 1/2 115 208 4.9 34.3 12 12 12 230 5 35 12 12 12 115 11.6 81.2 12 10 6 OL43075ACT 3/4 115 208 5 35 12 12 12 230 5.8 40.6 12 12 12 115 18 126 12 8 6 OL615100ACT 1 115 208 7.7 53.9 12 12 12 230 9 63 12 12 12 115 16.6 116.2 12 8 6 OL915150ACT 11/2 208-230 208 8.2 57.4 12 12 12 230 8.3 58.1 12 12 12 OL 1225200ACT 2 208-230 208 11.6 81.2 12 12 10 230 11 77 12 12 10 Note: Wire sizes are based on maintaining 90%of the nominal voltage at starting amps. Starting amps are assumed to be 6 times the SFA. Warning: Failure to consult with a licensed electrical professional can result in serious personal injury or death. Disconnect all power before servicing. Undersized wire between the motor and the power source will limit the starting and load carrying abilities of the motor causing motor overheating and permanent damage to the motor. Wire sizes listed are recommendations only. Consult the National Electric Code (NEC)and any applicable local electrical safety codes.The NEC and GAP recommends a maximum voltage drop of 3%. Install motors and related equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC) local electrical safety codes and practices. It is always the electrician's responsibility to determine and install a wire size that ensures motors can start and run well. www.generalairproducts.com 1-800-345-8207 -� -� � ** — AIR PRODUCTS OLT Plus Series - Connection Diagram ,4 ( __ OLTThis oilless tankisUL1450 mounted air Pluscompressor listed •o Series for use in sprinkler systems. '"'' Ir System Layout ON MAIN INDUSTRIAL a POWER DISCONNECT orr SWITCH WIRE RUN, NOTES: TOTAL PRESSURE SWITCH 1.MOST MOTORS ARE MULTIPLE VOLTAGE.CHECK NAMEPLATE LENGTH1/ MUST BE WIRED IN FOR CORRECT INTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT TO CONTROL BEING SUPPLIED TO UNIT COMPRESSOR 2.ALL WIRING TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE STATE,LOCAL,AND NATONAL CODES AND SHOULD BE APPROVED BY AH1. I '. fit.- .---.^18 T AIR TO SYSTEM 4 I-. Pressure Switch Connection PRESSURE SWITCH Ground Terminals Diagram Note:Location of pressure switch varies based on O e • Adjustment® O Differential u Difineffere ntial model.This is a general diagram of components.For Adjustment Screw help specific to your switch please contact General Air ' � Products, Motor `'� Motor Line 1� j Line In Warning: Failure to consult with a licensed electrical professional can result in serious personal injury or death. Disconnect all power before servicing. Undersized wire between the motor and the power source will limit the starting and load carrying abilities of the motor causing motor overheating and permanent damage to the motor. Wire sizes listed are recommendations only. Consult the National Electric Code (NEC)and any applicable local electrical safety codes.The NEC and GAP recommends a maximum voltage drop of 3%. Install motors and related equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code(NEC) local electrical safety codes and practices. It is always the electrician's responsibility to determine and install a wire size that ensures motors can start and run well. www.generalairproducts.com 1-800-345-8207